WO2023112428A1 - Ventilator, air-conditioning system, ventilation method, and ventilation system - Google Patents

Ventilator, air-conditioning system, ventilation method, and ventilation system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023112428A1
WO2023112428A1 PCT/JP2022/036876 JP2022036876W WO2023112428A1 WO 2023112428 A1 WO2023112428 A1 WO 2023112428A1 JP 2022036876 W JP2022036876 W JP 2022036876W WO 2023112428 A1 WO2023112428 A1 WO 2023112428A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
heat exchanger
air
temperature
unit
ventilation
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/036876
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
隆 高橋
維大 大堂
祥太 鶴薗
伸樹 松井
卓弥 花田
尚利 藤田
喜記 山野井
悠太 井吉
久美子 佐伯
猛 宮崎
敏行 前田
哲也 岡本
Original Assignee
ダイキン工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ダイキン工業株式会社 filed Critical ダイキン工業株式会社
Publication of WO2023112428A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023112428A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/30Control or safety arrangements for purposes related to the operation of the system, e.g. for safety or monitoring
    • F24F11/41Defrosting; Preventing freezing
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/70Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof
    • F24F11/72Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure
    • F24F11/79Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the supply of treated air, e.g. its pressure for controlling the direction of the supplied air
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F11/00Control or safety arrangements
    • F24F11/70Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof
    • F24F11/80Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the temperature of the supplied air
    • F24F11/86Control systems characterised by their outputs; Constructional details thereof for controlling the temperature of the supplied air by controlling compressors within refrigeration or heat pump circuits
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F7/00Ventilation
    • F24F7/007Ventilation with forced flow
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F7/00Ventilation
    • F24F7/04Ventilation with ducting systems, e.g. by double walls; with natural circulation
    • F24F7/06Ventilation with ducting systems, e.g. by double walls; with natural circulation with forced air circulation, e.g. by fan positioning of a ventilator in or against a conduit
    • F24F7/08Ventilation with ducting systems, e.g. by double walls; with natural circulation with forced air circulation, e.g. by fan positioning of a ventilator in or against a conduit with separate ducts for supplied and exhausted air with provisions for reversal of the input and output systems
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2110/00Control inputs relating to air properties
    • F24F2110/10Temperature
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2110/00Control inputs relating to air properties
    • F24F2110/10Temperature
    • F24F2110/12Temperature of the outside air
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2140/00Control inputs relating to system states
    • F24F2140/10Pressure
    • F24F2140/12Heat-exchange fluid pressure
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2140/00Control inputs relating to system states
    • F24F2140/20Heat-exchange fluid temperature

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a ventilation device, an air conditioning system, a ventilation method, and a ventilation system.
  • the ventilation air conditioner described in Patent Document 1 proposes a technique of suppressing frost formation on the second heat exchanger by preheating air before being supplied to the second heat exchanger with a preheater.
  • various methods are conceivable as methods for suppressing frost formation.
  • the purpose of the present disclosure is to suppress frost formation and continue ventilation operation.
  • This disclosure is a compressor; a first heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator; a first air flow path for supplying air taken in from outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger; a second heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator; a second air flow path for exhausting the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger; a refrigerant circuit in which the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and in which refrigerant flows; While the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, it is detected whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation of the second heat exchanger is satisfied, and the predetermined criterion is satisfied. a control unit that controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger so that the second heat exchanger reaches a temperature at which frost does not form when it is detected that the refrigerant is satisfied;
  • the ventilation system when a predetermined standard is satisfied, frost formation is suppressed by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant, and ventilation operation is continued by supplying air to the indoor space and exhausting it to the outdoors. realizable.
  • the control unit detects whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation in the second heat exchanger is satisfied while the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, Outputting a signal for controlling an air conditioner provided in the indoor space in order to control the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the temperature of the indoor space is adjusted by operating the air conditioner according to the signal, and frost formation is suppressed by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant, so that frost formation can be efficiently suppressed.
  • the control unit may output a signal to an air conditioner installed in the indoor space to increase the temperature currently set for the air conditioner when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the signal raises the temperature of the indoor space with the air conditioner, raises the temperature of the refrigerant, suppresses frost formation, and achieves efficient suppression of frost formation.
  • the refrigerant circuit has a bypass pipe that flows the refrigerant to the second heat exchanger without passing through the first heat exchanger while the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator
  • the control unit may perform control to flow the refrigerant compressed by the compressor to the second heat exchanger through the bypass pipe when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • this ventilator by flowing the refrigerant through the second heat exchanger through the bypass pipe, the temperature of the refrigerant is raised, thereby suppressing frost formation and realizing efficient frost suppression.
  • a third air flow path through which the air taken in from a room different from the second air flow path in the indoor space passes through the second heat exchanger; a first guide mechanism that switches whether to guide air through the third air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
  • the controller may control the first guide mechanism to guide air through the third air flow path to the second heat exchanger when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the ventilation device since the air is guided to the second heat exchanger through the third air flow path, frost formation is suppressed by increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger, and efficiency is improved. It is possible to realize effective suppression of frost formation.
  • a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
  • the control unit controls the second ventilation unit to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied when the predetermined criterion is satisfied. It's okay.
  • the ventilation device by increasing the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, thereby effectively suppressing frost formation. realizable.
  • a plurality of the second heat exchangers For the above ventilators, a plurality of the second heat exchangers; the second ventilation unit associated with each of the second heat exchangers; The control unit responds to any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers when the predetermined criterion is satisfied while the plurality of second heat exchangers are functioning as evaporators.
  • the attached second ventilation unit may be controlled to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is met.
  • the ventilation device by increasing the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger in the second ventilation unit, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, thereby improving efficiency. Suppression of frost formation can be realized.
  • the controller When performing control to increase the amount of air in the second ventilation unit associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers, the controller controls the plurality of the second heat exchangers. Control for reducing the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, for the second ventilation unit associated with the other second heat exchanger among the exchangers can also be done.
  • the comfort of the living room space can be maintained by adjusting the total amount of exhausted air.
  • ventilators further comprising a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger;
  • the control unit controls the second ventilation unit associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers to increase the amount of air, the second ventilation unit control the first ventilation unit to increase the amount of air flowing to the first heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, based on the amount of air increased for the It's okay.
  • the air volume of the first ventilation unit when the air volume of the second air supply unit is increased, the air volume of the first ventilation unit is also increased to adjust the air volume to be supplied and the air volume to be exhausted. In this way, the comfort of the living room space can be maintained.
  • a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger; a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger; While the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, the control unit receives a signal indicating that a defrosting operation is to be performed from an air conditioner provided in the indoor space. is satisfied, the amount of air flowing through the first heat exchanger for the first ventilation unit is increased compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, and the amount of air flowing to the first heat exchanger for the second ventilation unit is increased. Control may be performed to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger.
  • the ventilation device when the air conditioner performs the defrosting operation, the amount of air in each of the first ventilation unit and the second ventilation unit is increased, thereby suppressing the reduction in heating performance and reducing the room space. You can stay comfortable.
  • a bypass flow path that guides the air heat-exchanged by the first heat exchanger to the second heat exchanger; a second guide mechanism that switches whether to guide air through the bypass flow path to the second heat exchanger;
  • the control unit may control the second guide mechanism to guide air through the bypass flow path to the second heat exchanger when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the ventilation device by guiding the air through the bypass flow path to the second heat exchanger, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, and efficient Suppression of frost formation can be realized.
  • a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
  • the control unit stops the compressor when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, and instructs the second ventilation unit to allow the air passing through the second air flow path to flow into the second heat exchanger.
  • Flow control may be performed.
  • the compressor is stopped and air is allowed to flow through the second heat exchanger, thereby increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger and suppressing frost formation. It is possible to realize the suppression of frost formation.
  • a plurality of the second heat exchangers For the above ventilators, a plurality of the second heat exchangers; a second ventilation unit associated with each of the second heat exchangers;
  • the refrigerant circuit further has a first valve portion for adjusting the opening degree of the flow path flowing through the second heat exchanger for each of the second heat exchangers,
  • the control unit controls the plurality of heat exchangers corresponding to the second heat exchangers that satisfy the predetermined criterion.
  • the ventilator by closing the valves in a predetermined order, it is possible to maintain the comfort of the living room space by suppressing the refrigerant from being stopped in the plurality of second heat exchangers at the same time.
  • a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger
  • a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger
  • the controller controls, when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, that the amount of air discharged to the outdoors through the second air flow path is greater than the amount of air supplied to the indoor space through the first air flow path. Control the first ventilation unit and the second ventilation unit to increase.
  • the ventilation device since the amount of air flowing into the second heat exchanger increases, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, thereby effectively suppressing frost formation. realizable.
  • the control unit controls the air conditioner provided in the indoor space to increase the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger with respect to the first heat exchanger. Control the temperature to be lower than the set temperature.
  • the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger rises, so it is possible to efficiently suppress frost formation.
  • the controller controls the compressor corresponding to the second heat exchanger that satisfies the predetermined criterion. are controlled to stop according to a predetermined order, and the air passing through the second air flow path is directed to the second ventilation unit corresponding to the second heat exchanger that meets the predetermined criteria. It controls the flow to the second heat exchanger.
  • the ventilation system it is possible to maintain the comfort of the living room space by suppressing the refrigerant from being stopped in the plurality of second heat exchangers at the same time.
  • a first casing housing at least part of the first heat exchanger and the first air flow path; a second casing housing at least part of the second heat exchanger and the second air flow path; The first casing and the second casing are separable.
  • the ventilation device since the first casing and the second casing can be separated, the layout can be easily arranged, and the burden of installation can be reduced.
  • the control unit performs control to lower the rotational speed of the compressor when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger rises by lowering the rotation speed of the compressor, so that frost formation can be efficiently suppressed.
  • the refrigerant circuit is provided between the first heat exchanger and the second heat exchanger and has a second valve portion that adjusts the opening degree of the flow path,
  • the control unit performs control to increase the degree of opening of the second valve unit when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the control unit throttles the third valve unit when the predetermined criterion is satisfied compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied. control.
  • a third heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator; a third air flow path for exhausting, to the outdoors, air heat-exchanged with the outdoor air and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger;
  • the refrigerant circuit includes the compressor, the first heat exchanger, the second heat exchanger, and the third heat exchanger connected by the refrigerant pipe.
  • a first heat exchanger that functions as a compressor or a condenser or an evaporator during heat recovery ventilation operation, and a first heat exchanger that supplies air taken in from the outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger.
  • an air flow path a second heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and a second air flow path that exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger and a refrigerant circuit in which the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and a refrigerant flows therein;
  • An air conditioner having a third heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and an air conditioner indoor unit that exhausts, into the indoor space, air heat-exchanged with the air in the indoor space and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger.
  • the second heat exchanger satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation, and when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the second heat exchange is performed.
  • the power consumption of the ventilation device and the air conditioner required when the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is controlled so that the temperature of the second heat exchanger is not frosted, and the second heat exchanger is frosted.
  • the second heat exchanger is adjusted to a temperature at which frosting does not occur.
  • a control unit that controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchanger, or controls the operation of defrosting the second heat exchanger after the second heat exchanger is frosted;
  • This disclosure is a compressor, a first heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and a first air flow path that supplies air taken in from the outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger; a second heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator; a second air flow path that exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger; and the compressor.
  • the second heat exchanger is used as an evaporator While functioning, it is detected whether the second heat exchanger satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation, and when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied. and controlling the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger so that the temperature at which the second heat exchanger does not form frost; Provide a means of ventilation.
  • this ventilation method it is possible to efficiently suppress frost formation by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant when a predetermined standard is met.
  • a compressor, a first heat exchanger, and a second heat exchanger are connected by a refrigerant pipe, and outdoor air is supplied indoors through a refrigerant circuit in which refrigerant flows and the first heat exchanger.
  • the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger, the indoor temperature, or the outdoor temperature is reduced to the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or the second 2
  • a first threshold performs a first control to increase the low-pressure pressure of the refrigerant circuit, Provide a ventilation system.
  • the compressor in the ventilation system including the refrigerant circuit capable of recovering heat from the exhaust gas, the compressor can be reliably operated continuously when the second heat exchanger functions as an evaporator. .
  • the refrigerant circuit has a bypass pipe connecting a discharge pipe of the compressor, the second heat exchanger or a liquid pipe connected to the second heat exchanger, and a valve provided in the bypass pipe.
  • the control unit preferably opens the valve in the first control.
  • the high-temperature and high-pressure gas refrigerant can be supplied to the second heat exchanger in the first control. Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger can be suppressed.
  • the control unit when the valve is opened, reduces the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the intake air temperature of the exhaust fan to the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or Preferably, the valve is closed when it is determined that a second threshold for the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger or for the intake air temperature of the second heat exchanger has been exceeded.
  • the first control when the conditions for the second heat exchanger to function as an evaporator are met during execution of the first control, the first control can be terminated.
  • the control unit causes the second heat exchanger to draw in air having a temperature higher than a second threshold for the intake air temperature.
  • air having a temperature higher than the second threshold can flow into the second heat exchanger during execution of the first control. Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger can be suppressed.
  • the controller adjusts the air blowing direction of the air supply fan so as to guide the air blown from the air supply fan to the suction side of the exhaust fan.
  • air having a temperature higher than the second threshold can flow into the second heat exchanger during execution of the first control.
  • the control unit further comprises an air conditioner that performs air conditioning of the indoor air, and the control unit controls the exhaust fan in the first control when the temperature of the indoor air becomes higher than the second threshold value due to the air conditioner. is preferably driven.
  • air having a temperature higher than the second threshold can flow into the second heat exchanger during execution of the first control.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing frost suppression control performed by the exhaust unit of the ventilation system according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to Modification 3 of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device, an air conditioner, and a host controller according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing frost suppression control performed by the exhaust unit of the ventilation system according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a
  • FIG. 7 is a sequence diagram showing the flow of processing performed between a host controller, a ventilator, and an air conditioner when the defrosting operation of the air conditioner is started according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 shows the flow of processing performed among the host controller, the compressor unit, and the exhaust unit group when there is a possibility of frost formation in each of the exhaust unit groups according to the fourth embodiment. It is a sequence diagram.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including a host control device according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including a host control device according to the eighth embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to the eleventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to a modification of the eleventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart showing a processing procedure of a host controller according to the twelfth embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 15 is a control block diagram of the ventilation system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a flow diagram illustrating operation of a ventilation system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the thirteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the fourteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic configuration diagram showing the installation state of the ventilation systems according to the fourteenth and fifteenth embodiments in a building.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the fifteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the sixteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the seventeenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the eighteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the first embodiment.
  • the example shown in FIG. 1 is an air conditioning system including a ventilator 1 and an air conditioner 2 for air conditioning an indoor space.
  • the indoor space is not limited to the living room space R11 and the ceiling space R12. , it may be a space inside a building, and may have an underfloor space, for example.
  • the living room space R11 is, for example, a living room inside an office or a residence.
  • the ceiling space R12 is a space that is adjacent to and above the living room space R11. Since the ceiling space R12 exists above the living room space R11, warm air tends to gather there.
  • the air conditioner 2 includes an outdoor unit 70 and two air conditioner indoor units 81 and 82 .
  • the number of air conditioning indoor units is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more.
  • the air conditioner 2 is a device that performs a vapor compression refrigeration cycle to cool and heat the room space R11.
  • the air conditioner 2 according to this embodiment is a device capable of both cooling and heating the living room space R11.
  • this embodiment is not limited to an air conditioner capable of both cooling and heating, and may be an apparatus capable of only cooling, for example.
  • the outdoor unit 70 and the two air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are connected by a connecting pipe F5.
  • the communication pipe F5 includes a liquid refrigerant communication pipe and a gas refrigerant communication pipe (not shown). This implements a refrigerant circuit in which the refrigerant circulates between the outdoor unit 70 and the two air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 .
  • a vapor compression refrigeration cycle is performed in the air conditioner 2 .
  • the outdoor unit 70 is arranged outdoors.
  • the outdoor unit 70 includes a heat exchanger and discharges to the outside the air heat-exchanged with the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchanger.
  • the air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are provided with heat exchangers, and blow out air that has undergone heat exchange with the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchangers into the living room space R11.
  • the air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are of a ceiling installation type installed on the ceiling of the living room space R11.
  • the air conditioner indoor units 81 and 82 of the present embodiment are ceiling-embedded air conditioner indoor units, and heat-exchanged air is blown out from the ventilation openings 93A and 93B.
  • the ventilation openings 93A and 93B are provided on the ceiling will be described, but the positions at which the ventilation openings 93A and 93B are provided are not particularly limited.
  • the air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are not limited to the ceiling-embedded type, and may be of the ceiling-suspended type. Also, the air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 may be of a wall-mounted type, a floor-mounted type, or other type other than the ceiling-mounted type.
  • the ventilator 1 includes an exhaust unit 10, an air supply unit 20, a compressor unit 50, refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, F4, an air supply passage P1, and a return air passage P2.
  • the ventilation device 1 is a device that supplies outdoor air taken in to the living room space R11 and exhausts air taken in from the indoor space (including the living room space R11) to the outside. As a result, the ventilator 1 achieves replacement of the air in the living room space R11.
  • the ventilation device 1 exchanges heat between the exhaust unit 10 and the air supply unit 20, so that the temperature of the air taken in from the outside and the temperature of the living room space R11 It suppresses the temperature difference between the exhaust unit 10 and the air supply unit 20, so that the temperature of the air taken in from the outside and the temperature of the living room space R11 It suppresses the temperature difference between the exhaust unit 10 and the air supply unit 20, so that the temperature of the air taken in from the outside and the temperature of the living room space R11 It suppresses the temperature difference between
  • the air supply channel P1 (an example of the first air channel) supplies the air taken in from the outdoors through the air supply unit 20 having the first heat exchanger 22 and then through the ventilation port 92 to the living room space R11. It is a flow path for Although this embodiment describes an example in which the ventilation opening 92 is provided on the ceiling, the position of providing the ventilation opening 92 is not particularly limited.
  • a return air flow path P2 passes the air (return air) taken in from the ventilation port 91 of the living room space R11 through the exhaust unit 10 having the second heat exchanger 12, and then to the outdoors. It is a channel for exhausting air.
  • this embodiment describes an example in which the ventilation opening 91 is provided on the ceiling, the position of providing the ventilation opening 91 is not particularly limited.
  • the return air flow path P2 is branched into two destinations for taking in air so that air can be taken in from a plurality of chambers. They are respectively referred to as a first return air branch passage P2A (an example of a second air flow path) and a second return air branch passage P2B (an example of a third air flow path).
  • the first return air branch path (an example of the second air flow path) P2A is provided for exhausting the air taken in from the living room space R11 to the outdoors after passing through the exhaust unit 10 having the second heat exchanger 12. air flow path.
  • the first return air branch P2A takes in air from a ventilation port 91 provided in the ceiling of the living room space R11.
  • the ventilation port 91 is provided on the ceiling will be described, but it may be provided in another location such as under the floor or on the wall.
  • a second return air branch path (an example of a third air flow path) P2B is provided to exhaust the air taken in from the ceiling space R12 to the outdoors after passing through the exhaust unit 10 having the second heat exchanger 12. air flow path.
  • the second return air branch P2B according to the present embodiment is the ceiling space R12 as a chamber to which air is taken in, which is different from that of the first return air branch P2A, will be described.
  • the destination of air intake is not limited to the ceiling space R12, and may be the underfloor space. In this way, the destination of the air taken in by the second return air branch path P2B may be any room in the indoor space that is different from the living room space R11.
  • an opening/closing damper 40 is provided at the tip of the second return air branch passage.
  • the opening/closing damper 40 is normally closed.
  • the opening/closing damper 40 (an example of the first guide mechanism) can adjust the amount of air taken in from the ceiling space R12 by control from the control unit 13 provided in the exhaust unit 10 via the signal line S2.
  • Refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4 connect the compressor unit 50, the first heat exchanger 22 of the air supply unit 20, and the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit 10 by refrigerant pipes, and have a refrigerant inside. is a circuit for flowing
  • the control section 52 of the compressor unit 50, the control section 23 of the air supply unit 20, and the control section 13 of the exhaust unit 10 are connected by a signal line S1 indicated by a dotted line in FIG. Accordingly, information can be transmitted and received among the controller 52 of the compressor unit 50, the controller 23 of the air supply unit 20, and the controller 13 of the exhaust unit 10.
  • FIG. The processing indicated by the control units 13, 23, and 52 shown below may be realized by reading a program by a CPU (not shown), or may be realized by hardware connection. The same applies to the control unit and host control device shown in subsequent embodiments.
  • the compressor unit 50 includes a driving motor 51 and a control unit 52, and compresses the refrigerant in any one of the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4, thereby compressing the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, It controls the circulation of the refrigerant in F4.
  • the compressor unit 50 compresses the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit F2 to Circulate the refrigerant.
  • the driving motor 51 is a motor for rotating (driving) the compressor for compressing the refrigerant.
  • the control unit 52 controls the internal configuration of the compressor unit 50 .
  • the controller 52 outputs a command to the drive motor 51 to rotate (drive) the compressor.
  • the air supply unit 20 includes a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 23, and a temperature detection section 24, takes in outside air (OA), and supplies the air (SA) to the living room space R11.
  • the fan 21 functions to supply (SA) the taken outside air (OA) to the living room space R11.
  • the first heat exchanger 22 functions as a condenser or an evaporator.
  • the temperature detection unit 24 detects the outdoor air temperature, the surface temperature of the first heat exchanger 22, and the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the first heat exchanger 22.
  • the control unit 23 controls the configuration inside the air supply unit 20 .
  • the control unit 23 performs various controls according to the detection results from the temperature detection unit 14 .
  • the controller 23 adjusts the function of the first heat exchanger 22 as a condenser or evaporator according to the detection result of the temperature detector 24 .
  • the exhaust unit 10 includes a fan 11, a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 13, and a temperature detection unit 14, takes in return air (RA) in the room space R11, and exhausts it to the outside (EA). .
  • the fan 11 functions to exhaust (EA) the return air (RA) taken from the living room space R11 to the outside.
  • the second heat exchanger 12 functions as a condenser or evaporator.
  • the temperature detection unit 14 detects the indoor air temperature, the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12, and the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. Furthermore, the indoor air temperature to be detected includes, for example, the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 and the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 via a sensor unit (not shown).
  • the control unit 13 controls the configuration inside the exhaust unit 10 .
  • the control unit 13 performs various controls according to the detection results from the temperature detection unit 14 .
  • the control unit 13 adjusts the function of the second heat exchanger 12 as a condenser or an evaporator according to the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14 .
  • control unit 13 can adjust the amount of air taken in from the ceiling space R12 by controlling the open/close damper 40 based on the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14.
  • the ventilator 1 warms the outside air (OA) taken in from the outdoors in the air supply unit 20, and then supplies air (SA) to the living room space R11, and takes in the air from the living room space R11 in the exhaust unit 10. After the return air (RA) is cooled, it is exhausted (EA) to the outside. That is, the first heat exchanger 22 in the air supply unit 20 functions as a condenser, and the second heat exchanger 12 in the exhaust unit 10 functions as an evaporator.
  • the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is lowered, which may cause the second heat exchanger 12 to freeze (frost). Therefore, in the present embodiment, the freezing (frost formation) of the second heat exchanger 12 is avoided, or if frost is formed, control is performed so that the frost does not grow. In the embodiments described later, at least one of the control to avoid frost formation and the control to suppress the growth of frost if frost is formed is referred to as the control to suppress frost formation.
  • the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted ( It is determined whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of freezing is satisfied.
  • the predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation (freezing) of the second heat exchanger 12 may be, for example, a criterion for determining whether or not the outdoor air temperature detected by the temperature detection unit 14 is 0° C. or less. .
  • the predetermined criterion is not limited to whether the outdoor air temperature is 0° C. or lower, but whether the outdoor air temperature is the lowest operating temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 or not. It may be used as a criterion for determination.
  • the predetermined standard does not have to be a standard based on the temperature of the outside air. For example, whether or not the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 is equal to or lower than a predetermined temperature (for example, 0 degrees) may be used as a determination criterion. As another example, whether or not the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is equal to or lower than a predetermined temperature (for example, 0 degrees) may be used as a determination criterion.
  • a predetermined criterion will be shown in the description below, but any criterion may be used as long as it indicates the possibility of frost formation (freezing) on the second heat exchanger 12 . For example, as shown in an embodiment to be described later, it may be used as a criterion for determining whether or not the low pressures of the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4 have fallen below a predetermined pressure threshold.
  • the outside air temperature, the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger, etc. are acquired, and whether or not the acquired temperature satisfies a predetermined standard is determined.
  • this embodiment shows an example of information to be acquired, and the information to be acquired may be any information that can be used to determine whether or not it satisfies a predetermined criterion.
  • the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12, the temperature of the refrigerant, the pressure of the refrigerant, or the like may be acquired in addition to the temperature of the outside air.
  • the embodiments and modifications described below are examples of information to be acquired, and any information may be used as long as it can be determined whether or not it satisfies a predetermined criterion.
  • the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 performs control to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 when determining that the predetermined criteria are satisfied. is guided to the second heat exchanger 12 through the second return air branch passage P2B. That is, warm air gathers in the ceiling space R12 because it exists above the room space R11. Therefore, when there is a possibility that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted, control is performed to open the open/close damper 40 . By this control, the warm air existing in the ceiling space R12 and the air existing in the living room space R11 are mixed and guided to the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the control unit 13 controls the warm air in the ceiling space R12 to flow to the second heat exchanger 12 as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd heat exchanger 12 is frosted.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing frost formation suppression control performed by the exhaust unit 10 of the ventilation device 1 according to the present embodiment.
  • the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 acquires the outside air temperature from the temperature detection unit 14 (S1201).
  • the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of freezing of the second heat exchanger 12 is satisfied based on the obtained outside air temperature (S1202).
  • control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines that the predetermined criteria are not satisfied (S1202: NO), it ends without performing any particular processing.
  • the temperature detection unit 14 detects the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 and the temperature of the air taken in from the living room space R11. and the temperature of (S1203).
  • the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines whether the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 is higher than the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 (S1204). If it is determined that the temperature is equal to or lower than the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 (S1204: NO), the process ends without performing control of the opening/closing damper 40. FIG. In addition, when control regarding the opening/closing damper 40 is not performed, control for suppressing frost formation, which will be described in the following embodiments and modifications, may be performed.
  • control unit 13 determines that the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 is higher than the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 (S1204: YES), it controls the open/close damper 40 to open (S1205).
  • the air in the ceiling space R12 in which the air is warmer than that of the living room space R11, is used for the second heat exchange. It is guided to the vessel 12.
  • the temperature of the air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 rises, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be raised. Thereby, the possibility that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted can be reduced.
  • Modification 1 of the first embodiment In the above-described first embodiment, as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12, the air in the ceiling space R12 is guided to the second heat exchanger 12 so that the second A technique for reducing the possibility of frost formation on the heat exchanger 12 has been described.
  • the control method for increasing the temperature of the air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is not limited to the method of guiding the air in the ceiling space R12 to the second heat exchanger 12, and other methods may be used. may Therefore, in Modified Example 1 of the first embodiment, the air conditioner 2 is controlled to increase the temperature (room temperature) of the air in the living room space R11.
  • the controller 13 of the exhaust unit 10 and the controller 71 of the outdoor unit 70 are connected by a signal line. Thereby, the controller 71 of the outdoor unit 70 can output a control signal to the controller 13 of the exhaust unit 10 .
  • control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 and the control unit 71 of the outdoor unit 70 are connected by a signal line
  • the manner in which information can be transmitted and received is not limited to the example of connection with a signal line, and control signals may be transmitted and received via a host controller (not shown), or via a public network. Control signals may be transmitted and received via a connected cloud, server, or the like.
  • control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 controls the predetermined reference indicating the possibility of the second heat exchanger 12 freezing while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator. Detects whether or not the
  • control unit 13 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, the control unit 13 causes the control unit 71 of the outdoor unit 70 of the air conditioner 2 to increase the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 by: A control signal is output to increase the temperature currently set in the living room space R11.
  • a control signal is output to increase the temperature currently set in the living room space R11.
  • control unit 13 instructs the control unit 71 to control the temperature currently set in the living room space R11 as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12.
  • control signal output to the control unit 71 of the outdoor unit 70 of the air conditioner 2 is not limited to a control signal for increasing the temperature currently set in the living room space R11. Any control signal for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the exchanger 12 may be used.
  • the control unit 13 may output a control signal for increasing the air volume in order to circulate the air in the living room space R11.
  • Modification 2 of the first embodiment The above-described first embodiment and modification are not limited to using the above-described method. Therefore, in Modification 2 of the first embodiment, a method of controlling the fan 11 to suppress frost formation will be described.
  • the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 sets a predetermined standard indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator. Determine whether or not it is satisfied.
  • control unit 13 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, the control unit 13 controls the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) to increase the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. Control is performed to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 compared to before the criterion of (1) is satisfied.
  • control unit 13 controls the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 by setting the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) to a predetermined standard
  • a control signal is output to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 compared to before satisfying .
  • the amount of warm air flowing into the second heat exchanger 12 increases, so that the temperature of the refrigerant can be raised and frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
  • the controller 13 may output a control signal for increasing the air volume of the fan 21 to the controller 23 of the air supply unit 20 .
  • Modification 3 of the first embodiment The above-described first embodiment and modification are not limited to using the above-described method. Therefore, in Modification 3 of the first embodiment, a method of providing a bypass flow path for direct air flow between the air supply unit and the exhaust unit will be described.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to Modification 3 of the first embodiment.
  • a ventilator 1A and an air conditioner 2 are provided to air-condition the indoor space.
  • symbol is assigned about the structure similar to 1st Embodiment, and description is abbreviate
  • a bypass flow path P102 is provided between the air supply unit 20 and the exhaust unit 110.
  • the bypass flow path P102 includes a first bypass partial flow path P102A closer to the air supply unit 20 than the air supply flow path P101, a third bypass partial flow path P102C closer to the exhaust unit 110 than the return air flow path P103, and a first bypass partial flow path P102C. and a second bypass partial flow path P102B connecting the path P102A and the third bypass partial flow path P102C.
  • An opening/closing damper 140 is provided on the second bypass partial flow path P102B.
  • the opening/closing damper 140 is normally closed.
  • the open/close damper 140 (an example of a second guide mechanism) directs the air warmed by the air supply unit 20 to the exhaust unit 110 under the control of the control unit 113 provided in the exhaust unit 110 via the signal line S3. I can guide you.
  • the air supply unit 20 After taking in outside air (OA), the air supply unit 20 normally supplies air (SA) to the living room space R11 via the first bypass partial flow path P102A and the air supply flow path P101.
  • SA air
  • the exhaust unit 110 includes a fan 11, a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 113, and a temperature detection unit 14, and is connected to the living room space R11 via the return air flow path P103 and the third bypass partial flow path P102C. of return air (RA) is taken in and exhausted to the outside (EA).
  • the control unit 113 of the exhaust unit 110 sets a predetermined standard indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator. Detect whether it is satisfied or not.
  • control unit 13 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, it controls the opening/closing damper 140 to increase the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • control unit 113 guides air to the second heat exchanger 12 through the bypass flow path P102 as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12.
  • the opening/closing damper 140 is controlled to open.
  • the air warmed in the exhaust unit 110 can flow directly to the second heat exchanger 12, so that frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the second embodiment.
  • a ventilator 1B and an air conditioner 2 are provided to air-condition the indoor space.
  • the configurations similar to those of the first embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
  • a signal line S201 indicated by a dotted line is provided between the controller 52 of the compressor unit 50, the controller 23 of the first air supply unit 220A, the controller 23 of the second air supply unit 220B, and the controller 213 of the exhaust unit 210. It becomes possible.
  • the ventilator 1B includes an exhaust unit 210, a first air supply unit 220A, a second air supply unit 220B, a compressor unit 50, refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, F4, and a first air supply flow path P201. , a second air supply passage P202 and a return air passage P203.
  • the first air supply passage P201 (an example of the first air passage) passes the air taken in from the outdoors through the first air supply unit 220A having the first heat exchanger 22, and then passes through the ventilation port 92A to the living room space R11. supply air to
  • the second air supply channel P202 (an example of the first air channel) passes the air taken in from the outdoors through the second air supply unit 220B having the first heat exchanger 22, and then passes through the ventilation port 92B to the living room space R11. supply air to
  • the return air flow path P203 (an example of the second air flow path) exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the exhaust unit 210 having the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the first air supply unit 220A and the second air supply unit 220B are provided with a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control unit 23, and a temperature detection unit 24, take in outside air (OA), and Air is supplied (SA) to R11.
  • OA outside air
  • SA Air is supplied
  • the exhaust unit 210 includes a fan 11, a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 213, and a temperature detection unit 14, takes in return air (RA) in the living room space R11, and exhausts it to the outside (EA). .
  • the control unit 213 of the exhaust unit 210 controls the configuration inside the exhaust unit 210 .
  • the controller 213 outputs a control signal to the controller 52 of the compressor unit 50 according to the detection result of the temperature detector 14 .
  • the processing performed by the ventilation device 1B when the temperature is low will be explained. Similar to the embodiment described above, the first heat exchangers 22 of the first air supply unit 220A and the second air supply unit 220B function as condensers, and the second heat exchanger 12 in the exhaust unit 210 functions as an evaporator. function as Since the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is lowered, so that the second heat exchanger 12 may be frosted. Therefore, in the present embodiment, control is performed to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the control unit 213 of the exhaust unit 210 determines that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted based on the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14. It is determined whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility is satisfied.
  • the predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 may be, for example, a criterion for determining whether or not the temperature of the refrigerant detected by the temperature detection unit 14 is 0 degrees or less.
  • the predetermined criterion is not limited to the criterion based on the temperature of the refrigerant, but may be a criterion for determining whether or not the pressure of the refrigerant is equal to or less than a predetermined pressure.
  • the predetermined standard does not have to be a standard based on the temperature or pressure of the refrigerant.
  • the reference may be based on the temperature of the outside air, or may be the reference based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the control unit 213 of the exhaust unit 210 controls the control unit 52 of the compressor unit 50 to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 when it is determined that the predetermined criteria are satisfied. , a control signal is output for lowering the rotation speed of the compressor compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the control unit 52 of the compressor unit 50 when receiving the control signal, the control unit 52 of the compressor unit 50 outputs a control signal for lowering the rotation speed of the compressor compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied. output to the motor 51 for use. This reduces the rotation speed of the compressor. Therefore, since the pressure of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4 is lowered, the temperature (evaporation temperature) of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased.
  • the control unit 213 instructs the control unit 52 of the compressor unit 50 to , to output a control signal to reduce the rotation speed of the compressor. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd heat exchanger 12 is frosted.
  • Modification 1 of the second embodiment In the second embodiment, the example in which the rotation speed of the compressor is lowered to raise the temperature (evaporation temperature) of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 has been described. However, the technique of raising the temperature (evaporation temperature) of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is not limited to the technique of lowering the rotation speed of the compressor. Therefore, in Modification 1, an example in which a bypass flow path (an example of bypass piping) is provided in the refrigerant circuit will be described. As in the second embodiment, this modified example 1 is also provided with two air supply units and one exhaust unit.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment.
  • the example shown in FIG. 5 shows the flow of refrigerant when the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit 310 functions as an evaporator.
  • symbol is assigned about the structure similar to embodiment mentioned above, and description is abbreviate
  • air supply units 320A and 320B, an exhaust unit 310, and a compressor unit 350 are provided.
  • the air supply units 320A and 320B include a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 23, a temperature detection section 24, a drive motor 25, and an electric valve 26.
  • the drive motor 25 controls the air volume of the fan 21 under the control of the controller 23 .
  • the motor-operated valve 26 functions as an expansion valve for reducing the pressure of the refrigerant, and switches whether to reduce the pressure based on control by the control unit 23 .
  • the motor-operated valve 26 functions to reduce the pressure when the first heat exchanger 22 functions as an evaporator, and not to reduce the pressure when the first heat exchanger 22 functions as a condenser.
  • the exhaust unit 310 includes a fan 11 , a second heat exchanger 12 , a control section 313 , a temperature detection section 14 , a driving motor 15 and an electric valve 16 .
  • the control unit 313 determines a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation in the second heat exchanger 12 from the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14. Determine whether or not it is satisfied.
  • the predetermined criteria are the same as in the second embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • control unit 313 of the exhaust unit 310 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied
  • the control unit 352 of the compressor unit 350 performs control to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12.
  • a control signal for causing the refrigerant to flow through the bypass flow path F6 is output.
  • the drive motor 15 controls the air volume of the fan 11 under the control of the controller 313 .
  • the motor-operated valve 16 functions as an expansion valve for reducing the pressure of the refrigerant, and switches whether to reduce the pressure based on control by the control unit 313 .
  • the motor-operated valve 16 functions to reduce the pressure when the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, and not to reduce the pressure when the second heat exchanger 12 functions as a condenser.
  • the compressor unit 350 is provided with a drive motor 51, a control section 352, a compressor 53, a four-way valve 54, an electric valve 55, and an electric bypass valve 56.
  • the compressor 53 compresses the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant circuit.
  • the drive motor 51 is an actuator that drives the compressor 53 .
  • the drive motor 51 according to the present embodiment drives the compressor 53 at a rotational speed controlled by the control section 352 .
  • the controller 352 controls the configuration inside the compressor unit 350 .
  • the controller 352 controls the driving motor 51 and the four-way valve 54 described below.
  • the four-way valve 54 functions as a valve that switches the outflow destination of the refrigerant compressed by the compressor 53 from the refrigerant circuit F1 and the refrigerant circuit F4. For example, when the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator under the control of the control unit 352, the four-way valve 54 is switched to flow the refrigerant compressed by the compressor 53 to the refrigerant circuit F1.
  • the motor-operated valve 55 functions as a valve that controls opening and closing of the refrigerant circuit according to control from the control unit 352 .
  • the motor-operated valve 55 is in a closed state in which no refrigerant flows.
  • the bypass flow path F6 is provided as a refrigerant flow path that bypasses between the compressor 53 and the four-way valve 54 and between the refrigerant circuit F3.
  • the bypass flow path F6 functions as a pipe that allows the refrigerant to flow through the second heat exchanger 12 without going through the first heat exchanger 22. .
  • the bypass motor-operated valve 56 functions as a valve for switching whether or not the refrigerant flows through the bypass flow path F6 according to control from the control unit 352 .
  • a control signal for causing the refrigerant to flow through the bypass flow path F6 is output.
  • the controller 352 of the compressor unit 350 When the controller 352 of the compressor unit 350 receives a control signal for causing the refrigerant to flow through the bypass flow path F6 from the controller 313 of the exhaust unit 310, the controller 352 controls the bypass motor-operated valve 56 to open. conduct.
  • the refrigerant that has become a high-temperature, high-pressure gas as a result of being compressed by the compressor 53 flows through the bypass flow path F6 into the refrigerant circuit F3. This increases the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant circuit F3. Then, the refrigerant whose temperature has risen flows into the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the refrigerant compressed by the compressor 53 is controlled to flow to the second heat exchanger 12 via the bypass flow path F6. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd heat exchanger 12 is frosted.
  • Modification 2 of the second embodiment Also, other methods may be used as a method for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 . Therefore, in Modification 2 of the second embodiment, an example of controlling the motor operated valve 16 inside the exhaust unit 310 will be described. Note that the configuration of Modification 2 of the second embodiment is a configuration in which the bypass flow path F6 is removed from the refrigerant circuit shown in FIG.
  • the motor-operated valve 16 causes the high-pressure liquid refrigerant flowing out of the first heat exchanger 22 to be easily evaporated under the control of the control unit 313. It functions as a valve portion that reduces the pressure in order to Since the pressure is reduced as the degree of opening of the motor-operated valve 16 decreases, the temperature of the refrigerant decreases. In other words, the temperature of the refrigerant rises as the degree of opening of the motor-operated valve 16 increases.
  • the control unit 313 of the exhaust unit 310 detects the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 based on the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14. It is determined whether or not the indicated predetermined criteria are met. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the second embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • control unit 313 performs control for suppressing frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 by increasing the motor-operated valve 16 (second (an example of a two-valve unit) is controlled to increase the opening degree.
  • control is performed to increase the degree of opening of the motor-operated valve 16 and raise the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • control is performed to increase the degree of opening of the motor-operated valve 16 and raise the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the control unit in the exhaust unit determines whether or not the predetermined standard is satisfied, and controls are performed based on the result of the determination.
  • the above-described embodiment and modifications are not limited to the method of control performed by the control section in the exhaust unit.
  • a host controller provided above the air conditioner and the ventilator may perform the control.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device, an air conditioner, and a host controller according to the third embodiment. It should be noted that the same reference numerals are assigned to the same configurations as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof will be omitted.
  • a host control device 400 is provided for cooperation between the ventilator 1C and the air conditioner 2C.
  • the air conditioner 2C includes an outdoor unit 470 and two air conditioner indoor units 81 and 82.
  • the number of air conditioning indoor units is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more.
  • the outdoor unit 470 includes a heat exchanger (not shown) and a controller 471 .
  • the control unit 471 controls the entire air conditioner 2C. Also, the control unit 471 transmits and receives information to and from the host control device 400 . The control unit 471 performs various controls according to control signals from the host control device 400 .
  • the ventilator 1C includes a first exhaust unit 410A, a second exhaust unit 410B, a first air supply unit 420A, a second air supply unit 420B, a compressor unit 450, and refrigerant circuits F401, F402, F403, and F404. , a first air supply channel P401, a second air supply channel P402, a first return air channel P403, and a second return air channel P404.
  • the first air supply passage P401 supplies air taken in from the outdoors to the living room space R11 through the ventilation port 92A after passing through the first air supply unit 420A having the first heat exchanger 22.
  • the second air supply passage P402 supplies the air taken in from the outdoors to the living room space R11 through the ventilation port 92B after passing through the second air supply unit 420B having the first heat exchanger 22.
  • the first return air flow path P403 exhausts the air (return air) taken in from the ventilation port 91A of the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the first exhaust unit 410A having the second heat exchanger 12.
  • the second return air flow path P404 exhausts the air (return air) taken in from the ventilation port 91B of the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second exhaust unit 410B having the second heat exchanger 12.
  • the refrigerant circuits F401, F402, F403, and F404 include the compressor unit 450, the first heat exchangers 22 of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B, and the first exhaust unit 410 and the second exhaust unit 410B. It is a circuit in which the second heat exchangers 12 are connected by refrigerant pipes and the refrigerant flows therein.
  • Control section 452 of compressor unit 450, control section 423A of first air supply unit 420A, control section 423B of second air supply unit 420B, control section 413A of first exhaust unit 410A, and control section of second exhaust unit 410B 413B are connected by a signal line S401 indicated by a dotted line. This enables information to be transmitted and received among the control unit 452, the control unit 423A, the control unit 423B, the control unit 413A, and the control unit 413B.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits to the host controller 400 the status of the ventilator 1C received from the controllers 423A, 423B, 413A, and 413B. As a result, the host controller 400 can implement control according to the situation of the ventilator 1C.
  • the first air supply unit 420A includes a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 423A, and a temperature detection section 24, takes in outside air (OA), and supplies it to the living room space R11 through the ventilation opening 92A. I feel (SA).
  • the second air supply unit 420B includes a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 423B, and a temperature detection section 24, takes in outside air (OA), and supplies it to the living room space R11 through the ventilation opening 92B. I feel (SA).
  • the control section 423A and the control section 423B control the internal configuration of each air supply unit. Further, the controllers 423A and 423B transmit detection results from the temperature detectors 24 and the like in the respective air supply units to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 . The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 recognizes the current situation from the detection result and transmits the recognition result to the host controller 400 . This allows the host controller 400 to recognize the status of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B.
  • the first exhaust unit 410A includes a fan 11 (an example of a second ventilation unit), a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 413A, and a temperature detection unit 14, and exhausts air from the ventilation opening 91A of the living room space R11. Air (RA) is taken in and exhausted (EA) to the outside.
  • the second exhaust unit 410B includes a fan 11 (an example of a second ventilation unit), a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 413B, and a temperature detection unit 14, and exhausts air from the ventilation port 91B of the living room space R11. Air (RA) is taken in and exhausted (EA) to the outside.
  • the control unit 413A and the control unit 413B control the configuration inside each exhaust unit. Further, the controllers 413A and 413B transmit detection results from the temperature detectors 14 and the like in the respective exhaust units to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 . The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 recognizes the current situation from the detection result and transmits the recognition result to the host controller 400 . This allows the host controller 400 to recognize the status of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B.
  • the host controller 400 performs various controls to coordinate the operation of the ventilation device 1C and the operation of the air conditioner 2C.
  • the host controller 400 receives the status of the air conditioner 2C from the controller 471 of the outdoor unit 470, and receives the status of the ventilator 1C from the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450. Then, the host controller 400 performs various controls according to the conditions of the air conditioner 2C and the ventilator 1C.
  • the host controller 400 when the host controller 400 recognizes that the air conditioner 2C is performing the defrosting operation based on the information received from the controller 471 of the outdoor unit 470, the host controller 400 performs a control.
  • the temperature in the living room space R11 may decrease because the air conditioner 2C does not function as a heater.
  • the air supply temperature of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B is increased in order to compensate for the functional deterioration of the air conditioner 2C when the air conditioner 2C performs the defrosting operation, the refrigerant circuit F401 , F402, F403, and F404, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B decreases. In this case, the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B is improved.
  • the host controller 400 increases the air volume of the air supply and exhaust of the ventilation device 1C to improve the heating capacity, thereby Suppress temperature drop.
  • FIG. 7 is a sequence diagram showing the flow of processing performed among the host controller 400, the ventilator 1C, and the air conditioner 2C when the defrosting operation of the air conditioner 2C according to this embodiment is started. .
  • the control unit 471 in the outdoor unit 470 of the air conditioner 2C transmits a signal indicating that the defrosting operation is to be performed to the host controller 400 (S1701).
  • the host controller 400 recognizes that the defrosting operation has started in the air conditioner 2C based on the received signal, it increases the air volume of the ventilation device 1C in order to compensate for the functional deterioration due to the defrosting operation. It is determined to perform control (S1702).
  • the host controller 400 transmits a control signal instructing an increase in the air volume of the exhaust unit group (the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B) to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1703).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a control signal instructing an air volume increase to each of the controllers 413A and 413B of the exhaust unit group (the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B). (S1704).
  • control units 413A and 413B of the exhaust unit group increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (increase the amount of air) compared to before the defrosting operation of the air conditioner 2C. Control is performed on the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) (S1705).
  • the host controller 400 transmits a control signal instructing an air volume increase of the air supply unit group (the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B) to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1706). ).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 sends a control signal to each of the controllers 423A and 423B of the air supply unit group (the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B) to instruct the air volume to increase. is transmitted (S1707).
  • each of the control units 423A and 423B of the air supply unit group increases the amount of air flowing through the first heat exchanger 22 (air volume control is performed on the fan 21 (an example of the first ventilation unit) (S1708).
  • the heating capacity of the ventilation device 1C is increased by increasing the air supply/exhaust air volume without increasing the supply air temperature of the ventilation device 1C, thereby suppressing a decrease in the room temperature of the living room space R11. Further, in the present embodiment, by suppressing an increase in the supply air temperature of the ventilation device 1C, it is possible to reduce the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 due to a decrease in the evaporation temperature.
  • the host controller 400 increases the air supply/exhaust amount of the ventilation device 1C in order to compensate for the deterioration in performance due to the frosting operation of the air conditioner 2C, so that the second heat exchanger 12 can be frosted.
  • the heating capacity can be increased to suppress the decrease in room temperature.
  • the upper control device 400 according to this embodiment can perform various controls other than the above-described cooperative control.
  • the second heat exchanger 12 is It may be determined whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost is met. Then, when the host controller 400 determines that a predetermined criterion is satisfied, control may be performed to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 . As a control to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12, for example, the host controller 400 sends a control signal to the controller 471 of the outdoor unit 470 to raise the current set temperature of heating. You may
  • the configuration of the host controller 400 shown in this embodiment may be included as the configuration of the ventilation device.
  • the processing performed by the host controller 400 may be a function of the ventilator. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.
  • the host controller 400 makes adjustments so that the second heat exchangers 12 of the plurality of exhaust units 410 are not controlled to suppress frost formation at the same time.
  • the frost formation suppression control of the ventilation device 1C performs control to increase the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • control to increase the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger 12 is performed simultaneously by the plurality of exhaust units 410A and 410B, the room space R11 may become negative pressure.
  • one of the plurality of exhaust units 410A and 410B is controlled to suppress defrosting by increasing the amount of air, and the other is decreased in amount of air. That is, in the present embodiment, one of the plurality of exhaust units 410A and 410B is preferentially subjected to the defrosting suppression operation. Furthermore, the host controller 400 controls the negative pressure in the living room space R11 by making adjustments so as to maintain the total amount of discharged air.
  • FIG. 8 shows the flow of processing performed among the host controller 400, the compressor unit 450, and the exhaust unit group when there is a possibility of frost formation in each of the exhaust unit groups according to this embodiment. It is a sequence diagram.
  • the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A acquires the temperature of the outside air from the temperature detector 14 (S1801).
  • the controller 413A notifies the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 of the detected outside air temperature (1802).
  • controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B acquires the temperature of the outside air from the temperature detector 14 (S1811).
  • the controller 413B notifies the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 of the detected outside air temperature (1812).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410A based on the detected outside air temperature received from the first exhaust unit 410A controller 413A and the second exhaust unit 410B controller 413B. It is determined whether or not the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit 410B satisfies a predetermined criterion for the possibility of frost formation (S1821). In the example shown in FIG. 8, it is determined that each of the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B satisfies the predetermined criteria. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the host controller 400 of the determination result indicating the possibility of frost formation (S1822).
  • the host controller 400 determines the order of performing frost formation suppression control for the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B (S1831). Any method may be used as a method for determining the order. For example, control may be performed so that frost formation is suppressed first in the one with a higher possibility of frost formation, or determination may be made according to the priority assigned in advance to the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B. good.
  • the example shown in FIG. 8 is an example in which it is determined to perform frost formation suppression in the order of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B.
  • the host controller 400 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume of the first exhaust unit 410A to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1832).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume to the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A (S1823).
  • control unit 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A controls the fan 11 to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (increase the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1801. (S1803).
  • the host controller 400 controls the compressor unit 450 after a predetermined period of time (predetermined period of time for suppressing frost formation) has elapsed.
  • a signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume of the second exhaust unit 410B is transmitted to the controller 452 (S1833).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume to the controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B (S1824).
  • control unit 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B controls the fan 11 to decrease the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (reduce the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1811. (S1813).
  • the total air discharge amount is maintained by increasing the air volume of the first exhaust unit 410A and decreasing the air volume of the second exhaust unit 410B. After that, the host controller 400 replaces the exhaust unit that suppresses frost formation.
  • the host controller 400 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume of the first exhaust unit 410A to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1834).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume to the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A (S1825).
  • control unit 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A controls the fan 11 to reduce the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (reduce the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1801. (S1804).
  • the host controller 400 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume of the second exhaust unit 410B to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1835).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume to the controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B (S1826).
  • control unit 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B controls the fan 11 to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (increase the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1811. (S1814).
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host controller 400 determine that the predetermined criteria are met while the plurality of second heat exchangers 12 are functioning as evaporators. increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 compared to before the predetermined criterion is met, for the fan 11 associated with one of the plurality of second heat exchangers 12. control to allow As a result, since the amount of (warm) air flowing into any one of the second heat exchangers 12 increases, frost formation can be suppressed.
  • the host controller 400 controls to increase the air amount of the fan 11 associated with one of the plurality of second heat exchangers 12
  • the other second heat exchangers Control is performed on the fan 11 associated with 12 so as to reduce the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • frost formation suppression control by performing frost formation suppression control according to a predetermined order for each of the plurality of exhaust units, it is possible to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 of the plurality of exhaust units.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the second heat exchangers of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B based on the received outside air temperature. 12 is determined whether or not it satisfies a predetermined criterion for the possibility of frost formation.
  • the host controller 400 controls the exhaust Instruct the unit to increase the air volume.
  • the instruction method is the same as in the fourth embodiment, and description thereof is omitted.
  • the host controller 400 determines that each of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B satisfies the predetermined criteria, the host controller 400 determines the order of frost formation suppression for the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B. to decide. Then, the host controller 400 instructs each of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B to increase the air volume according to the order.
  • the host control device 400 instead of instructing to decrease the air volume as shown in the fourth embodiment, performs one or more of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B. to increase the air volume.
  • An instruction to increase the air volume is sent from the host controller 400 via the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 to either the controller 423A of the first air supply unit 420A or the controller 423B of the second air supply unit 420B. It is done for the above.
  • the target for instructing an increase in air volume may be either one of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B, or each of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B.
  • the host controller 400 makes the amount of air discharged in the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B equal to the amount of air taken in by the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B. Adjust so that
  • the host controller 400 performs the second heat exchange with respect to the fan 11 associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers 12 included in the exhaust unit group.
  • the fan 21 included in the air supply unit group is compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, based on the increased amount of air.
  • Control is performed to increase the amount of air flowing through the exchanger 22 .
  • the amount of air taken in substantially matches the amount of air exhausted, so that it is possible to suppress negative pressure in the living room space R11.
  • the configuration of this embodiment may be of any configuration, and may be a case in which a host controller 400 as shown in FIG. 6 of the third embodiment is provided.
  • a host controller 400 as shown in FIG. 6 of the third embodiment is provided.
  • two exhaust units and two air supply units are provided, but one exhaust unit and one air supply unit may be provided.
  • the number of exhaust units and air supply units may be arbitrary.
  • the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A and the controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B detect the second heat exchange from the temperature detector . Acquire the surface temperature of the vessel 12 . Then, the controller 413 A and the controller 413 B of the second exhaust unit 410 B transmit the detected surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 .
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 determines whether the second heat exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. judge.
  • the predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 may be, for example, a criterion for determining whether or not the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 is 0 degrees or less.
  • the predetermined criterion may be any criterion as long as it indicates the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the predetermined criterion may be a criterion such as that of the embodiment described above, or may be a criterion based on the temperature or pressure of the refrigerant, for example.
  • control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 When determining that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment outputs the determination result indicating that the second heat exchanger 12 may be frosted. The controller 400 is notified.
  • the host controller 400 transmits a control signal instructing to stop the compressor to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 . Accordingly, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 performs control to stop the compressor.
  • the host controller 400 controls each of the control section 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A and the control section 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B via the control section 452 of the compressor unit 450. , outputs a control signal to continue the control of flowing air to the second heat exchanger 12 of the fan 11 . Also, the host controller 400 may perform control to increase the air volume of the fan 11 as in the fourth embodiment.
  • the compressor inside the compressor unit 450 is stopped, and the air in the living room space R11 is allowed to flow through the second heat exchanger 12, thereby increasing the temperature of the surface of the second heat exchanger 12, It is possible to suppress the formation of frost on the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including the upper control device 500 according to the seventh embodiment.
  • the example shown in FIG. 9 includes at least living room spaces R501, R502, R503, restrooms R511, R512, and a pipe shaft R521.
  • the restrooms R511 and R512 are provided with ventilation openings 595A and 595B, respectively.
  • the air conditioner 2D includes three outdoor units 571, 572, 573 and eight air conditioner indoor units 581, 582, 583, 584, 585, 586, 587, 588.
  • the three outdoor units 571 to 573 and the eight air conditioning indoor units 581 to 588 are connected by connecting pipes (not shown).
  • the three outdoor units 571 to 573 are connected to the host controller 500 via signal lines. As a result, the three outdoor units 571 to 573 can perform air conditioning control under the control of the host controller 500.
  • FIG. 1 A block diagram illustrating an exemplary computing environment in accordance with the present disclosure.
  • the first ventilation device 1D_1 is a ventilation device provided in the living room space R501, and includes a first compressor unit 550A, a first air supply unit 520A, and a first exhaust unit 510A.
  • the first air supply unit 520A supplies air (SA) from the ventilation port 592A.
  • the first exhaust unit 510A returns air (RA) from the ventilation port 591A.
  • the first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A are connected by a connecting pipe F501.
  • the communication pipe F501 includes a plurality of refrigerant communication pipes. Thereby, the refrigerant can be circulated among the first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A.
  • first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A are connected by signal lines (not shown). This enables information to be transmitted and received between units. Also, the internal configurations of the first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A are the same as the compressor unit 450A, the first air supply unit 420A, and the first exhaust unit 410A shown in FIG. The description is omitted assuming that the configuration is the same as that of FIG.
  • the second ventilation device 1D_2 is a ventilation device provided in the living room space R502, and includes a second compressor unit 550B, a second air supply unit 520B, and a second exhaust unit 510B.
  • the second air supply unit 520B supplies air (SA) from the ventilation port 592B.
  • the second exhaust unit 510B returns air (RA) from the ventilation port 591B.
  • the second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B are connected by a connecting pipe F502.
  • the communication pipe F502 includes a plurality of refrigerant communication pipes. Thereby, the refrigerant can be circulated among the second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B.
  • the second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B are connected by signal lines (not shown). This enables information to be transmitted and received between units. Also, the configurations inside the second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B are similar to the compressor unit 450A, the first air supply unit 420A, and the first exhaust unit 410A shown in FIG. The description is omitted assuming that the configuration is the same as that of FIG.
  • the third ventilation device 1D_3 is a ventilation device provided in the living room space R503, and includes a third compressor unit 550C, a third air supply unit 520C, and a third exhaust unit 510C.
  • the third air supply unit 520C supplies air (SA) from the ventilation port 592C.
  • the third exhaust unit 510C returns air (RA) from the ventilation port 591C.
  • the third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C are connected by a connecting pipe F503.
  • the communication pipe F503 includes a plurality of refrigerant communication pipes. Thereby, the refrigerant can be circulated among the third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C.
  • the third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C are connected by signal lines (not shown). This enables information to be transmitted and received between units. Further, the internal configurations of the third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C are similar to the compressor unit 450A, the first air supply unit 420A, and the first exhaust unit 410A shown in FIG. The description is omitted assuming that the configuration is the same as that of FIG.
  • a plurality of combinations of compressor units, air supply units, exhaust units, and connecting pipes are provided.
  • the first compressor unit 550A, the second compressor unit 550B, and the third compressor unit 550C are arranged on the pipe shaft R521.
  • the host controller 500 is connected to the first compressor unit 550A, the second compressor unit 550B, and the third compressor unit 550C by signal lines. As a result, the host controller 500 can recognize the state of each of the first ventilator 1D_1 to the third ventilator 1D_3 and control each of the devices.
  • the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C A controller (not shown) receives the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 from each of the first to third exhaust units 510A to 510C.
  • control units of the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C control the surface of the second heat exchanger 12 while the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator. Based on the temperature, it is determined whether or not the second heat exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the controllers of the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C notify the upper controller 400 of the determination result indicating whether or not the predetermined criteria are met.
  • the host controller 500 selects the compressor units (for example, the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C) connected to the second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies the predetermined criteria by connecting pipes.
  • the compressor units for example, the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C
  • the predetermined order may be any order, such as the lowest surface temperature order, or may be based on the preset priority of the compressor units.
  • the host controller 500 causes the fan 11 corresponding to the second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies a predetermined criterion to maintain control of flowing air from the living room spaces R501 to R503 to the second heat exchanger 12. . Thereby, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased.
  • the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is stopped, and by maintaining the flow of air through the second heat exchanger 12, the second heat exchanger 12 frost formation can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including the host controller 600 according to the eighth embodiment. Among the configurations shown in FIG. 10, configurations similar to those of the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
  • the compressor unit 650 is connected to the first air supply unit 520A and the first exhaust unit 510A via a communication pipe F601, and communicates with the second air supply unit 520B and the second exhaust unit 510B. It is connected via piping F602, and connected to the third air supply unit 520C and the third exhaust unit 510C via communication piping F603. As a result, the refrigerant circulates through the units connected by the connecting pipes F601, F602, and F603.
  • the compressor unit 650, the first air supply unit 520A to the third air supply unit 520C, and the first exhaust unit 510A to the third exhaust unit 510C are connected by signal lines (not shown), information can be exchanged between the units. can be sent and received. Moreover, since the host controller 500 and the compressor unit 650 are also connected by a signal line, information can be transmitted and received.
  • the first air supply unit 520A, the second air supply unit 520B, and the third air supply unit 520C are provided with the electric valve 26 (an example of the first valve portion) as shown in FIG.
  • the first exhaust unit 510A, the second exhaust unit 510B, and the third exhaust unit 510C are provided with the electric valve 16 (an example of the first valve portion) as shown in FIG.
  • the motor-operated valve 16 opens the flow path to the second heat exchangers 12. It functions as a valve that adjusts the temperature (regulates the pressure of the refrigerant). (Example of valve part)
  • the host controller 600 individually stops the inflow of refrigerant by controlling the motor-operated valves 16 to the closed state for each of the first exhaust unit 510A, the second exhaust unit 510B, and the third exhaust unit 510C. You can control it.
  • the controller (not shown) of the compressor unit 650 controls the second It is determined whether or not the heat exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. Then, the controller 652 (not shown) of the compressor unit 650 notifies the upper controller 600 of the determination result.
  • the host controller 600 suppresses frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 when recognizing that there are a plurality of the second heat exchangers 12 that satisfy the predetermined criteria based on the determination result.
  • a control signal is output to close the valve 16 . This prevents the refrigerant from flowing into the plurality of second heat exchangers 12 from stopping at the same time.
  • the predetermined order may be any order, such as the lowest surface temperature order, or may be based on the preset priority of the compressor units.
  • the host controller 500 causes the fan 11 corresponding to the second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies a predetermined criterion to maintain control of flowing air from the living room spaces R501 to R503 to the second heat exchanger 12. .
  • the refrigerant flowing to the second heat exchanger 12 is stopped and the air is kept flowing to the second heat exchanger 12, so frost formation is suppressed. be able to.
  • the configuration of the ninth embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result. Then, when the host controller 400 recognizes that there are a plurality of second heat exchangers 12 that satisfy a predetermined criterion, the exhaust unit group (For example, the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B) the total amount of air supplied by the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit), the air supply unit group (for example, the first air supply unit 420A and the second A control signal for controlling the fan 11 and the fan 21 is output so that the amount of air exhausted by the fan 21 (an example of the first ventilation unit) of the air supply unit 420B) is larger than the total amount of exhaust air.
  • the exhaust unit group For example, the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B
  • the air supply unit group for example, the first air supply unit 420A and the second A control signal for controlling the fan 11 and the fan 21 is output so that the amount of air exhausted by the fan 21 (an example of the first ventilation unit) of the air
  • the condensation capacity of the air supply unit group is suppressed, and the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit group is increased. , frost formation can be suppressed.
  • the configuration of the tenth embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. Then, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the host controller 400 of the determination result.
  • the control for suppressing frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 includes: With respect to the first heat exchangers of the air supply unit group (for example, the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B), the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger 22 is the room space R11. output a control signal to make the temperature lower than the temperature set in the air conditioner 2C. The temperature set in the air conditioner 2C is obtained from the control section 471 of the outdoor unit 470.
  • the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger 22 of the air supply unit group (supply air temperature) is lower than the indoor set temperature.
  • the compressor of the compressor unit 450 operates at a low rotational speed, so that a decrease in the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
  • the configuration of the eleventh embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to the eleventh embodiment.
  • the example shown in FIG. 11 shows the refrigerant flow when the second heat exchangers 12 of the exhaust units 410A and 410B function as evaporators.
  • symbol is assigned about the structure similar to embodiment mentioned above, and description is abbreviate
  • the motor-operated valves are downstream of the second heat exchangers 12 of the exhaust units 410A and 410B. 601, 602 are provided.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
  • the exhaust unit (for example, the first exhaust unit 410A) including the second heat exchanger 12 Or output a control signal to the control unit (control unit 413A or control unit 413B) of the second exhaust unit 410B) to throttle the motor-operated valve (motor-operated valve 601 or 602) compared to before a predetermined criterion is satisfied.
  • the pressure of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 upstream of the expansion valve (expansion valve 161 or expansion valve 162) is increased.
  • the evaporation temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased. Therefore, frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
  • bypass flow path F6 is shown in FIG. 11, in the present embodiment, it may be combined with the control using the bypass flow path F6 shown in the embodiment described above, or may not be combined. .
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to a modified example of the eleventh embodiment.
  • the example shown in FIG. 12 is an example in which the refrigerant circuit shown in FIG. 11 is further provided with an exhaust unit 730 .
  • Note that the configuration is the same as that of the eleventh embodiment except that an exhaust unit 730 is provided, and description thereof is omitted.
  • the exhaust unit 730 includes a fan 11 , a third heat exchanger 732 , a control section 733 , a temperature detection section 14 , a drive motor 15 and an electric valve 16 .
  • the exhaust unit 730 functions as an outdoor unit. That is, the exhaust unit 730 is provided on a flow path (an example of a fourth air flow path) for exhausting to the outdoors the air that has undergone heat exchange with the outdoor air and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger 732. .
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
  • the host controller 400 when the host controller 400 recognizes that there is a second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies the predetermined criteria, it performs the same control as in the eleventh embodiment, When the heat exchanger 732 performs heat exchange, it is controlled to perform heat exchange at a lower evaporation temperature than the second heat exchanger 12 .
  • the refrigerant flow through the third heat exchanger 732 of the exhaust unit 730 and the refrigerant flow through the second heat exchangers 12 of the exhaust units 410A, 410B are connected. Therefore, by lowering the evaporation temperature of the third heat exchanger 732, the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased. Thereby, frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
  • a method of sharing processing by the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host controller 500 has been described. It is not limited to the method of sharing and processing, and either one of the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host control device 500 may perform determination and control of other devices. Furthermore, the method of performing the processing by the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host controller 500 is not limited, and the processing of the above-described embodiment may be performed by a centrally managed server or in the cloud.
  • the configuration of the twelfth embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described.
  • the host controller 400 performs the following controls during the heat recovery ventilation operation.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
  • the predetermined criterion may be determined based on the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 or the pressure of the refrigerant, or may be the same as in the embodiment described above.
  • the host controller 400 when the host controller 400 recognizes that there are a plurality of second heat exchangers 12 that satisfy a predetermined criterion, the host controller 400 controls frost formation, or allows frost formation and allows frost formation. It is determined whether the defrosting operation is to be performed later. Then, according to the determination result of the host controller 400, the exhaust unit group (for example, the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B) performs frost formation suppression control, or permits frost formation and after frost formation Perform defrosting operation.
  • the exhaust unit group for example, the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart showing the processing procedure of the host controller 400 according to this embodiment.
  • control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 receives detection results regarding the second heat exchanger 12 from each of the exhaust unit group (S2101).
  • the detection results are the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 and the pressure of the refrigerant.
  • the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 determines whether or not a predetermined criterion is satisfied based on the detection result (S2102).
  • the predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 may be whether or not the detected (evaporation) temperature of the refrigerant is lower than a predetermined temperature t.
  • the criterion is whether the (evaporation) pressure of the refrigerant is lower than a predetermined pressure p. If it is determined that the predetermined criteria are not satisfied (S2102: NO), the process is repeated from S2101.
  • predetermined temperature t and pressure p are values determined depending on the embodiment as criteria for determining whether or not there is a possibility of frost formation, and the description thereof will be omitted. It is conceivable that the determination is made every predetermined time (for example, x minutes).
  • controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 determines that the predetermined criteria are met (S2102: YES), it notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
  • the host controller 400 controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 to suppress frost formation, and calculates the power consumption E1 for maintaining the current temperature of the living room space R11. (S2103).
  • the host controller 400 performs the defrosting operation and calculates the power consumption E2 for maintaining the current temperature and the like of the living room space R11 (S2104).
  • the host controller 500 stores in advance a power consumption calculation model that is set in advance to calculate the power consumption E1 and the power consumption E2. Then, the host controller 500 inputs input information (for example, room temperature/outdoor temperature, air volume of fans 11 and 21, refrigerant pressure, compressor rotation speed, etc.: an example of the state of the living room space) to the power consumption calculation model. By inputting, the power consumption is calculated.
  • input information for example, room temperature/outdoor temperature, air volume of fans 11 and 21, refrigerant pressure, compressor rotation speed, etc.: an example of the state of the living room space
  • the power consumption calculation method is not limited to the method using the calculation model, and other methods may be used.
  • the host controller 400 determines whether or not the power consumption E1 is smaller than the power consumption E2 (S2105).
  • the host controller 400 determines that the power consumption E1 is smaller than the power consumption E2 (S2105: YES)
  • it outputs a control signal for suppressing frost formation to the exhaust unit group (S2106).
  • the method for suppressing frost formation may be the processing shown in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the host controller 500 performs the processing from S2101 again.
  • the host controller 400 determines that the power consumption E1 is greater than or equal to the power consumption E2 (not smaller) (S2105: NO)
  • the host controller 400 allows frost formation on the exhaust unit group.
  • the method of performing the defrosting operation is not limited to any well-known method, and description thereof will be omitted as any method may be used.
  • the host controller 400 receives detection results regarding the second heat exchanger 12 from each of the exhaust unit groups via the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S2108).
  • the detection results are the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 and the pressure of the refrigerant.
  • the host controller 400 determines whether or not the defrosting end criteria are satisfied based on the detection result (S2109).
  • the defrosting end criterion for the second heat exchanger 12 may be whether or not the detected (evaporation) temperature of the refrigerant is greater than a predetermined temperature t+ ⁇ , or whether the detected (evaporation) pressure of the refrigerant is The criterion is whether or not the pressure is smaller than a predetermined pressure p+ ⁇ . Any standard may be used as the defrosting end standard as long as it can be used to determine whether the defrosting has been completed. It should be noted that the variables ⁇ and ⁇ are positive numbers determined according to the embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the upper controller 400 determines that the defrosting end criteria are satisfied based on the detection result (S2109: YES), it outputs a control signal for terminating the defrosting operation to the exhaust unit group (S2110 ) and terminate the process. After that, the host controller 500 performs the processing from S2101 again.
  • the host controller 500 adjusts the second The power consumption required when controlling the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchanger 12, and the power consumption required for the operation of defrosting the second heat exchanger 12 after frosting on the second heat exchanger 12 Based on this, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is controlled so that the second heat exchanger 12 is not frosted, or the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted and then the second heat exchanger 12 can be controlled to eliminate frost formation.
  • the air supply unit includes the first heat exchanger 22 and a casing (an example of the first casing) that houses at least part of the air flow path (an example of the first air flow path).
  • the exhaust unit is a casing (an example of a second casing) that houses at least a part of the second heat exchanger 12 and an air flow path (an example of the second air flow path), each of which is separated from the casing I explained an example of
  • the embodiments and modifications described above are not limited to examples in which the casings of the air supply unit and the exhaust unit are separated, and the air supply unit and the exhaust unit may be integrated. That is, the first heat exchanger 22 and the second heat exchanger 12 are connected by a refrigerant circuit, and the fan 21 corresponding to the first heat exchanger 22 and the fan corresponding to the second heat exchanger 12 are provided. In this case, it is possible to apply the air volume adjustment and the refrigerant temperature adjustment as shown in the above-described embodiment and modifications. In this way, the techniques shown in the above-described embodiments and modifications may be applied to the case where the air supply unit and the exhaust unit are integrated.
  • the air conditioning system starts the compressor, uses the first heat exchanger of the supply air unit as a condenser, and the second heat exchanger of the exhaust unit as an evaporator, thereby supplying the exhaust air (indoor air ) can be recovered by the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit, and the indoor can be ventilated.
  • the second heat exchanger into which the exhaust gas flows is used as an evaporator, if the temperature of the exhaust gas (indoor air) is lower than a predetermined value, the second heat exchanger will be frosted, and the pressure in the refrigerant circuit will drop. pressure drops. In this case, it becomes difficult to continue the operation of the started compressor.
  • the embodiments shown below enable reliable continuous operation of the compressor when using the heat exchanger as an evaporator for a ventilation system with a refrigerant circuit.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic configuration diagram of the ventilation system of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a control block diagram of the ventilation system of the present disclosure;
  • the ventilation system 1E (see FIG. 17) according to the thirteenth embodiment is referred to as the thirteenth ventilation system 1F
  • the ventilation system 1E (see FIGS. 18 and 19) according to the fourteenth embodiment is referred to as the thirteenth ventilation system 1F.
  • the ventilation system 1E according to the fifteenth embodiment is called the fifteenth ventilation system 1H
  • the ventilation system 1E (see FIG. 21) according to the sixteenth embodiment is called the sixteenth ventilation system 1G.
  • the ventilation system 1I according to the seventeenth embodiment (see FIG.
  • ventilation system 1J the seventeenth ventilation system 1J
  • ventilation system 1E the ventilation system 1E according to the eighteenth embodiment
  • 1K the eighteenth ventilation system.
  • ventilation system 1E it describes the configuration common to each of the 13th to 18th ventilation systems 1F to 1K.
  • a ventilation system 1E shown in FIG. 14 is one embodiment of the ventilation device of the present disclosure, and is installed in a building such as a building or a factory to realize ventilation of a target space in the building.
  • the ventilation system 1 ⁇ /b>E includes an air supply unit 1020 , an exhaust unit 1030 , a compressor unit 1040 and a refrigerant circuit 1050 .
  • the air supply unit 1020 includes a first casing 1021, an air supply fan 1022, and a first heat exchanger 1023.
  • the first casing 1021 of the present embodiment is a cubic box made of heat-insulating panel members, and has a suction port 1024 and a discharge port 1025 formed on its side surfaces.
  • the air supply fan 1022 and the first heat exchanger 1023 are arranged inside the first casing 1021 .
  • the air supply unit 1020 drives the air supply fan 1022, the air (outside air OA) of the outdoors (hereinafter referred to as outdoor 1000S2, see FIGS.
  • the ventilation system 1E has an air supply flow path P1001 (an example of a first air flow path) for supplying the taken outside air OA to the indoor space 1000S1 from the outlet 1025 via the first casing 1021.
  • the first heat exchanger 1023 constitutes a refrigerant circuit 1050 which will be described later.
  • the first heat exchanger 1023 is a cross-fin tube type or microchannel type heat exchanger, and is used to heat-exchange the refrigerant flowing in the first heat exchanger 1023 with the air (outside air OA) of the outdoor 1000S2. .
  • the air supply unit 1020 includes a supply air temperature sensor 1026 and an outside air temperature sensor 1027 .
  • the supply air temperature sensor 1026 is arranged in the flow of air after passing through the first heat exchanger 1023 in the first casing 1021, and detects the temperature T1 of the supply air SA (hereinafter referred to as the blown air temperature T1).
  • to detect Outside air temperature sensor 1027 is arranged in the flow of air before passing through first heat exchanger 1023 in first casing 1021, and detects temperature T2 of outside air OA (hereinafter referred to as outside air temperature T2). .
  • the air supply unit 1020 includes a first heat exchange temperature sensor 1055 and a first coolant temperature sensor 1056 .
  • First heat exchange temperature sensor 1055 detects temperature Tb1 of first heat exchanger 1023 (in other words, the refrigerant in first heat exchanger 1023).
  • the first refrigerant temperature sensor 1056 detects the temperature Ta2 of the refrigerant after passing through the first heat exchanger 1023 (outlet).
  • the first heat exchanger temperature sensor 1055 may be a pressure sensor that detects the pressure in the first heat exchanger 1023. In this case, the refrigerant temperature in the first heat exchanger 1023 is determined from the pressure detection value. Convert.
  • the exhaust unit 1030 includes a second casing 1031, an exhaust fan 1032, and a second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the second casing 1031 of the present embodiment is a cubic box made of heat-insulating panel members, and has a suction port 1034 and a discharge port 1035 formed on its side surfaces.
  • the exhaust fan 1032 and the second heat exchanger 1033 are arranged inside the second casing 1031 .
  • the indoor 1000S1 air (return air RA) is taken into the second casing 1031, and the taken air is heat-exchanged with the refrigerant in the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the air (exhaust EA) is discharged from the outlet 1035 toward the outdoors 1000S2.
  • the ventilation system 1E has a return air flow path P1002 (an example of a second air flow path) for releasing the air (return air RA) of the indoor 1000S1 through the second casing 1031 and the outlet 1035 to the outdoors 1000S2.
  • the second heat exchanger 1033 constitutes a refrigerant circuit 1050 which will be described later.
  • the second heat exchanger 1033 is a cross-fin tube type or microchannel type heat exchanger, and is used to heat-exchange the refrigerant flowing in the second heat exchanger 1033 with the indoor 1000S1 air (return air RA). be done.
  • the exhaust unit 1030 includes a return air temperature sensor 1036.
  • the return air temperature sensor 1036 is arranged in the flow of air before passing through the second heat exchanger 1033 inside the second casing 1031, and detects the temperature T3 of the air flowing into the second heat exchanger 1033. .
  • this temperature T3 will be referred to as intake air temperature T3.
  • the intake air temperature T3 when only the air taken in from the indoor 1000S1 is allowed to pass through the second heat exchanger 1033 is the temperature of the air in the indoor 1000S1.
  • the temperature of the indoor 1000S1 may be detected by a sensor (not shown) provided in the indoor 1000S1.
  • the exhaust unit 1030 includes a second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 and a second coolant temperature sensor 1058 .
  • Second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 detects temperature Tb2 of second heat exchanger 1033 (in other words, the refrigerant in second heat exchanger 1033).
  • the second refrigerant temperature sensor 1058 detects the temperature Tb3 of the refrigerant after passing through the second heat exchanger 1033 (outlet).
  • the second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 may be a pressure sensor that detects the pressure in the second heat exchanger 1033. In this case, the refrigerant temperature in the first heat exchanger 1023 can be determined from the pressure detection value. Convert.
  • the compressor unit 1040 includes a third casing 1041, a compressor 1042, a four-way switching valve 1043, and an expansion valve 1044.
  • the compressor unit 1040 of this embodiment includes the third casing 1041, the third casing 1041 may be omitted. In this case, it is preferable to accommodate the compressor 1042 and the four-way switching valve 1043 in the first casing 1021 of the air supply unit 1020 or the second casing 1031 of the exhaust unit 1030 .
  • the expansion valve 1044 is housed in the compressor unit 1040. may be accommodated.
  • the compressor unit 1040 includes a low pressure sensor 1052, a discharge pressure sensor 1053, and a discharge temperature sensor 1054.
  • Low-pressure sensor 1052 detects pressure PL of the refrigerant sucked into compressor 1042 . In the following description, this pressure PL will also be referred to as the low pressure PL.
  • a discharge pressure sensor 1053 detects the pressure PH of the refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 . In the following description, this pressure PH is also referred to as high pressure PH.
  • Discharge temperature sensor 1054 detects temperature Ta1 of refrigerant discharged from compressor 1042 .
  • the compressor 1042 sucks in low-pressure gaseous refrigerant and discharges high-pressure gaseous refrigerant.
  • Compressor 1042 includes a motor whose operating speed can be adjusted by inverter control.
  • the compressor 1042 is of a variable capacity type (capacity variable type) whose capacity (capacity) can be changed by inverter-controlling the motor.
  • the compressor 1042 may be of the constant capacity type.
  • the compressor 1042 used in the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure may be configured by connecting two or more compressors in parallel.
  • the four-way switching valve 1043 reverses the flow of the refrigerant in the refrigerant pipe, switches the refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 to one of the first heat exchanger 1023 and the second heat exchanger 1033, and supplies the refrigerant.
  • the ventilation system 1E has a cooling operation mode for cooling the outside air OA (hereinafter also referred to as a first operation mode M1) and a heating operation mode for heating the outside air OA (hereinafter also referred to as a second operation mode M2). It can be done by switching.
  • the expansion valve 1044 is composed of an electrically operated valve capable of adjusting the flow rate and pressure of the refrigerant. In the ventilation system 1E, the opening degree of the expansion valve 1044 is controlled to adjust the pressure of the refrigerant supplied to the first heat exchanger 1023 or the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the refrigerant circuit 1050 includes a compressor 1042, a four-way switching valve 1043, an expansion valve 1044, a first heat exchanger 1023, a second heat exchanger 1033, and refrigerant pipes 1051 (a liquid pipe 1051L and a gas pipe 1051G) connecting these. contains.
  • Refrigerant circuit 1050 circulates the refrigerant between first heat exchanger 1023 and second heat exchanger 1033 .
  • the four-way switching valve 1043 is held in the state indicated by the solid line in FIG.
  • the high-temperature, high-pressure gaseous refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 flows into the second heat exchanger 1033 of the exhaust unit 1030 via the four-way switching valve 1043 .
  • the second heat exchanger 1033 functions as a condenser, and the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 1033 exchanges heat with the return air RA due to the operation of the exhaust fan 1032 to condense and liquefy.
  • the liquefied refrigerant is decompressed by the expansion valve 1044 and flows into the first heat exchanger 1023 .
  • the first heat exchanger 1023 functions as an evaporator, and in the first heat exchanger 1023, the refrigerant exchanges heat with the outside air OA and evaporates.
  • the outside air OA cooled by the evaporation of the refrigerant is supplied by the air supply fan 1022 as the supply air SA to the indoor 1000S1.
  • the refrigerant evaporated in first heat exchanger 1023 returns to compressor unit 1040 through refrigerant pipe 1051 (gas pipe 1051G) and is sucked into compressor 1042 through four-way switching valve 1043 .
  • the four-way switching valve 1043 is held in the state indicated by the dashed line in FIG.
  • the high-temperature, high-pressure gaseous refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 passes through the four-way switching valve 1043 and flows into the first heat exchanger 1023 of the air supply unit 1020 .
  • the first heat exchanger 1023 functions as a condenser, and in the first heat exchanger 1023, the refrigerant exchanges heat with the outside air OA to condense and liquefy.
  • the outside air OA heated by condensation of the refrigerant is supplied to the indoor 1000S1 by the air supply fan 1022 .
  • the refrigerant liquefied in the first heat exchanger 1023 passes through the refrigerant pipe 1051 (liquid pipe 1051L), reaches the compressor unit 1040, is decompressed to a predetermined low pressure by the expansion valve 1044, and further flows into the second heat exchanger 1033. do.
  • the second heat exchanger 1033 functions as an evaporator, and in the second heat exchanger 1033, the refrigerant evaporates by exchanging heat with the return air RA.
  • the refrigerant evaporated/vaporized in the second heat exchanger 1033 is sucked into the compressor 1042 via the four-way switching valve 1043 .
  • FIG. 15 is a control block diagram of the ventilation system 1E.
  • the ventilation system 1E has a controller 1018.
  • the control unit 1018 is a device that controls the operation of the ventilation system 1E, and is configured by, for example, a microcomputer having a processor such as a CPU and a memory such as RAM and ROM.
  • the control unit 1018 may be implemented as hardware using LSI, ASIC, FPGA, or the like. Control unit 1018 exhibits a predetermined function when the processor executes a program installed in the memory.
  • the controller 1018 is connected to the air supply fan 1022, the exhaust fan 1032, the compressor 1042, the four-way switching valve 1043, and the expansion valve 1044.
  • the control unit 1018 includes a supply air temperature sensor 1026, an outside air temperature sensor 1027, a return air temperature sensor 1036, a low pressure sensor 1052, a discharge pressure sensor 1053, a discharge temperature sensor 1054, a first heat exchanger temperature sensor 1055, and a first refrigerant temperature sensor. 1056 , a second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 and a second coolant temperature sensor 1058 .
  • the control unit 1018 controls the operation of the air supply fan 1022, the exhaust fan 1032, the compressor 1042, the four-way switching valve 1043, the expansion valve 1044, and the low pressure increasing means 1080 based on the detected values of the respective sensors.
  • Control unit 1018 calculates saturation temperature TS of second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator based on the value (high pressure PH) detected by discharge pressure sensor 1053 during operation in second operation mode M2. .
  • Control unit 1018 acquires low pressure PL of refrigerant circuit 1050 from the detection value of low pressure sensor 1052 .
  • Control unit 1018 acquires evaporation temperature TE of second heat exchanger 1033 from the value detected by second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 (temperature Tb2). Alternatively, the control unit 1018 acquires the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033 from the acquired low pressure PL.
  • the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure has the first operation mode M1 and the second operation mode M2 as user-selectable operation modes.
  • the first heat exchanger 1023 can be used as an evaporator and the second heat exchanger 1033 can be used as a condenser.
  • the controller 1018 switches the four-way selector valve 1043 .
  • the first heat exchanger 1023 can be used as a condenser and the second heat exchanger 1033 can be used as an evaporator.
  • the controller 1018 switches the four-way selector valve 1043 .
  • the four-way switching valve 1043 has already been switched. and when the switching of valve 1043 has not yet been completed.
  • the control unit 1018 may perform the low pressure increase control (first control).
  • the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E when the control unit 1018 executes the low pressure increase control is referred to as a low pressure increase mode M3.
  • the control unit 1018 activates the compressor 1042 to increase the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 or the evaporation of the second heat exchanger 1033. Detect temperature TE.
  • the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL or the evaporating temperature TE has fallen below the respective set threshold values (referred to as first threshold values in this description), the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E is changed to the low pressure increase mode M3. to perform low-pressure pressure rise control. Note that the control unit 1018 does not switch the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E to the low pressure increase mode M3 (low pressure increase control ).
  • the ventilation system 1E having the refrigerant circuit 1050 operates in the second operation mode M2 by using the first heat exchanger 1023 as a condenser and the second heat exchanger 1033 as an evaporator. , the heat of the exhaust EA can be recovered in the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit 1050 .
  • frost may occur in the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the low-pressure pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 drops, and the compressor 1042 continues to operate. becomes difficult.
  • the control unit 1018 selects the low pressure increase mode M3 to enable continuous operation of the compressor 1042 .
  • continuous operation of the compressor here means that after the compressor starts, it does not reach a state where operation cannot be continued (has no choice but to stop) due to a decrease in the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, etc. can be continued.
  • the control unit 1018 has a first threshold value X for judging whether or not the conditions for operating in the second operation mode M2 are met when the ventilation system 1E is activated by selecting the second operation mode M2. remembered.
  • the first threshold X is the pressure threshold X1, which is the first threshold X for the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, and the first threshold X for the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the indoor temperature threshold X3 that is the first threshold X for the intake air temperature T3 that is the temperature of the air in the indoor 1000S1
  • the first threshold for the outside temperature T2 that is the temperature of the air in the outdoor 1000S2
  • An outside air temperature threshold value X4 which is X, is stored.
  • the control unit 1018 of the present embodiment stores the pressure threshold X1, the refrigerant temperature threshold X2, the indoor temperature threshold X3, and the outdoor temperature threshold X4 as the first threshold X, but the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure, Any one of the threshold values X1 to X4 may be stored in the control unit 1018.
  • the second threshold Y is the pressure threshold Y1, which is the second threshold Y for the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, and the second threshold Y for the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033. and the air temperature threshold Y3, which is the second threshold Y for the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033, are stored.
  • control unit 1018 of the present embodiment stores the pressure threshold value Y1, the saturation temperature threshold value Y2, and the air temperature threshold value Y3 as the second threshold value Y, but the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure stores the , pressure threshold Y1, saturation temperature threshold Y2, or air temperature threshold Y3 may be stored.
  • the controller 1018 controls the operation at the start of operation according to the flow shown in FIG.
  • step (S2501) when the control unit 1018 determines that the second operation mode M2 has been selected and started (YES), the next step (S2502) is executed.
  • step (S2501) if the control unit 1018 determines that the second operation mode M2 has not been selected and started (NO), the control unit 1018 ends the control at the start of operation.
  • step (S2502) control unit 1018 activates compressor 1042, and proceeds to the next step (S2503).
  • step (S2503) the control unit 1018 determines the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050.
  • step (S2503) if the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL is not lower than the first threshold value X (pressure threshold value X1) for the low pressure PL (NO), proceed to the next step (S2504). Execute.
  • step (S2503) if the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL is lower than the first threshold value X (pressure threshold value X1) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
  • step (S2504) the control unit 1018 determines the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033. In step (S2504), if the control unit 1018 determines that the evaporation temperature TE is not lower than the first threshold value X (refrigerant temperature threshold value X2) for the evaporation temperature TE (NO), the next step (S2505). to run. In step (S2504), if the control unit 1018 determines that the evaporation temperature TE has fallen below the first threshold value X (refrigerant temperature threshold value X2) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
  • first threshold value X refrigerant temperature threshold value X2
  • YES the next step (S2507) is executed.
  • step (S2505) the control unit 1018 makes a determination about the intake air temperature T3, which is the air temperature of the indoor 1000S1.
  • step (S2505) if control unit 1018 determines that intake air temperature T3 is not lower than first threshold value X (indoor temperature threshold value X3) for intake air temperature T3 (NO), the next step ( S2506) is executed.
  • step (S2505) if control unit 1018 determines that intake air temperature T3 has fallen below first threshold value X (indoor temperature threshold value X3) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
  • step (S2506) the control unit 1018 makes a determination about the outside air temperature T2, which is the air temperature of the outdoor 1000S2.
  • step (S2506) if the control unit 1018 determines that the outside temperature T2 is not lower than the first threshold value X (outside temperature threshold value X4) for the outside temperature T2 (NO), the next step (S2512). to run.
  • step (S2506) if the control unit 1018 determines that the outside temperature T2 is lower than the first threshold value X (the outside temperature threshold value X4) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
  • step (S2507) the control unit 1018 executes low-pressure pressure increase control. Specifically, in step (S2507), the control unit 1018 switches the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E to the low pressure increase mode M3 to operate the ventilation system 1E. When the control unit 1018 executes the low pressure increase control, the ventilation system 1E uses the low pressure increase means 1080 which will be described later. After starting the execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control, the control unit 1018 further executes step (S2508).
  • step (S2508) the control unit 1018 determines the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 during execution of the low pressure increase control.
  • step (S2508) when the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL does not exceed the second threshold value Y (pressure threshold value Y1) (NO), step (S2509) is executed.
  • step (S2508) if control unit 1018 determines that low pressure PL exceeds pressure threshold value Y1 (YES), step (S2511) is executed.
  • step (S2509) the control unit 1018 determines the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033. If it is determined in step (S2509) that the saturation temperature TS does not exceed the second threshold Y (saturation temperature threshold Y2) for the saturation temperature TS (NO), step (S2510) is executed. If it is determined in step (S2509) that the saturation temperature TS has exceeded the saturation temperature threshold value Y2 (YES), step (S2511) is executed.
  • step (S2510) the control unit 1018 makes a determination about the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033. If it is determined in step (S2510) that the intake air temperature T3 does not exceed the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) for the intake air temperature T3 (NO), the process returns to step (S2508). In step (S2510), when control unit 1018 determines that intake air temperature T3 has exceeded air temperature threshold value Y3 (YES), step (S2511) is executed.
  • step (S2511) the control unit 1018 terminates the low pressure increase control. After completing the low pressure increase control, the control unit 1018 executes step (S2512). In step (S2512), the control unit 1018 switches the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E to the second operation mode M2 to operate the ventilation system 1E. Thus, the control of the operation at the start of operation by the control unit 1018 (the flow shown in FIG. 16) ends.
  • the determination conditions of steps (S2508) to (S2510) are conditions for determining whether or not the compressor 1042 can be reliably operated continuously in the second operation mode M2. In other words, if any of the conditions in steps (S2508) to (S2510) are satisfied, the conditions are met to ensure continuous operation of the compressor 1042 in the second operation mode M2.
  • the ventilation system 1E is able to prepare conditions for reliably allowing the compressor 1042 to continue operating.
  • the ventilation system 1E prepares the conditions for ensuring the continuous operation of the compressor 1042, and then starts operation in the second operation mode M2, thereby ensuring the continuous operation of the compressor 1042. Become.
  • the determination of whether to proceed to step (S2507) is based on the low pressure PL in step (S2503), the evaporation temperature TE in step (S2504), and the Judgment based on intake air temperature T3 and judgment based on outside air temperature T2 in step (S2506) are made, but judgment may be made in only one of steps (S2503) to (S2506).
  • the determination of whether to proceed to step (S2511) is based on the low pressure PL in step (S2508), the saturation temperature TS in step (S2509), and the intake air The determination is made based on the temperature T3, but the determination may be made by only one of steps (S2508) to (S2510).
  • the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure includes low pressure pressure increasing means 1080.
  • Each of the first to sixth ventilation systems 1F to 1K described below differs in the configuration of the low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080, respectively.
  • the low pressure increase means 1080 is used when executing the low pressure increase control (see FIG. 16) described above.
  • the same reference numerals are given to the parts common to the first to sixth ventilation systems 1F to 1K, and the repeated explanation of the parts given the same reference numerals will be omitted.
  • FIG. 17 shows a thirteenth ventilation system 1F according to a thirteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure.
  • the thirteenth ventilation system 1F shown in FIG. 17 includes an air supply unit 1020, an exhaust unit 1030 and a compressor unit 1040.
  • the thirteenth ventilation system 1F is configured integrally with an air supply unit 1020, an exhaust unit 1030, and a compressor unit 1040. As shown in FIG.
  • the thirteenth ventilation system 1F shown in the present embodiment is configured integrally with the air supply unit 1020, the exhaust unit 1030, and the compressor unit 1040, but the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure includes the air supply unit 1020 (the 1 heat exchanger 1023 and air supply fan 1022), exhaust unit 1030 (second heat exchanger 1033 and exhaust fan 1032), and compressor unit 1040 (compressor 1042) may be arranged separately.
  • the thirteenth ventilation system 1F can be placed outdoors, for example, 1000S2.
  • the outlet 1025 of the air supply unit 1020 and the inlet 1034 of the exhaust unit 1030 are directly attached to the outer wall surface of the building 1000B.
  • the case where the thirteenth ventilation system 1F is placed outdoors 1000S2 is exemplified, but the whole or part of the thirteenth ventilation system 1F may be placed indoors 1000S1.
  • the thirteenth ventilation system 1F includes an air conditioner 1081 that is the first low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080 .
  • the air conditioner 1081 includes an indoor unit 1081a, an outdoor unit 1081b, and a refrigerant circuit 1081d including a refrigerant pipe 1081c.
  • the air conditioner 1081 is installed in the building 1000B and realizes air conditioning of the air-conditioned space (indoor 1000S1).
  • the air conditioner 1081 cools and heats the air-conditioned space by performing vapor compression refrigeration cycle operation.
  • the air conditioner 1081 that performs vapor compression refrigeration cycle operation is exemplified, but the system of the air conditioner as the low pressure pressure increasing means 1080 is not limited to this. It may be an air conditioner that realizes air conditioning of the target space with cold water/hot water that is supplied.
  • the air conditioner 1081 has an indoor unit 1081a arranged indoors 1000S1 and an outdoor unit 1081b arranged outdoors 1000S2.
  • the indoor unit 1081a and the outdoor unit 1081b are connected by a refrigerant pipe 1081c.
  • the air conditioner 1081 has an air conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d.
  • the air-conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d includes a compressor, a four-way switching valve, an outdoor heat exchanger, an expansion valve, an indoor heat exchanger, and the like (all not shown).
  • the air-conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d circulates the refrigerant between the indoor unit 1081a and the outdoor unit 1081b via the refrigerant pipe 1081c.
  • the air-conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d is separated from the refrigerant circuit 1050 of the thirteenth ventilation system 1F and constitutes an independent circuit. Air conditioner 1081 detects the temperature of indoor 1000S1.
  • the temperature of the indoor 1000S1 is raised by operating the air conditioner 1081 when executing the low-pressure pressure increase control.
  • the control unit 1018 determines that the temperature of the air in the indoor 1000S1 detected by the air conditioner 1081 exceeds the second threshold Y (air temperature threshold Y3 for the intake air temperature T3) (Fig. 15)
  • the operation of the exhaust fan 1032 is started.
  • this causes the second heat exchanger 1033 to suck in air having a temperature higher than the air temperature threshold Y3 for the suction air temperature T3.
  • frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033 is suppressed by operating the air conditioner 1081 .
  • the air conditioner 1081 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator, thereby suppressing frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033. At the same time, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
  • the control unit 1018 may forcibly activate the air conditioner 1081.
  • the control unit 1018 when the second operation mode M2 is selected and activated, the control unit 1018 provides the user with information prompting activation of the air conditioner 1081, and the user activates the air conditioner 1081. may be
  • the control unit 1018 when the thirteenth ventilation system 1F and the air conditioner 1081 are not interlocked, the control unit 1018 provides the user with information prompting the activation of the air conditioner 1081, and after a predetermined time has passed, the exhaust fan 1032 is turned on.
  • the intake air temperature T3 may be measured during operation, and the control unit 1018 may activate the air conditioner 1081 based on the measured value.
  • control unit 1018 is configured to detect the operating state of the air conditioner 1081, and when the second operation mode M2 is selected and activated, the air conditioner 1081 is in operation. When the control unit 1018 detects that there is a problem, the control unit 1018 may execute the low pressure increase control.
  • control unit 1018 may stop the air conditioner 1081, or the control unit 1018 may continue the operation of the air conditioner 1081.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic configuration diagram showing the installation state of the ventilation system in the building according to the fourteenth and fifteenth embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • a fourteenth ventilation system 1G shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 is a fourteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure.
  • the fourteenth ventilation system 1G is different from the thirteenth ventilation system 1F in that it includes a second low pressure increase means 1082 which is the second low pressure increase means 1080 .
  • the 14th ventilation system 1G includes a second low-pressure pressure increasing means 1082.
  • the second low-pressure pressure increasing means 1082 is composed of a bypass pipe 1082a and a valve 1082b.
  • the valve 1082b is, for example, an electric valve, an electromagnetic valve, or the like.
  • the bypass pipe 1082a is a pipe that bypasses the discharge pipe 45 of the compressor 1042 and the liquid pipe 1051L.
  • the bypass pipe 1082a can supply the high-temperature and high-pressure gaseous refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 to the second heat exchanger 1033 via the liquid pipe 1051L.
  • Valve 1082b can switch the flow of refrigerant in bypass pipe 1082a. When the valve 1082b is opened, the gaseous refrigerant can flow through the bypass pipe 1082a, and when the valve 1082b is closed, the flow of the gaseous refrigerant in the bypass pipe 1082a can be stopped.
  • the fourteenth ventilation system 1G opens the valve 1082b and supplies gaseous refrigerant to the second heat exchanger 1033 through the bypass pipe 1082a, thereby increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 1033, Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033 can be suppressed.
  • the second low pressure pressure increasing means 1082 can increase the saturation temperature TS at the outlet of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator, thereby increasing the temperature of the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
  • control unit 1018 closes the valve 1082b to terminate the low pressure increase control.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a fifteenth ventilation system 1H shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 is a fifteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure.
  • the fifteenth ventilation system 1H differs from the thirteenth and fourteenth ventilation systems 1F and 1G in that it includes a third low pressure increase means 1083 which is a third low pressure increase means 1080.
  • the fifteenth ventilation system 1H includes a third low-pressure pressure increasing means 1083.
  • the third low-pressure pressure increasing means 1083 is composed of a bypass duct 1083a and a damper 1083b.
  • the bypass duct 1083a is formed inside the third casing 1041 and communicates the discharge side of the first casing 1021 and the suction side of the second casing.
  • Bypass duct 1083 a can supply part of the air flow (supply air SA) generated in air supply unit 1020 to the suction side of exhaust fan 1032 in exhaust unit 1030 .
  • the damper 1083b includes a valve body and an opening/closing mechanism that can open/close the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1083a. When the damper 1083b is opened, the supply air SA can flow through the bypass duct 1083a, and when the damper 1083b is closed, the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1083a can be stopped.
  • the control unit 1018 determines that the blown air temperature T1 detected by the supply air temperature sensor 1026 exceeds the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3 for the intake air temperature T3) (FIG. 15 ), and the damper 1083b is opened.
  • the fifteenth ventilation system 1H opens the damper 1083b and supplies the intake air SA to the intake side of the second heat exchanger 1033 through the bypass duct 1083a, thereby reducing the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 to can be raised.
  • the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator can be raised by the third low-pressure pressure raising means 1083. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
  • control unit 1018 closes the damper 1083b to terminate the low pressure increase control.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a sixteenth embodiment of the present disclosure
  • a sixteenth ventilation system 1I shown in FIG. 21 is a sixteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure.
  • the sixteenth ventilation system 1I differs from the thirteenth to fifteenth ventilation systems 1F to 1H in the configuration of the low pressure increasing means 1080 .
  • the sixteenth ventilation system 1I differs from the above-mentioned thirteenth to fifteenth ventilation systems 1F to 1H in that the air supply unit 1020, the exhaust unit 1030, and the compressor unit 1040 are separated and arranged indoors 1000S1. ing.
  • the air supply unit 1020, the exhaust unit 1030, and the compressor unit 1040 are arranged in the space behind the ceiling of the room R1, which is the ventilation target space of the indoor 1000S1 (hereinafter referred to as the ceiling space R2). be.
  • the sixteenth ventilation system 1I is placed indoors 1000S1 in this embodiment, the sixteenth ventilation system 1I may be placed entirely or partially outdoors 1000S2.
  • the air supply unit 1020 constitutes part of the air supply air passage 1028 .
  • the supply air passage 1028 is an air passage that connects the indoor 1000S1 and the outdoor 1000S2.
  • the air supply air passage 1028 is composed of a first air supply duct 1028a, a second air supply duct 1028b, and an air supply unit 1020.
  • First air supply duct 1028a connects outdoor 1000S2 and air supply unit 1020 .
  • the first air supply duct 1028a has a suction port 1028c at one end, and the suction port 1028c is connected to an opening in the outer wall of the building 1000B and communicates with the outdoors 1000S2.
  • first air supply duct 1028a is connected to air supply unit 1020 .
  • the second air supply duct 1028b connects the air supply unit 1020 and the indoor space 1000S1.
  • the second air supply duct 1028b has an air outlet 1028d at one end, and the air outlet 1028d is connected to an opening in the ceiling surface of the indoor 1000S1 and communicates with the indoor 1000S1.
  • the other end of second air supply duct 1028b is connected to air supply unit 1020 .
  • the exhaust unit 1030 constitutes part of the exhaust air passage 1038.
  • the exhaust air passage 1038 is an air passage that communicates the indoor 1000S1 and the outdoor 1000S2.
  • the exhaust air passage 1038 is composed of a first exhaust duct 1038 a , a second exhaust duct 1038 b and an exhaust unit 1030 .
  • the first exhaust duct 1038a connects the outdoor 1000S2 and the exhaust unit 1030 .
  • the first exhaust duct 1038a has an exhaust port 1038c at one end, and the exhaust port 1038c is connected to an opening in the outer wall of the building 1000B and communicates with the outdoors 1000S2.
  • the other end of first exhaust duct 1038 a is connected to exhaust unit 1030 .
  • the second exhaust duct 1038b connects the exhaust unit 1030 and the indoor space 1000S1. Specifically, the second exhaust duct 1038b has a suction port 1038d at one end, and the suction port 1038d is connected to an opening in the ceiling surface of the indoor space 1000S1 and communicates with the indoor space 1000S1. The other end of second exhaust duct 1038b is connected to exhaust unit 1030 .
  • the 16th ventilation system 1I is equipped with a fourth low pressure pressure increasing means 1084.
  • the fourth low pressure pressure increasing means 1084 is composed of a bypass duct 1084a and a damper 1084b.
  • Bypass duct 1084 a communicates second air supply duct 1028 b connected to the blowout side of air supply unit 1020 and second exhaust duct 1038 b connected to the suction side of exhaust unit 1030 .
  • Bypass duct 1084 a can supply part of the air flow (supply air SA) generated in air supply unit 1020 to the suction side of exhaust fan 1032 in exhaust unit 1030 .
  • the damper 1084b includes a valve element and an opening/closing mechanism that can open and close the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1084a. When the damper 1084b is opened, the supply air SA can flow through the bypass duct 1084a, and when the damper 1084b is closed, the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1084a can be stopped.
  • the damper 1084b when the control unit 1018 determines that the blowing air temperature T1 detected by the supply air temperature sensor 1026 exceeds the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3 for the intake air temperature T3), the damper 1084b open.
  • the sixteenth ventilation system 1I opens the damper 1084b and supplies the intake air SA to the intake side of the second heat exchanger 1033 through the bypass duct 1084a, thereby reducing the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 to can be raised.
  • the fourth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1084 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
  • control unit 1018 closes the damper 1084b to terminate the low pressure increase control.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a seventeenth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a seventeenth ventilation system 1J shown in FIG. 22 is a seventeenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure.
  • the 17th ventilation system 1J differs from the 16th ventilation system 1I in the configuration of the low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080 .
  • the seventeenth ventilation system 1J is provided with fifth low-pressure increasing means 1085 which is the fifth low-pressure increasing means 1080 .
  • the fifth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1085 is composed of an intake duct 1085a, a damper 1085b, and a ceiling space temperature sensor 1085c.
  • the intake duct 1085a is connected to the second exhaust duct 1038b and is open in the ceiling space R2.
  • the air in the ceiling space R2 taken into the exhaust unit 1030 can be circulated to the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the damper 1085b is a valve that can open and close the flow of air in the intake duct 1085a. When the damper 1085b is opened, the air in the ceiling space R2 can be sucked into the intake duct 1085a, and when the damper 1085b is closed, the air circulation in the intake duct 1085a can be stopped.
  • the ceiling space temperature sensor 1085c is connected to the control unit 1018.
  • the ceiling space temperature sensor 1085c can detect the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R2.
  • the control unit 1018 determines that the temperature T4 of the air in the ceiling space R2 exceeds the second threshold value Y (the air temperature threshold value Y3 for the intake air temperature T3)
  • the damper 1085b is opened,
  • the air in the ceiling space R2 is circulated to the second heat exchanger 1033 via the intake duct 1085a.
  • the seventeenth ventilation system 1J opens the damper 1085b and supplies the air in the ceiling space R2 to the suction side of the second heat exchanger 1033 through the intake duct 1085a. T3 can be elevated.
  • the fifth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1085 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
  • control unit 1018 closes the damper 1085b, thereby ending the low pressure increase control.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to an eighteenth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • An eighteenth ventilation system 1K shown in FIG. 23 is an eighteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure.
  • the 18th ventilation system 1K differs from the 16th and 17th ventilation systems 1I and 1J in the configuration of the low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080 .
  • the 18th ventilation system 1K is provided with a sixth low pressure increase means 1086 which is the sixth low pressure increase means 1080 .
  • the sixth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1086 includes a louver 1086a configured to be rotatable about a rotation axis and a mechanism (not shown) for rotating the louver 1086a.
  • the louver 1086a is arranged near the outlet 1028d in the indoor space 1000S1.
  • the louver 1086a rotates between a storage position 1000P1 in which the blowing direction of the supply air SA blown out from the blowout port 1028d is not changed, and an operating position 1000P2 in which the blowing direction of the supply air SA blown out from the blowout port 1028d is changed. configured to be movable.
  • the louvers 1086a is rotated from the retracted position 1000P1 to the operating position 1000P2.
  • the supply air SA blown out from the outlet 1028d hits the louver 1086a, changes its blowing direction, and flows toward the suction port 1038d.
  • the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 is raised by actively sucking the supply air SA, which has a higher temperature than the air in the indoor space 1000S1, from the suction port 1038d.
  • the sixth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1086 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
  • control unit 1018 changes the rotational position of the louver 1086a from the operating position 1000P2 to the retracted position 1000P1, thereby completing the low pressure increase control.
  • the ventilation system 1E shown in the above embodiment has a refrigerant circuit in which a compressor 1042, a first heat exchanger 1023, and a second heat exchanger 1033 are connected by a refrigerant pipe 1051, and a refrigerant flows therein.
  • control unit 1018 activates the compressor 1042 to reduce the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033, or the indoor 1000S1.
  • the temperature (intake air temperature T3) or the temperature of the outdoor 1000S2 (outside temperature T2) is the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033, the intake air temperature T3, or the outside temperature T2. is below the first threshold value X, low-pressure pressure increase control is performed to increase the low-pressure pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 .
  • the compressor 1042 can be reliably operated continuously.
  • the refrigerant circuit 1050 includes the discharge pipe 45 of the compressor 1042, the second heat exchanger 1033, or the liquid pipe 1051L connected to the second heat exchanger 1033. and a valve 1082b provided in the bypass pipe 1082a.
  • the controller 1018 opens the valve 1082b in the low-pressure pressure increase control (first control).
  • high-temperature and high-pressure gas refrigerant can be supplied to the second heat exchanger 1033 in the low-pressure pressure increase control. Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033 can be suppressed.
  • the control unit 1018 controls the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, or the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the intake air temperature T3 of the exhaust fan 1032 exceeds the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033, or the second threshold value Y for the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033.
  • the valve 1082b is closed.
  • the low-pressure pressure increase control can be terminated.
  • the control unit 1018 controls the intake air temperature T3 to the second heat exchanger 1033 in the low-pressure pressure increase mode M3 in which the low-pressure pressure increase control is performed. Air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) is sucked.
  • air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y air temperature threshold value Y3
  • air temperature threshold value Y3 air temperature threshold value Y3
  • control unit 1018 moves the air blown out from the air supply fan 1022 to the suction side of the exhaust fan 1032 in the low pressure pressure increase mode M3 in which the low pressure pressure increase control is performed. Adjust the air blowing direction of the air supply fan 1022 so as to lead to the air.
  • air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) for the intake air temperature T3 can flow into the second heat exchanger 1033 during execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control.
  • the thirteenth ventilation system 1F shown in the above embodiment further includes an air conditioner 1081 that air-conditions the indoor 1000S1, and the control unit 1018 controls the air
  • the exhaust fan 1032 is driven when the air temperature of the indoor 1000S1 becomes higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) by the air conditioner 1081 .
  • air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) for the intake air temperature T3 can flow into the second heat exchanger 1033 during execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control.
  • frost formation for example, on the second heat exchanger
  • air is supplied to the indoor space and to the outdoors.
  • Suppression of frost formation is not limited to avoiding frost formation, but means to control frost growth even if frost formation occurs.
  • the numbers of air supply units and exhaust units shown in the above-described embodiment and modifications are shown as an example.
  • the number of air supply units and the number of exhaust units may be determined according to the living room space.
  • the number of air supply units may be one or more, and the number of exhaust units may also be one or more.
  • the control unit shown in the above-described embodiment and modified example is shown as one aspect, and may be included in any device.

Abstract

This ventilator comprises: a compressor; a first heat exchanger; a first air flow path for causing air drawn in from outdoors to pass through the first heat exchanger and then supplying the air to an indoor space; a second heat exchanger; a second air flow path for causing air drawn in from the indoor space to pass through the second heat exchanger and then discharging the air to the outdoors; a refrigerant circuit that is configured by the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger being connected by refrigerant piping and circulates refrigerant therethrough; and a control unit. The control unit detects whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation in the second heat exchanger is satisfied while the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, and upon detecting that the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the control unit adjusts the temperature of the second heat exchanger by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant flowing therethrough such that the second heat exchanger does not frost.

Description

換気装置、空調システム、換気方法、及び換気システムVentilation device, air conditioning system, ventilation method, and ventilation system
 本開示は、換気装置、空調システム、換気方法、及び換気システムに関する。 The present disclosure relates to a ventilation device, an air conditioning system, a ventilation method, and a ventilation system.
 従来、排気ファン及び給気ファンによって屋内の換気を行いながら、第1熱交換器によって冷媒と熱交換された屋外空気を屋内に吹き出すと共に、第2熱交換器によって冷媒と熱交換された屋内空気を屋外に排出する換気空調装置が知られている(特許文献1、特許文献2参照)。 Conventionally, while ventilating indoors with an exhaust fan and an air supply fan, the outdoor air heat-exchanged with the refrigerant by the first heat exchanger is blown indoors, and the indoor air heat-exchanged with the refrigerant by the second heat exchanger. Ventilation and air-conditioning equipment that discharges to the outdoors is known (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
特許第5076745号公報Japanese Patent No. 5076745 特開平3-20573号公報JP-A-3-20573
 特許文献1に記載の換気空調装置は、予熱ヒータで第2熱交換器に供給される前の空気を予熱することにより、第2熱交換器への着霜を抑制する技術が提案されている。しかしながら、着霜を抑制する手法は、様々な手法が考えられる。 The ventilation air conditioner described in Patent Document 1 proposes a technique of suppressing frost formation on the second heat exchanger by preheating air before being supplied to the second heat exchanger with a preheater. . However, various methods are conceivable as methods for suppressing frost formation.
 本開示は、着霜を抑制して、換気運転を継続させることを目的とする。 The purpose of the present disclosure is to suppress frost formation and continue ventilation operation.
 本開示は、
 圧縮機と、
 凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第1熱交換器と、
 屋外から取り入れた空気を、前記第1熱交換器を通した後に、屋内空間に給気する第1空気流路と、
 凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器と、
 前記屋内空間から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通した後に、前記屋外に排気する第2空気流路と、
 前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、
 前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御する制御部と、
 を備える換気装置を提供する。
This disclosure is
a compressor;
a first heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator;
a first air flow path for supplying air taken in from outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger;
a second heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator;
a second air flow path for exhausting the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger;
a refrigerant circuit in which the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and in which refrigerant flows;
While the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, it is detected whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation of the second heat exchanger is satisfied, and the predetermined criterion is satisfied. a control unit that controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger so that the second heat exchanger reaches a temperature at which frost does not form when it is detected that the refrigerant is satisfied;
to provide a ventilator comprising
 当該換気装置によれば、所定の基準を満たした場合に冷媒の温度を制御することで着霜を抑制して、屋内空間への給気と屋外への排気とによる換気運転を継続させることを実現できる。 According to the ventilation system, when a predetermined standard is satisfied, frost formation is suppressed by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant, and ventilation operation is continued by supplying air to the indoor space and exhausting it to the outdoors. realizable.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記制御部は、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御するために、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機を制御する信号を出力することでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
The control unit detects whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation in the second heat exchanger is satisfied while the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, Outputting a signal for controlling an air conditioner provided in the indoor space in order to control the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied. You can also
 当該換気装置によれば、当該信号によって空調機を動作させることで屋内空間の温度を調整して、冷媒の温度を制御することで着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilator, the temperature of the indoor space is adjusted by operating the air conditioner according to the signal, and frost formation is suppressed by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant, so that frost formation can be efficiently suppressed. .
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機に対して、当該空調機に現在設定されている温度を上げる旨の信号を出力することでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
The control unit may output a signal to an air conditioner installed in the indoor space to increase the temperature currently set for the air conditioner when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
 当該換気装置によれば、当該信号によって空調機で屋内空間の気温を上昇させて、冷媒の温度を上昇させて着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilation system, the signal raises the temperature of the indoor space with the air conditioner, raises the temperature of the refrigerant, suppresses frost formation, and achieves efficient suppression of frost formation.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記冷媒回路は、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記第1熱交換器を介さずに、前記第2熱交換器に前記冷媒を流すバイパス配管を有し、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記圧縮機で圧縮された前記冷媒が、前記バイパス配管を介して前記第2熱交換器に流す制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
The refrigerant circuit has a bypass pipe that flows the refrigerant to the second heat exchanger without passing through the first heat exchanger while the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator,
The control unit may perform control to flow the refrigerant compressed by the compressor to the second heat exchanger through the bypass pipe when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
 当該換気装置によれば、バイパス配管を介して冷媒を第2熱交換器に流すことで、冷媒の温度を上昇させることで着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to this ventilator, by flowing the refrigerant through the second heat exchanger through the bypass pipe, the temperature of the refrigerant is raised, thereby suppressing frost formation and realizing efficient frost suppression.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記屋内空間のうち、前記第2空気流路と異なる室から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通す第3空気流路と、
 前記第3空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するか否かを切り替える第1案内機構と、をさらに備え、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第3空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するよう前記第1案内機構を制御することでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
a third air flow path through which the air taken in from a room different from the second air flow path in the indoor space passes through the second heat exchanger;
a first guide mechanism that switches whether to guide air through the third air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
The controller may control the first guide mechanism to guide air through the third air flow path to the second heat exchanger when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
 当該換気装置によれば、第3空気流路を通って空気が第2熱交換器に案内されるので、第2熱交換器を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させることで着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilation device, since the air is guided to the second heat exchanger through the third air flow path, frost formation is suppressed by increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger, and efficiency is improved. It is possible to realize effective suppression of frost formation.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットをさらに有し、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
further comprising a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
The control unit controls the second ventilation unit to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied when the predetermined criterion is satisfied. It's okay.
 当該換気装置によれば、第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させることで、第2熱交換器を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させて着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilation device, by increasing the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, thereby effectively suppressing frost formation. realizable.
 上記の換気装置について、
 複数の前記第2熱交換器と、
 前記第2熱交換器毎に対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
 前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、複数の前記第2熱交換器のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
a plurality of the second heat exchangers;
the second ventilation unit associated with each of the second heat exchangers;
The control unit responds to any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers when the predetermined criterion is satisfied while the plurality of second heat exchangers are functioning as evaporators. The attached second ventilation unit may be controlled to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is met.
 当該換気装置によれば、第2換気ユニットで第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させることで、第2熱交換器を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させて着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilation device, by increasing the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger in the second ventilation unit, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, thereby improving efficiency. Suppression of frost formation can be realized.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して空気量を増加させる制御をする場合に、当該複数の前記第2熱交換器のうち他の前記第2熱交換器と対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を減少させる制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
When performing control to increase the amount of air in the second ventilation unit associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers, the controller controls the plurality of the second heat exchangers. Control for reducing the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, for the second ventilation unit associated with the other second heat exchanger among the exchangers can also be done.
 当該換気装置によれば、排気される空気量の合計を調整することで、居室空間の快適性を維持できる。 According to the ventilation system, the comfort of the living room space can be maintained by adjusting the total amount of exhausted air.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記第1空気流路を通って前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第1換気ユニットをさらに有し、
 前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して前記空気量を増加させる制御を行った場合に、前記第2換気ユニットに対して増加させた前記空気量に基づいて、前記第1換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第1熱交換器に流れる前記空気量を増加させる制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
further comprising a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger;
The control unit controls the second ventilation unit associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers to increase the amount of air, the second ventilation unit control the first ventilation unit to increase the amount of air flowing to the first heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, based on the amount of air increased for the It's okay.
 当該換気装置によれば、第2給気ユニットの空気量を増加させた場合に、第1換気ユニットで空気量も増加させて、給気される空気量及び排気される空気量を調整することで、居室空間の快適性を維持できる。 According to this ventilation device, when the air volume of the second air supply unit is increased, the air volume of the first ventilation unit is also increased to adjust the air volume to be supplied and the air volume to be exhausted. In this way, the comfort of the living room space can be maintained.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記第1空気流路を通って前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第1換気ユニットと、
 前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
 前記制御部は、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機から除霜運転を行う旨の信号を受信した場合に、前記所定の基準を満たしたとみなして、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第1換気ユニットに対して前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させるとともに、前記第2換気ユニットに対して前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger;
a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
While the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, the control unit receives a signal indicating that a defrosting operation is to be performed from an air conditioner provided in the indoor space. is satisfied, the amount of air flowing through the first heat exchanger for the first ventilation unit is increased compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, and the amount of air flowing to the first heat exchanger for the second ventilation unit is increased. Control may be performed to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger.
 当該換気装置によれば、空調機が除霜運転を行った場合に、第1換気ユニット及び第2換気ユニットの空気量をそれぞれ増加させることで、暖房性能の低減を抑制して、居室空間の快適性を維持できる。 According to the ventilation device, when the air conditioner performs the defrosting operation, the amount of air in each of the first ventilation unit and the second ventilation unit is increased, thereby suppressing the reduction in heating performance and reducing the room space. You can stay comfortable.
 上記の換気装置について、
前記第1熱交換器によって熱が交換された空気を、前記第2熱交換器まで案内するバイパス流路と、
 前記バイパス流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するか否かを切り替える第2案内機構と、をさらに備え、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記バイパス流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するよう前記第2案内機構を制御することでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
a bypass flow path that guides the air heat-exchanged by the first heat exchanger to the second heat exchanger;
a second guide mechanism that switches whether to guide air through the bypass flow path to the second heat exchanger;
The control unit may control the second guide mechanism to guide air through the bypass flow path to the second heat exchanger when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
 当該換気装置によれば、バイパス流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内することで、第2熱交換器を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させて着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilation device, by guiding the air through the bypass flow path to the second heat exchanger, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, and efficient Suppression of frost formation can be realized.
 上記の換気装置について、
前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットをさらに有し、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記圧縮機を停止させると共に、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記第2空気流路を通った空気が前記第2熱交換器に流れる制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
further comprising a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
The control unit stops the compressor when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, and instructs the second ventilation unit to allow the air passing through the second air flow path to flow into the second heat exchanger. Flow control may be performed.
 当該換気装置によれば、圧縮機を停止させた上で、第2熱交換器に空気を流すことで、第2熱交換器を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させて着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilation device, the compressor is stopped and air is allowed to flow through the second heat exchanger, thereby increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger and suppressing frost formation. It is possible to realize the suppression of frost formation.
 上記の換気装置について、
 複数の前記第2熱交換器と、
 前記第2熱交換器毎に対応付けられた第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
 前記冷媒回路は、前記第2熱交換器毎に、当該第2熱交換器に流れる流路の開度を調整する第1弁部をさらに有し、
 前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器から検出された温度に関する情報が前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する、複数の前記第1弁部を、所定の順序に従って閉める制御を行うと共に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記第2空気流路を通った空気が前記第2熱交換器に流れる制御を行うことでもよい。
For the above ventilators,
a plurality of the second heat exchangers;
a second ventilation unit associated with each of the second heat exchangers;
The refrigerant circuit further has a first valve portion for adjusting the opening degree of the flow path flowing through the second heat exchanger for each of the second heat exchangers,
When the temperature information detected from the plurality of second heat exchangers satisfies the predetermined criterion, the control unit controls the plurality of heat exchangers corresponding to the second heat exchangers that satisfy the predetermined criterion. performing control to close the first valve portion in accordance with a predetermined order, and opening the second air flow path to the second ventilation unit corresponding to the second heat exchanger that satisfies the predetermined criteria; It is also possible to control the passing air to flow to the second heat exchanger.
 当該換気装置によれば、弁部を所定の順序で閉めることで、同時に複数の第2の熱交換器に冷媒が停止されることを抑制することで、居室空間の快適性を維持できる。 According to the ventilator, by closing the valves in a predetermined order, it is possible to maintain the comfort of the living room space by suppressing the refrigerant from being stopped in the plurality of second heat exchangers at the same time.
 上記の換気装置について、
前記第1空気流路を通って前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第1換気ユニットと、
 前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第1空気流路によって前記屋内空間に給気される空気量より、前記第2空気流路によって前記屋外に排気される空気量が多くなるよう、前記第1換気ユニット及び前記第2換気ユニットを制御する。
For the above ventilators,
a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger;
a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
The controller controls, when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, that the amount of air discharged to the outdoors through the second air flow path is greater than the amount of air supplied to the indoor space through the first air flow path. Control the first ventilation unit and the second ventilation unit to increase.
 当該換気装置によれば、第2熱交換器に流れてくる空気が増加するので、第2熱交換器を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させて着霜を抑制し、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilation device, since the amount of air flowing into the second heat exchanger increases, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is increased to suppress frost formation, thereby effectively suppressing frost formation. realizable.
 上記の換気装置について、
前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第1熱交換器に対して、前記第1熱交換器を通した後の空気の温度が、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機に設定された温度よりも低くなる制御を行う。
For the above ventilators,
When the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the control unit controls the air conditioner provided in the indoor space to increase the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger with respect to the first heat exchanger. Control the temperature to be lower than the set temperature.
 当該換気装置によれば、第2熱交換器を流れてくる冷媒の温度が上昇するので、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilator, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger rises, so it is possible to efficiently suppress frost formation.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記圧縮機と、前記第1熱交換器と、前記第2熱交換器と、前記冷媒回路と、前記第2熱交換器に対応付けられた第2換気ユニットと、の組み合わせを複数有し、
 前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器から検出された温度に関する情報が前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する前記圧縮機を所定の順序に従って停止させる制御を行うと共に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記第2空気流路を通った空気が前記第2熱交換器に流れる制御を行う。
For the above ventilators,
a plurality of combinations of the compressor, the first heat exchanger, the second heat exchanger, the refrigerant circuit, and a second ventilation unit associated with the second heat exchanger;
When the temperature information detected from the plurality of second heat exchangers satisfies the predetermined criterion, the controller controls the compressor corresponding to the second heat exchanger that satisfies the predetermined criterion. are controlled to stop according to a predetermined order, and the air passing through the second air flow path is directed to the second ventilation unit corresponding to the second heat exchanger that meets the predetermined criteria. It controls the flow to the second heat exchanger.
 当該換気装置によれば、同時に複数の第2の熱交換器に冷媒が停止されることを抑制することで、居室空間の快適性を維持できる。 According to the ventilation system, it is possible to maintain the comfort of the living room space by suppressing the refrigerant from being stopped in the plurality of second heat exchangers at the same time.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記第1熱交換器、及び前記第1空気流路の少なくとも一部を収容する第1ケーシングと、
 前記第2熱交換器、及び前記第2空気流路の少なくとも一部を収容する第2ケーシングと、をさらに備え、
 前記第1ケーシングと前記第2ケーシングとが分離可能である。
For the above ventilators,
a first casing housing at least part of the first heat exchanger and the first air flow path;
a second casing housing at least part of the second heat exchanger and the second air flow path;
The first casing and the second casing are separable.
 当該換気装置によれば、第1ケーシングと第2ケーシングとが分離可能なため、配置レイアウトが容易なるので、設置する際の負担を軽減できる。 According to the ventilation device, since the first casing and the second casing can be separated, the layout can be easily arranged, and the burden of installation can be reduced.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記圧縮機の回転数を下げる制御を行う。
For the above ventilators,
The control unit performs control to lower the rotational speed of the compressor when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
 当該換気装置によれば、圧縮機の回転数を下げることで、第2熱交換器を流れてくる冷媒の温度が上昇するので、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to the ventilator, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger rises by lowering the rotation speed of the compressor, so that frost formation can be efficiently suppressed.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記冷媒回路は、前記第1熱交換器と前記第2熱交換器との間に設けられ、流路の開度を調整する第2弁部を有し、
 前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第2弁部の前記開度を大きくする制御を行う。
For the above ventilators,
The refrigerant circuit is provided between the first heat exchanger and the second heat exchanger and has a second valve portion that adjusts the opening degree of the flow path,
The control unit performs control to increase the degree of opening of the second valve unit when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
 上記の換気装置について、
 前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能する際に、前記冷媒回路における前記冷媒の流れで、前記第2熱交換器より下流に第3弁部を、さらに備え、
 前記制御部は、さらに、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能するときに、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第3弁部を絞る制御を行う。
For the above ventilators,
further comprising a third valve portion downstream from the second heat exchanger in the flow of the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit when the second heat exchanger functions as an evaporator;
Further, when the second heat exchanger functions as an evaporator, the control unit throttles the third valve unit when the predetermined criterion is satisfied compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied. control.
 上記の換気装置について、
 凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第3熱交換器と、
 前記屋外の空気と前記第3熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒と熱交換した空気を前記屋外に排気する第3空気流路と、
 前記冷媒回路は、前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器に加えて、前記第3熱交換器が前記冷媒配管によって接続されている。
For the above ventilators,
a third heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator;
a third air flow path for exhausting, to the outdoors, air heat-exchanged with the outdoor air and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger;
The refrigerant circuit includes the compressor, the first heat exchanger, the second heat exchanger, and the third heat exchanger connected by the refrigerant pipe.
 本開示は、
 熱回収換気運転時に圧縮機と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第1熱交換器と、屋外から取り入れた空気を、前記第1熱交換器を通した後に、屋内空間に給気する第1空気流路と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器と、前記屋内空間から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通した後に、前記屋外に排気する第2空気流路と、前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、を有する換気装置と、
 凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第3熱交換器と、前記屋内空間の空気と第3熱交換器を流れる冷媒と熱交換した空気を前記屋内空間に排気する空調室内機と、を有する空調機と、
 前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御した場合に要する前記換気装置及び前記空調機の消費電力と、前記第2熱交換器が着霜した後に前記第2熱交換器の着霜を解消させる前記換気装置及び前記空調機による運転に要する消費電力と、に基づいて、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御する、又は前記第2熱交換器が着霜した後に前記第2熱交換器の着霜を解消させる運転の制御を行う制御部と、
 を備える空調システムを提供する。
This disclosure is
A first heat exchanger that functions as a compressor or a condenser or an evaporator during heat recovery ventilation operation, and a first heat exchanger that supplies air taken in from the outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger. an air flow path, a second heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and a second air flow path that exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger and a refrigerant circuit in which the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and a refrigerant flows therein;
An air conditioner having a third heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and an air conditioner indoor unit that exhausts, into the indoor space, air heat-exchanged with the air in the indoor space and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger. and,
It is detected whether the second heat exchanger satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation, and when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the second heat exchange is performed. The power consumption of the ventilation device and the air conditioner required when the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is controlled so that the temperature of the second heat exchanger is not frosted, and the second heat exchanger is frosted. Based on the power consumption required for operation by the ventilation device and the air conditioner that later eliminates frosting of the second heat exchanger, the second heat exchanger is adjusted to a temperature at which frosting does not occur. a control unit that controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchanger, or controls the operation of defrosting the second heat exchanger after the second heat exchanger is frosted;
To provide an air conditioning system comprising:
 当該空調システムによれば、所定の基準を満たした場合に冷媒の温度を制御することで、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to this air conditioning system, it is possible to effectively suppress frost formation by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant when a predetermined standard is met.
 本開示は、
 圧縮機と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第1熱交換器と、屋外から取り入れた空気を、前記第1熱交換器を通した後に、屋内空間に給気する第1空気流路と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器と、前記屋内空間から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通した後に、前記屋外に排気する第2空気流路と、前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、を備える換気装置を制御する際に、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御する、
 換気方法を提供する。
This disclosure is
a compressor, a first heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and a first air flow path that supplies air taken in from the outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger; a second heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator; a second air flow path that exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger; and the compressor. and a refrigerant circuit in which the first heat exchanger and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and a refrigerant flows therein, wherein the second heat exchanger is used as an evaporator While functioning, it is detected whether the second heat exchanger satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation, and when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied. and controlling the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger so that the temperature at which the second heat exchanger does not form frost;
Provide a means of ventilation.
 当該換気方法によれば、所定の基準を満たした場合に冷媒の温度を制御することで、効率的な着霜の抑制を実現できる。 According to this ventilation method, it is possible to efficiently suppress frost formation by controlling the temperature of the refrigerant when a predetermined standard is met.
 本開示は、
 圧縮機と、第1熱交換器と、第2熱交換器と、が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、前記第1熱交換器を通して屋外の空気を屋内に給気する給気ファンと、前記第2熱交換器を通して前記屋内の空気を前記屋外に排気する排気ファンと、制御部と、を備え、前記制御部は、前記第2熱交換器を蒸発器として機能させる場合、前記圧縮機を起動し、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の蒸発温度、又は前記屋内の温度、又は前記屋外の温度が、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の蒸発温度、又は前記屋内の温度、又は前記屋外の温度についての第1閾値を下回ったと判断したとき、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力を上昇させる第1制御を行う、
 換気システムを提供する。
This disclosure is
A compressor, a first heat exchanger, and a second heat exchanger are connected by a refrigerant pipe, and outdoor air is supplied indoors through a refrigerant circuit in which refrigerant flows and the first heat exchanger. An air supply fan, an exhaust fan for exhausting the indoor air to the outdoors through the second heat exchanger, and a controller, wherein the controller causes the second heat exchanger to function as an evaporator. When the compressor is started, the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger, the indoor temperature, or the outdoor temperature is reduced to the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or the second 2 When it is determined that the evaporation temperature of the heat exchanger, the indoor temperature, or the outdoor temperature has fallen below a first threshold, perform a first control to increase the low-pressure pressure of the refrigerant circuit,
Provide a ventilation system.
 当該換気システムによれば、排気から熱回収することが可能な冷媒回路を備えた換気システムについて、第2熱交換器を蒸発器として機能させる場合に、圧縮機を確実に継続運転させることができる。 According to the ventilation system, in the ventilation system including the refrigerant circuit capable of recovering heat from the exhaust gas, the compressor can be reliably operated continuously when the second heat exchanger functions as an evaporator. .
 上記の換気システムについて、
 前記冷媒回路が、前記圧縮機の吐出配管と、前記第2熱交換器又は当該第2熱交換器に繋がる液管とを接続するバイパス配管と、前記バイパス配管に設けられた弁とを有し、前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記弁を開とすると好ましい。
For the above ventilation system,
The refrigerant circuit has a bypass pipe connecting a discharge pipe of the compressor, the second heat exchanger or a liquid pipe connected to the second heat exchanger, and a valve provided in the bypass pipe. , the control unit preferably opens the valve in the first control.
 この場合、第1制御において高温高圧のガス冷媒を第2熱交換器に供給することができる。これにより、第2熱交換器の霜付を抑制することができる。 In this case, the high-temperature and high-pressure gas refrigerant can be supplied to the second heat exchanger in the first control. Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger can be suppressed.
 上記の換気システムについて、
 前記制御部は、前記弁を開とした場合において、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の飽和温度、又は前記排気ファンの吸込空気温度が、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の飽和温度、又は前記第2熱交換器の吸込空気温度についての第2閾値を超えたと判断したとき、前記弁を閉にすると好ましい。
For the above ventilation system,
The control unit, when the valve is opened, reduces the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the intake air temperature of the exhaust fan to the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or Preferably, the valve is closed when it is determined that a second threshold for the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger or for the intake air temperature of the second heat exchanger has been exceeded.
 この場合、第1制御の実行中に、第2熱交換器を蒸発器として機能させる条件が整った場合、第1制御を終了させることができる。 In this case, when the conditions for the second heat exchanger to function as an evaporator are met during execution of the first control, the first control can be terminated.
 上記の換気システムについて、
 前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記第2熱交換器に前記吸込空気温度についての第2閾値より高い温度の空気を吸いこませると好ましい。
For the above ventilation system,
Preferably, in the first control, the control unit causes the second heat exchanger to draw in air having a temperature higher than a second threshold for the intake air temperature.
 この場合、第1制御の実行中に、第2閾値より高温の空気を第2熱交換器に流入させることができる。これにより、第2熱交換器の霜付を抑制することができる。 In this case, air having a temperature higher than the second threshold can flow into the second heat exchanger during execution of the first control. Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger can be suppressed.
 上記の換気システムについて、
 前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記給気ファンから吹き出された空気を前記排気ファンの吸込側へ導くように、前記給気ファンの吹出方向を調整すると好ましい。
For the above ventilation system,
Preferably, in the first control, the controller adjusts the air blowing direction of the air supply fan so as to guide the air blown from the air supply fan to the suction side of the exhaust fan.
 この場合、第1制御の実行中に、第2閾値より高温の空気を第2熱交換器に流入させることができる。 In this case, air having a temperature higher than the second threshold can flow into the second heat exchanger during execution of the first control.
 上記の換気システムについて、
 前記屋内の空気調和を行う空気調和機をさらに備え、前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記空気調和機によって前記屋内の空気温度が前記第2閾値より高くなったときに、前記排気ファンを駆動させると好ましい。
For the above ventilation system,
The control unit further comprises an air conditioner that performs air conditioning of the indoor air, and the control unit controls the exhaust fan in the first control when the temperature of the indoor air becomes higher than the second threshold value due to the air conditioner. is preferably driven.
 この場合、第1制御の実行中に、第2閾値より高温の空気を第2熱交換器に流入させることができる。 In this case, air having a temperature higher than the second threshold can flow into the second heat exchanger during execution of the first control.
図1は、第1の実施形態に係る換気装置及び空調機の構成例を示した図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the first embodiment. 図2は、第1の実施形態に係る換気装置の排気ユニットが行う着霜の抑制制御を示したフローチャートである。FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing frost suppression control performed by the exhaust unit of the ventilation system according to the first embodiment. 図3は、第1の実施形態の変形例3に係る換気装置及び空調機の構成例を示した図である。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to Modification 3 of the first embodiment. 図4は、第2の実施形態に係る換気装置及び空調機の構成例を示した図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the second embodiment. 図5は、第2の実施形態の変形例1に係る冷媒回路を示した図である。FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment. 図6は、第3の実施形態に係る換気装置、空調機及び上位制御装置の構成例を示した図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device, an air conditioner, and a host controller according to the third embodiment. 図7は、第3の実施形態に係る空調機の除霜運転を開始した場合に、上位制御装置、換気装置、及び空調機の間で行われる処理の流れを示したシーケンス図である。FIG. 7 is a sequence diagram showing the flow of processing performed between a host controller, a ventilator, and an air conditioner when the defrosting operation of the air conditioner is started according to the third embodiment. 図8は、第4の実施形態に係る排気ユニット群の各々で着霜する可能性がある場合に、上位制御装置、圧縮機ユニット、及び排気ユニット群の間で行われる処理の流れを示したシーケンス図である。FIG. 8 shows the flow of processing performed among the host controller, the compressor unit, and the exhaust unit group when there is a possibility of frost formation in each of the exhaust unit groups according to the fourth embodiment. It is a sequence diagram. 図9は、第7の実施形態に係る上位制御装置を含んだ装置群の配置を例示した図である。FIG. 9 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including a host control device according to the seventh embodiment. 図10は、第8の実施形態に係る上位制御装置を含んだ装置群の配置を例示した図である。FIG. 10 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including a host control device according to the eighth embodiment. 図11は、第11の実施形態に係る冷媒回路を示した図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to the eleventh embodiment. 図12は、第11の実施形態の変形例に係る冷媒回路を示した図である。FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to a modification of the eleventh embodiment. 図13は、第12の実施形態に係る上位制御装置の処理手順を示したフローチャートである。FIG. 13 is a flow chart showing a processing procedure of a host controller according to the twelfth embodiment. 図14は、一実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。FIG. 14 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to one embodiment. 図15は、一実施形態に係る換気システムの制御ブロック図である。FIG. 15 is a control block diagram of the ventilation system according to one embodiment. 図16は、一実施形態に係る換気システムの動作を示すフロー図である。FIG. 16 is a flow diagram illustrating operation of a ventilation system according to one embodiment. 図17は、第13の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。FIG. 17 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the thirteenth embodiment. 図18は、第14の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。FIG. 18 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the fourteenth embodiment. 図19は、第14及び第15の実施形態に係る換気システムの建物への設置状態を示す概略的な構成図である。FIG. 19 is a schematic configuration diagram showing the installation state of the ventilation systems according to the fourteenth and fifteenth embodiments in a building. 図20は、第15の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。FIG. 20 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the fifteenth embodiment. 図21は、第16の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。FIG. 21 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the sixteenth embodiment. 図22は、第17の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。FIG. 22 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the seventeenth embodiment. 図23は、第18の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。FIG. 23 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to the eighteenth embodiment.
 以下、本実施形態に係る換気装置、空調システム、換気方法、及び換気システムについて図面を参照しながら説明する。なお、以下の実施形態は、本質的に好ましい例示であって、本開示、その適用物、あるいはその用途の範囲を制限することを意図するものではない。 The ventilation device, air conditioning system, ventilation method, and ventilation system according to this embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings. The following embodiments are essentially preferable examples, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure, its applications, or its uses.
(第1の実施形態)
 図1は、第1の実施形態に係る換気装置及び空調機の構成例を示した図である。図1に示される例では、屋内空間の空調を行うために、換気装置1と空調機2とを備えた空調システムである。
(First embodiment)
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the first embodiment. The example shown in FIG. 1 is an air conditioning system including a ventilator 1 and an air conditioner 2 for air conditioning an indoor space.
 本実施形態においては、屋内空間の一例として、居室空間R11と、天井裏空間R12と、を有する例について説明するが、屋内空間は、居室空間R11及び天井裏空間R12に制限されるものではなく、建築物の内部の空間であればよく、例えば、床下空間を有してもよい。 In the present embodiment, as an example of an indoor space, an example having a living room space R11 and a ceiling space R12 will be described, but the indoor space is not limited to the living room space R11 and the ceiling space R12. , it may be a space inside a building, and may have an underfloor space, for example.
 居室空間R11は、例えば、オフィスや住宅の内部の居室である。天井裏空間R12は、居室空間R11の上方に隣接している空間である。天井裏空間R12は、居室空間R11より上方に存在するため、温かい空気が集まる傾向にある。 The living room space R11 is, for example, a living room inside an office or a residence. The ceiling space R12 is a space that is adjacent to and above the living room space R11. Since the ceiling space R12 exists above the living room space R11, warm air tends to gather there.
 空調機2は、室外機70と、2台の空調室内機81、82と、を含む。なお、本実施形態は、空調室内機の台数を、2台に制限するものではなく、1台、又は3台以上であってもよい。 The air conditioner 2 includes an outdoor unit 70 and two air conditioner indoor units 81 and 82 . In this embodiment, the number of air conditioning indoor units is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more.
 空調機2は、蒸気圧縮式の冷凍サイクルを行い、居室空間R11の冷房や暖房を行う装置である。本実施形態に係る空調機2は、居室空間R11の冷房及び暖房の両方が可能な装置である。しかしながら、本実施形態は、冷房及び暖房の両方が可能な空調機に制限するものではなく、例えば冷房のみ可能な装置であってもよい。 The air conditioner 2 is a device that performs a vapor compression refrigeration cycle to cool and heat the room space R11. The air conditioner 2 according to this embodiment is a device capable of both cooling and heating the living room space R11. However, this embodiment is not limited to an air conditioner capable of both cooling and heating, and may be an apparatus capable of only cooling, for example.
 室外機70と、2台の空調室内機81、82と、の間は、連絡配管F5によって接続されている。連絡配管F5は、(図示しない)液冷媒連絡配管及びガス冷媒連絡配管を含むものである。これにより、室外機70と、2台の空調室内機81、82と、の間を冷媒が循環する冷媒回路が実現される。当該冷媒回路内を冷媒が循環すると、空調機2において蒸気圧縮式冷凍サイクルが行われる。 The outdoor unit 70 and the two air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are connected by a connecting pipe F5. The communication pipe F5 includes a liquid refrigerant communication pipe and a gas refrigerant communication pipe (not shown). This implements a refrigerant circuit in which the refrigerant circulates between the outdoor unit 70 and the two air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 . When the refrigerant circulates in the refrigerant circuit, a vapor compression refrigeration cycle is performed in the air conditioner 2 .
 室外機70は、屋外に配置される。そして、室外機70は、熱交換器を備え、当該熱交換器を流れる冷媒と熱交換した空気を屋外に排出する。 The outdoor unit 70 is arranged outdoors. The outdoor unit 70 includes a heat exchanger and discharges to the outside the air heat-exchanged with the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchanger.
 空調室内機81、82は、熱交換器を備え、当該熱交換器を流れる冷媒と熱交換した空気を居室空間R11に吹き出す。本実施形態では、空調室内機81、82は、居室空間R11の天井に設置される天井設置式である。特に、本実施形態の空調室内機81、82は、天井埋込式の空調室内機であって、換気口93A、93Bから熱交換した空気が吹き出される。本実施形態では、換気口93A、93Bを天井に設ける例について説明するが、換気口93A、93Bを設ける位置を特に制限するものではない。なお、空調室内機81、82は、天井埋込式に限定されるものではなく、天井吊下式であってもよい。また、空調室内機81、82は、壁掛式や床置式等の天井設置式以外であってもよい。 The air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are provided with heat exchangers, and blow out air that has undergone heat exchange with the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchangers into the living room space R11. In this embodiment, the air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are of a ceiling installation type installed on the ceiling of the living room space R11. In particular, the air conditioner indoor units 81 and 82 of the present embodiment are ceiling-embedded air conditioner indoor units, and heat-exchanged air is blown out from the ventilation openings 93A and 93B. In this embodiment, an example in which the ventilation openings 93A and 93B are provided on the ceiling will be described, but the positions at which the ventilation openings 93A and 93B are provided are not particularly limited. The air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 are not limited to the ceiling-embedded type, and may be of the ceiling-suspended type. Also, the air conditioning indoor units 81 and 82 may be of a wall-mounted type, a floor-mounted type, or other type other than the ceiling-mounted type.
 換気装置1は、排気ユニット10と、給気ユニット20と、圧縮機ユニット50と、冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4と、給気流路P1と、還気流路P2と、を備える。 The ventilator 1 includes an exhaust unit 10, an air supply unit 20, a compressor unit 50, refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, F4, an air supply passage P1, and a return air passage P2.
 換気装置1は、取り込んだ屋外の空気を居室空間R11に給気すると共に、屋内空間(居室空間R11を含む)から取り込んだ空気を屋外に排気する装置である。これにより、換気装置1は、居室空間R11の空気の入れ替えを実現している。 The ventilation device 1 is a device that supplies outdoor air taken in to the living room space R11 and exhausts air taken in from the indoor space (including the living room space R11) to the outside. As a result, the ventilator 1 achieves replacement of the air in the living room space R11.
 さらに、本実施形態に係る換気装置1は、排気ユニット10と、給気ユニット20との間で熱を交換することで、屋外から取り込まれた空気の温度と、居室空間R11の温度と、の間の温度差を抑制している。 Furthermore, the ventilation device 1 according to the present embodiment exchanges heat between the exhaust unit 10 and the air supply unit 20, so that the temperature of the air taken in from the outside and the temperature of the living room space R11 It suppresses the temperature difference between
 給気流路P1(第1空気流路の一例)は、屋外から取り入れた空気を、第1熱交換器22を有する給気ユニット20を通した後に、換気口92から居室空間R11に給気するための流路である。本実施形態は換気口92を天井に設けた例について説明するが、換気口92を設ける位置を特に制限するものではない。 The air supply channel P1 (an example of the first air channel) supplies the air taken in from the outdoors through the air supply unit 20 having the first heat exchanger 22 and then through the ventilation port 92 to the living room space R11. It is a flow path for Although this embodiment describes an example in which the ventilation opening 92 is provided on the ceiling, the position of providing the ventilation opening 92 is not particularly limited.
 還気流路P2(第2空気流路の一例)は、居室空間R11の換気口91から取り入れた空気(還気)を、第2熱交換器12を有する排気ユニット10を通した後に、屋外に排気するための流路である。本実施形態は換気口91を天井に設けた例について説明するが、換気口91を設ける位置を特に制限するものではない。 A return air flow path P2 (an example of a second air flow path) passes the air (return air) taken in from the ventilation port 91 of the living room space R11 through the exhaust unit 10 having the second heat exchanger 12, and then to the outdoors. It is a channel for exhausting air. Although this embodiment describes an example in which the ventilation opening 91 is provided on the ceiling, the position of providing the ventilation opening 91 is not particularly limited.
 本実施形態に係る還気流路P2は、複数の室から空気の取り入れ可能とするために、空気の取り入れ先が2つに分岐している。それぞれを第1還気分岐路P2A(第2空気流路の一例)と、第2還気分岐路P2B(第3空気流路の一例)と、称する。 The return air flow path P2 according to this embodiment is branched into two destinations for taking in air so that air can be taken in from a plurality of chambers. They are respectively referred to as a first return air branch passage P2A (an example of a second air flow path) and a second return air branch passage P2B (an example of a third air flow path).
 第1還気分岐路(第2空気流路の一例)P2Aは、居室空間R11から取り入れた空気を、第2熱交換器12を有する排気ユニット10を通した後に、屋外に排気するために設けられた空気流路である。第1還気分岐路P2Aは、居室空間R11の天井に設けられた換気口91から空気を取り入れる。なお、本実施形態は換気口91の位置を天井に設ける例について説明するが、床下や壁などの他の場所に設けてもよい。 The first return air branch path (an example of the second air flow path) P2A is provided for exhausting the air taken in from the living room space R11 to the outdoors after passing through the exhaust unit 10 having the second heat exchanger 12. air flow path. The first return air branch P2A takes in air from a ventilation port 91 provided in the ceiling of the living room space R11. In this embodiment, an example in which the ventilation port 91 is provided on the ceiling will be described, but it may be provided in another location such as under the floor or on the wall.
 第2還気分岐路(第3空気流路の一例)P2Bは、天井裏空間R12から取り入れた空気を、第2熱交換器12を有する排気ユニット10を通した後に、屋外に排気するために設けられた空気流路である。本実施形態に係る第2還気分岐路P2Bは、第1還気分岐路P2Aと異なる空気の取り入れ先となる室として、天井裏空間R12である例について説明する。しかしながら、空気の取り入れ先を、天井裏空間R12に制限するものではなく、床下空間であってもよい。このように、第2還気分岐路P2Bによる空気の取り入れ先は、屋内空間のうち、居室空間R11と異なる室であればよい。 A second return air branch path (an example of a third air flow path) P2B is provided to exhaust the air taken in from the ceiling space R12 to the outdoors after passing through the exhaust unit 10 having the second heat exchanger 12. air flow path. An example in which the second return air branch P2B according to the present embodiment is the ceiling space R12 as a chamber to which air is taken in, which is different from that of the first return air branch P2A, will be described. However, the destination of air intake is not limited to the ceiling space R12, and may be the underfloor space. In this way, the destination of the air taken in by the second return air branch path P2B may be any room in the indoor space that is different from the living room space R11.
 また、第2還気分岐路の先端部分には、開閉ダンパー40が設けられている。開閉ダンパー40は通常、閉状態となっている。そして、開閉ダンパー40(第1案内機構の一例)は、排気ユニット10に設けられた制御部13から信号線S2を介した制御によって、天井裏空間R12から取り入れる空気量を調整できる。 In addition, an opening/closing damper 40 is provided at the tip of the second return air branch passage. The opening/closing damper 40 is normally closed. The opening/closing damper 40 (an example of the first guide mechanism) can adjust the amount of air taken in from the ceiling space R12 by control from the control unit 13 provided in the exhaust unit 10 via the signal line S2.
 冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4は、圧縮機ユニット50、給気ユニット20の第1熱交換器22、及び排気ユニット10の第2熱交換器12を、冷媒配管によって接続し、内部に冷媒を流す回路である。 Refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4 connect the compressor unit 50, the first heat exchanger 22 of the air supply unit 20, and the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit 10 by refrigerant pipes, and have a refrigerant inside. is a circuit for flowing
 圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52、給気ユニット20の制御部23、及び排気ユニット10の制御部13の間は、図1において点線で示した信号線S1で接続されている。これにより、圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52、給気ユニット20の制御部23、及び排気ユニット10の制御部13の間で、情報の送受信が可能となる。以下に示す制御部13、23、52で示される処理は、(図示しない)CPUがプログラムを読み出すことで実現してもよいし、ハードウェア結線によって実現してもよい。以降の実施形態で示される制御部、及び上位制御装置においても同様とする。 The control section 52 of the compressor unit 50, the control section 23 of the air supply unit 20, and the control section 13 of the exhaust unit 10 are connected by a signal line S1 indicated by a dotted line in FIG. Accordingly, information can be transmitted and received among the controller 52 of the compressor unit 50, the controller 23 of the air supply unit 20, and the controller 13 of the exhaust unit 10. FIG. The processing indicated by the control units 13, 23, and 52 shown below may be realized by reading a program by a CPU (not shown), or may be realized by hardware connection. The same applies to the control unit and host control device shown in subsequent embodiments.
 圧縮機ユニット50は、駆動用モータ51と、制御部52と、を備え、冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4のうちいずれか一つの冷媒を圧縮することで、冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4内の冷媒を循環させる制御を行う。例えば、排気ユニット10内の第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能する場合、圧縮機ユニット50は、冷媒回路F2内の冷媒を圧縮することで、冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4内の冷媒を循環させる。 The compressor unit 50 includes a driving motor 51 and a control unit 52, and compresses the refrigerant in any one of the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4, thereby compressing the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, It controls the circulation of the refrigerant in F4. For example, when the second heat exchanger 12 in the exhaust unit 10 functions as an evaporator, the compressor unit 50 compresses the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit F2 to Circulate the refrigerant.
 駆動用モータ51は、冷媒を圧縮するための圧縮機を回転(駆動)させるためのモータである。 The driving motor 51 is a motor for rotating (driving) the compressor for compressing the refrigerant.
 制御部52は、圧縮機ユニット50内の構成を制御する。例えば、制御部52は、駆動用モータ51に対して、圧縮機を回転(駆動)させるための指令を出力する。 The control unit 52 controls the internal configuration of the compressor unit 50 . For example, the controller 52 outputs a command to the drive motor 51 to rotate (drive) the compressor.
 給気ユニット20は、ファン21と、第1熱交換器22と、制御部23と、温度検出部24と、を備え、外気(OA)を取り込み、居室空間R11に給気(SA)する。 The air supply unit 20 includes a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 23, and a temperature detection section 24, takes in outside air (OA), and supplies the air (SA) to the living room space R11.
 ファン21は、取り込んだ外気(OA)を、居室空間R11に給気(SA)するために機能する。 The fan 21 functions to supply (SA) the taken outside air (OA) to the living room space R11.
 第1熱交換器22は、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する。 The first heat exchanger 22 functions as a condenser or an evaporator.
 温度検出部24は、屋外の気温と、第1熱交換器22の表面温度と、第1熱交換器22を流れる冷媒の温度と、を検出する。 The temperature detection unit 24 detects the outdoor air temperature, the surface temperature of the first heat exchanger 22, and the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the first heat exchanger 22.
 制御部23は、給気ユニット20内部の構成を制御する。制御部23は、温度検出部14による検出結果に応じて様々な制御を行う。例えば、制御部23は、温度検出部24の検出結果に応じて、第1熱交換器22の凝縮器又は蒸発器としての機能を調整する。 The control unit 23 controls the configuration inside the air supply unit 20 . The control unit 23 performs various controls according to the detection results from the temperature detection unit 14 . For example, the controller 23 adjusts the function of the first heat exchanger 22 as a condenser or evaporator according to the detection result of the temperature detector 24 .
 排気ユニット10は、ファン11と、第2熱交換器12と、制御部13と、温度検出部14と、を備え、居室空間R11の還気(RA)を取り込み、屋外に排気(EA)する。 The exhaust unit 10 includes a fan 11, a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 13, and a temperature detection unit 14, takes in return air (RA) in the room space R11, and exhausts it to the outside (EA). .
 ファン11は、居室空間R11から取り込んだ還気(RA)を、屋外に排気(EA)するために機能する。 The fan 11 functions to exhaust (EA) the return air (RA) taken from the living room space R11 to the outside.
 第2熱交換器12は、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する。 The second heat exchanger 12 functions as a condenser or evaporator.
 温度検出部14は、屋内の気温と、第2熱交換器12の表面温度と、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度と、を検出する。さらに、検出する屋内の気温としては、例えば、(図示しない)センサ部を介して、居室空間R11内の空気の温度や、天井裏空間R12内の空気の温度等が含まれる。 The temperature detection unit 14 detects the indoor air temperature, the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12, and the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. Furthermore, the indoor air temperature to be detected includes, for example, the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 and the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 via a sensor unit (not shown).
 制御部13は、排気ユニット10内部の構成を制御する。制御部13は、温度検出部14による検出結果に応じて様々な制御を行う。例えば、制御部13は、温度検出部14の検出結果に応じて、第2熱交換器12の凝縮器又は蒸発器としての機能を調整する。 The control unit 13 controls the configuration inside the exhaust unit 10 . The control unit 13 performs various controls according to the detection results from the temperature detection unit 14 . For example, the control unit 13 adjusts the function of the second heat exchanger 12 as a condenser or an evaporator according to the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14 .
 さらに、本実施形態に係る制御部13は、温度検出部14の検出結果に基づいて、開閉ダンパー40を制御することで、天井裏空間R12から取り入れる空気量を調整できる。 Furthermore, the control unit 13 according to the present embodiment can adjust the amount of air taken in from the ceiling space R12 by controlling the open/close damper 40 based on the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14.
 気温が低い場合に換気装置1が行う処理について説明する。気温が低い場合、換気装置1は、給気ユニット20において屋外から取り込んだ外気(OA)を温めた後、居室空間R11に給気(SA)を行うと共に、排気ユニット10において居室空間R11から取り込んだ還気(RA)を冷やした後、屋外に排気(EA)を行う。つまり、給気ユニット20内の第1熱交換器22が凝縮器として機能すると共に、排気ユニット10内の第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能する。第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能することで、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度が低くなるので、第2熱交換器12が凍結(着霜)する可能性が生じる。そこで、本実施形態においては、第2熱交換器12の凍結(着霜)を回避する、又は仮に着霜している場合には霜が成長しないように制御を行う。後述する実施形態においては、着霜を回避する制御、及び仮に着霜している場合には霜の成長を抑制させる制御のうち少なくとも一つ以上の制御を、着霜を抑制させる制御と称する。 The processing performed by the ventilation device 1 when the temperature is low will be explained. When the air temperature is low, the ventilator 1 warms the outside air (OA) taken in from the outdoors in the air supply unit 20, and then supplies air (SA) to the living room space R11, and takes in the air from the living room space R11 in the exhaust unit 10. After the return air (RA) is cooled, it is exhausted (EA) to the outside. That is, the first heat exchanger 22 in the air supply unit 20 functions as a condenser, and the second heat exchanger 12 in the exhaust unit 10 functions as an evaporator. Since the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is lowered, which may cause the second heat exchanger 12 to freeze (frost). Therefore, in the present embodiment, the freezing (frost formation) of the second heat exchanger 12 is avoided, or if frost is formed, control is performed so that the frost does not grow. In the embodiments described later, at least one of the control to avoid frost formation and the control to suppress the growth of frost if frost is formed is referred to as the control to suppress frost formation.
 具体的には、排気ユニット10の制御部13は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、温度検出部14による検出結果から、第2熱交換器12が着霜(凍結)する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。第2熱交換器12が着霜(凍結)する可能性を示した所定の基準としては、例えば、温度検出部14が検出した屋外の気温が0度以下か否かを判定する基準としてもよい。また、本実施形態は、所定の基準を、屋外の気温が0度以下か否かに制限するものではなく、屋外の気温が、第2熱交換器12の動作最低温度であるか否かを判定する基準としてもよい。 Specifically, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted ( It is determined whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of freezing is satisfied. The predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation (freezing) of the second heat exchanger 12 may be, for example, a criterion for determining whether or not the outdoor air temperature detected by the temperature detection unit 14 is 0° C. or less. . Further, in the present embodiment, the predetermined criterion is not limited to whether the outdoor air temperature is 0° C. or lower, but whether the outdoor air temperature is the lowest operating temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 or not. It may be used as a criterion for determination.
 また、所定の基準は、外気の気温に基づいた基準でなくともよい。例えば、第2熱交換器12の表面温度が所定の温度(例えば0度)以下か否かを判定基準としてもよい。他の例としては、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度が所定の温度(例えば0度)以下か否かを判定基準としてもよい。以降に示す説明においても、所定の基準の例を示すが、第2熱交換器12が着霜(凍結)する可能性を示した基準であれば、どのような基準を用いてもよい。例えば、後述する実施形態で示すように、冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4の低圧圧力が所定の圧力閾値を下回ったか否かを判定する基準としてもよい。 Also, the predetermined standard does not have to be a standard based on the temperature of the outside air. For example, whether or not the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 is equal to or lower than a predetermined temperature (for example, 0 degrees) may be used as a determination criterion. As another example, whether or not the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is equal to or lower than a predetermined temperature (for example, 0 degrees) may be used as a determination criterion. An example of a predetermined criterion will be shown in the description below, but any criterion may be used as long as it indicates the possibility of frost formation (freezing) on the second heat exchanger 12 . For example, as shown in an embodiment to be described later, it may be used as a criterion for determining whether or not the low pressures of the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4 have fallen below a predetermined pressure threshold.
 本実施形態では、外気の温度や第2熱交換器の表面温度等を取得し、取得した温度が所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する例について説明する。しかしながら、本実施形態は、取得する情報の一例を示したものであって、取得する情報は、所定の基準を満たすか否かを判断可能な情報であればよい。例えば、外気の温度以外に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度、冷媒の温度、又は冷媒の圧力等を取得してもよい。また、これらの情報を組み合わせて所定の基準を満たすか否かの判定を行ってもよい。なお、以降に示す実施形態、及び変形例も取得する情報の一例を示したものであって、所定の基準を満たすか否かを判定できれば、どのような情報でもよい。 In this embodiment, an example will be described in which the outside air temperature, the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger, etc. are acquired, and whether or not the acquired temperature satisfies a predetermined standard is determined. However, this embodiment shows an example of information to be acquired, and the information to be acquired may be any information that can be used to determine whether or not it satisfies a predetermined criterion. For example, the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12, the temperature of the refrigerant, the pressure of the refrigerant, or the like may be acquired in addition to the temperature of the outside air. Also, it may be determined whether or not a predetermined criterion is satisfied by combining these pieces of information. It should be noted that the embodiments and modifications described below are examples of information to be acquired, and any information may be used as long as it can be determined whether or not it satisfies a predetermined criterion.
 本実施形態に係る排気ユニット10の制御部13は、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、天井裏空間R12に存在する空気が第2還気分岐路P2Bを通って第2熱交換器12まで案内するよう、開閉ダンパー40を開く制御を行う。つまり、天井裏空間R12は、居室空間R11より上方に存在するために、暖かい空気が集まっている。そこで、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性が生じた場合に、開閉ダンパー40を開ける制御を行う。当該制御によって、天井裏空間R12に存在する暖かい空気と、居室空間R11に存在する空気と、を混合させた空気が、第2熱交換器12まで案内される。 The control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 according to the present embodiment performs control to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 when determining that the predetermined criteria are satisfied. is guided to the second heat exchanger 12 through the second return air branch passage P2B. That is, warm air gathers in the ceiling space R12 because it exists above the room space R11. Therefore, when there is a possibility that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted, control is performed to open the open/close damper 40 . By this control, the warm air existing in the ceiling space R12 and the air existing in the living room space R11 are mixed and guided to the second heat exchanger 12 .
 本実施形態に係る制御部13は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる制御の一例として、天井裏空間R12の温かい空気が第2熱交換器12まで流れるよう制御する。これにより、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 The control unit 13 according to the present embodiment controls the warm air in the ceiling space R12 to flow to the second heat exchanger 12 as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd heat exchanger 12 is frosted.
 図2は、本実施形態に係る換気装置1の排気ユニット10が行う着霜の抑制制御を示したフローチャートである。 FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing frost formation suppression control performed by the exhaust unit 10 of the ventilation device 1 according to the present embodiment.
 排気ユニット10の制御部13は、温度検出部14から、外気の温度を取得する(S1201)。 The control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 acquires the outside air temperature from the temperature detection unit 14 (S1201).
 排気ユニット10の制御部13は、取得した外気の温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が凍結する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する(S1202)。 The control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of freezing of the second heat exchanger 12 is satisfied based on the obtained outside air temperature (S1202).
 排気ユニット10の制御部13は、所定の基準を満たしていないと判定した場合(S1202:NO)、特に処理を行わずに終了する。 When the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines that the predetermined criteria are not satisfied (S1202: NO), it ends without performing any particular processing.
 一方、排気ユニット10の制御部13は、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合(S1202:YES)、温度検出部14から、天井裏空間R12内の空気の温度と、居室空間R11から取り入れた空気の温度と、を取得する(S1203)。 On the other hand, when the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied (S1202: YES), the temperature detection unit 14 detects the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 and the temperature of the air taken in from the living room space R11. and the temperature of (S1203).
 排気ユニット10の制御部13は、天井裏空間R12の空気の温度が、居室空間R11の空気の温度よりも高いか否かを判定する(S1204)制御部13は、天井裏空間R12の空気の温度が、居室空間R11の空気の温度以下と判定した場合(S1204:NO)、開閉ダンパー40に関する制御を行わずに終了する。なお、開閉ダンパー40に関する制御を行わない場合、以降の実施形態及び変形例で説明する、着霜を抑制するための制御を行ってもよい。 The control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 determines whether the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 is higher than the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 (S1204). If it is determined that the temperature is equal to or lower than the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 (S1204: NO), the process ends without performing control of the opening/closing damper 40. FIG. In addition, when control regarding the opening/closing damper 40 is not performed, control for suppressing frost formation, which will be described in the following embodiments and modifications, may be performed.
 一方、制御部13は、天井裏空間R12の空気の温度が、居室空間R11の空気の温度よりも高いと判定した場合(S1204:YES)、開閉ダンパー40を開く制御を行う(S1205)。 On the other hand, when the control unit 13 determines that the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R12 is higher than the temperature of the air in the living room space R11 (S1204: YES), it controls the open/close damper 40 to open (S1205).
 本実施形態では上述した処理手順によって、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性が生じた場合に、居室空間R11よりも暖かい空気が存在する天井裏空間R12の空気が、第2熱交換器12まで案内される。 In the present embodiment, when there is a possibility that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted by the above-described processing procedure, the air in the ceiling space R12, in which the air is warmer than that of the living room space R11, is used for the second heat exchange. It is guided to the vessel 12.
 つまり、第2熱交換器12に流れてくる空気の温度が上昇するので、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させることができる。これにより、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を低減できる。 That is, since the temperature of the air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 rises, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be raised. Thereby, the possibility that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted can be reduced.
(第1の実施形態の変形例1)
 上述した第1の実施形態では、第2熱交換器12を流れる空気の温度を上昇させる制御の一例として、天井裏空間R12の空気を、第2熱交換器12に案内することで、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を低減する手法について説明した。しかしながら、第2熱交換器12を流れる空気の温度を上昇させる制御手法を、天井裏空間R12の空気を、第2熱交換器12に案内する手法に制限するものではなく、他の手法を用いてもよい。そこで、第1の実施形態の変形例1では、空調機2を制御して、居室空間R11内の空気の温度(室温)を上昇させる例とする。
(Modification 1 of the first embodiment)
In the above-described first embodiment, as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12, the air in the ceiling space R12 is guided to the second heat exchanger 12 so that the second A technique for reducing the possibility of frost formation on the heat exchanger 12 has been described. However, the control method for increasing the temperature of the air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is not limited to the method of guiding the air in the ceiling space R12 to the second heat exchanger 12, and other methods may be used. may Therefore, in Modified Example 1 of the first embodiment, the air conditioner 2 is controlled to increase the temperature (room temperature) of the air in the living room space R11.
 本変形例では、排気ユニット10の制御部13と、室外機70の制御部71との間は、信号線で接続されている。これにより、室外機70の制御部71は、排気ユニット10の制御部13に対して制御信号を出力できる。 In this modified example, the controller 13 of the exhaust unit 10 and the controller 71 of the outdoor unit 70 are connected by a signal line. Thereby, the controller 71 of the outdoor unit 70 can output a control signal to the controller 13 of the exhaust unit 10 .
 なお、本変形例は、排気ユニット10の制御部13と、室外機70の制御部71と、の間で情報の送受信可能な一態様として、信号線で接続された例について説明する。しかしながら、情報の送受信可能な態様を、信号線で接続された例に制限するものではなく、(図示しない)上位制御装置を介して制御信号の送受信を行ってもよいし、公衆ネットワークを介して接続されているクラウドやサーバなどを介して制御信号の送受信を行ってもよい。 In this modified example, an example in which the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 and the control unit 71 of the outdoor unit 70 are connected by a signal line will be described as one mode in which information can be transmitted and received. However, the manner in which information can be transmitted and received is not limited to the example of connection with a signal line, and control signals may be transmitted and received via a host controller (not shown), or via a public network. Control signals may be transmitted and received via a connected cloud, server, or the like.
 そして、本変形例に係る排気ユニット10の制御部13は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12が凍結する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知する。 Then, the control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 according to the present modified example controls the predetermined reference indicating the possibility of the second heat exchanger 12 freezing while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator. Detects whether or not the
 制御部13は、所定の基準を満たしていると判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させるために、空調機2の室外機70の制御部71に対して、居室空間R11に現在設定されている温度を上昇させる制御信号を出力する。本変形例では、居室空間R11内の気温を上昇させることで、第2熱交換器12に流れてくる空気の温度が上昇するので、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させることができる。 If the control unit 13 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, the control unit 13 causes the control unit 71 of the outdoor unit 70 of the air conditioner 2 to increase the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 by: A control signal is output to increase the temperature currently set in the living room space R11. In this modification, since the temperature of the air flowing into the second heat exchanger 12 rises by raising the air temperature in the living room space R11, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 rises. can be done.
 このように、本変形例に係る制御部13は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる制御の一例として、制御部71に対して、居室空間R11に現在設定されている温度を上昇させる制御信号を出力する。これにより、居室空間R11の室温が上昇するので、第2熱交換器12に温かい空気が流れてくるようになり、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させ、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 As described above, the control unit 13 according to the present modification instructs the control unit 71 to control the temperature currently set in the living room space R11 as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. output a control signal to increase the As a result, the room temperature of the living room space R11 rises, so warm air flows into the second heat exchanger 12, and the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 rises. 12 can be suppressed from frosting.
 なお、本変形例は、空調機2の室外機70の制御部71に対して、居室空間R11に現在設定されている温度を上昇させる制御信号を出力する例について説明した。しかしながら、本変形例は、空調機2の室外機70の制御部71に出力する制御信号を、居室空間R11に現在設定されている温度を上昇させる制御信号に制限するものではなく、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させるための制御信号であればよい。例えば、制御部13は、居室空間R11内の空気を循環させるために風量を上昇させる制御信号を出力してもよい。 In this modified example, an example of outputting a control signal for increasing the temperature currently set in the living room space R11 to the control unit 71 of the outdoor unit 70 of the air conditioner 2 has been described. However, in this modification, the control signal output to the control unit 71 of the outdoor unit 70 of the air conditioner 2 is not limited to a control signal for increasing the temperature currently set in the living room space R11. Any control signal for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the exchanger 12 may be used. For example, the control unit 13 may output a control signal for increasing the air volume in order to circulate the air in the living room space R11.
(第1の実施形態の変形例2)
 上述した第1の実施形態及び変形例は、上述した手法を用いることに制限するものではない。そこで、第1の実施形態の変形例2では、着霜を抑制するために、ファン11を制御する手法について説明する。
(Modification 2 of the first embodiment)
The above-described first embodiment and modification are not limited to using the above-described method. Therefore, in Modification 2 of the first embodiment, a method of controlling the fan 11 to suppress frost formation will be described.
 本変形例に係る排気ユニット10の制御部13は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。 The control unit 13 of the exhaust unit 10 according to the present modification sets a predetermined standard indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator. Determine whether or not it is satisfied.
 制御部13は、所定の基準を満たしていると判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させるために、ファン11(第2換気ユニットの一例)に対して、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行う。 When the control unit 13 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, the control unit 13 controls the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) to increase the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. Control is performed to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 compared to before the criterion of (1) is satisfied.
 このように、本変形例に係る制御部13は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる制御の一例として、ファン11(第2換気ユニットの一例)に対して、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加させる制御信号を出力する。これにより、第2熱交換器12に流れてくる、温かい空気の量が増加するので、冷媒の温度を上昇させて、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 As described above, the control unit 13 according to the present modification controls the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 by setting the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) to a predetermined standard A control signal is output to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 compared to before satisfying . As a result, the amount of warm air flowing into the second heat exchanger 12 increases, so that the temperature of the refrigerant can be raised and frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
 なお、ファン11に対して第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行うと、居室空間R11内が陰圧になる可能性がある。このため、制御部13は、給気ユニット20の制御部23に対して、ファン21の風量を増加させるための制御信号を出力してもよい。 If the fan 11 is controlled to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12, the interior of the living room space R11 may become negative pressure. Therefore, the controller 13 may output a control signal for increasing the air volume of the fan 21 to the controller 23 of the air supply unit 20 .
(第1の実施形態の変形例3)
 上述した第1の実施形態及び変形例は、上述した手法を用いることに制限するものではない。そこで、第1の実施形態の変形例3では、給気ユニットと排気ユニットとの間に、直接空気を流すためのバイパス流路を設ける手法について説明する。
(Modification 3 of the first embodiment)
The above-described first embodiment and modification are not limited to using the above-described method. Therefore, in Modification 3 of the first embodiment, a method of providing a bypass flow path for direct air flow between the air supply unit and the exhaust unit will be described.
 図3は、第1の実施形態の変形例3に係る換気装置及び空調機の構成例を示した図である。図3に示される例では、屋内空間の空調を行うために、換気装置1Aと空調機2とを備えている。なお、本変形例では、第1の実施形態と同様の構成については同一の符号を割り当て、説明を省略する。 FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to Modification 3 of the first embodiment. In the example shown in FIG. 3, a ventilator 1A and an air conditioner 2 are provided to air-condition the indoor space. In addition, in this modification, the same code|symbol is assigned about the structure similar to 1st Embodiment, and description is abbreviate|omitted.
 図3に示されるように、給気ユニット20と、排気ユニット110との間にバイパス流路P102が設けられている。バイパス流路P102は、給気流路P101より給気ユニット20側の第1バイパス部分流路P102Aと、還気流路P103より排気ユニット110側の第3バイパス部分流路P102Cと、第1バイパス部分流路P102Aと第3バイパス部分流路P102Cとを接続する第2バイパス部分流路P102Bと、で構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, a bypass flow path P102 is provided between the air supply unit 20 and the exhaust unit 110. As shown in FIG. The bypass flow path P102 includes a first bypass partial flow path P102A closer to the air supply unit 20 than the air supply flow path P101, a third bypass partial flow path P102C closer to the exhaust unit 110 than the return air flow path P103, and a first bypass partial flow path P102C. and a second bypass partial flow path P102B connecting the path P102A and the third bypass partial flow path P102C.
 そして、第2バイパス部分流路P102B上には、開閉ダンパー140が設けられている。開閉ダンパー140は通常、閉状態となっている。そして、開閉ダンパー140(第2案内機構の一例)は、排気ユニット110に設けられた制御部113から信号線S3を介した制御によって、給気ユニット20で温められた空気を直接排気ユニット110まで案内できる。 An opening/closing damper 140 is provided on the second bypass partial flow path P102B. The opening/closing damper 140 is normally closed. The open/close damper 140 (an example of a second guide mechanism) directs the air warmed by the air supply unit 20 to the exhaust unit 110 under the control of the control unit 113 provided in the exhaust unit 110 via the signal line S3. I can guide you.
 給気ユニット20は、外気(OA)を取り込んだ後、通常、第1バイパス部分流路P102A及び給気流路P101を介して、居室空間R11に給気(SA)する。 After taking in outside air (OA), the air supply unit 20 normally supplies air (SA) to the living room space R11 via the first bypass partial flow path P102A and the air supply flow path P101.
 排気ユニット110は、ファン11と、第2熱交換器12と、制御部113と、温度検出部14と、を備え、還気流路P103及び第3バイパス部分流路P102Cを介して、居室空間R11の還気(RA)を取り込み、屋外に排気(EA)する。 The exhaust unit 110 includes a fan 11, a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 113, and a temperature detection unit 14, and is connected to the living room space R11 via the return air flow path P103 and the third bypass partial flow path P102C. of return air (RA) is taken in and exhausted to the outside (EA).
 本変形例に係る排気ユニット110の制御部113は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知する。 The control unit 113 of the exhaust unit 110 according to the present modification sets a predetermined standard indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator. Detect whether it is satisfied or not.
 制御部13は、所定の基準を満たしていると判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させるために、開閉ダンパー140を開ける制御を行う。 When the control unit 13 determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, it controls the opening/closing damper 140 to increase the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 .
 このように、本変形例に係る制御部113は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる制御の一例として、バイパス流路P102を通って第2熱交換器12まで空気を案内するよう開閉ダンパー140を開ける制御を行う。これにより、排気ユニット110において温められた空気を直接第2熱交換器12に流すことができるので、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 In this way, the control unit 113 according to this modification guides air to the second heat exchanger 12 through the bypass flow path P102 as an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12. The opening/closing damper 140 is controlled to open. As a result, the air warmed in the exhaust unit 110 can flow directly to the second heat exchanger 12, so that frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
(第2の実施形態)
 上述した実施形態及び変形例では、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気を調整することで、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる例について説明した。しかしながら、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる手法として他の手法を用いてもよい。そこで、本実施形態では、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒を制御して、冷媒の温度を上昇させる手法について説明する。
(Second embodiment)
In the embodiment and modification described above, the example in which the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is increased by adjusting the air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 has been described. However, another technique may be used as a technique for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 . Therefore, in the present embodiment, a method of controlling the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 to raise the temperature of the refrigerant will be described.
 図4は、第2の実施形態に係る換気装置及び空調機の構成例を示した図である。図4に示される例では、屋内空間の空調を行うために、換気装置1Bと空調機2とを備えている。なお、本実施形態に係る構成のうち、第1の実施形態と同様の構成については同一の符号を割り当て、説明を省略する。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device and an air conditioner according to the second embodiment. In the example shown in FIG. 4, a ventilator 1B and an air conditioner 2 are provided to air-condition the indoor space. In addition, among the configurations according to the present embodiment, the configurations similar to those of the first embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
 圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52、第1給気ユニット220Aの制御部23、第2給気ユニット220Bの制御部23、及び排気ユニット210の制御部213の間は、点線で示した信号線S201で接続されている。これにより、圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52、第1給気ユニット220Aの制御部23、第2給気ユニット220Bの制御部23、及び排気ユニット210の制御部213の間で、情報の送受信が可能となる。 Between the controller 52 of the compressor unit 50, the controller 23 of the first air supply unit 220A, the controller 23 of the second air supply unit 220B, and the controller 213 of the exhaust unit 210, a signal line S201 indicated by a dotted line is provided. connected with As a result, information can be transmitted and received between the controller 52 of the compressor unit 50, the controller 23 of the first air supply unit 220A, the controller 23 of the second air supply unit 220B, and the controller 213 of the exhaust unit 210. It becomes possible.
 換気装置1Bは、排気ユニット210と、第1給気ユニット220Aと、第2給気ユニット220Bと、圧縮機ユニット50と、冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4と、第1給気流路P201と、第2給気流路P202と、還気流路P203と、を備える。 The ventilator 1B includes an exhaust unit 210, a first air supply unit 220A, a second air supply unit 220B, a compressor unit 50, refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, F4, and a first air supply flow path P201. , a second air supply passage P202 and a return air passage P203.
 第1給気流路P201(第1空気流路の一例)は、屋外から取り入れた空気を、第1熱交換器22を有する第1給気ユニット220Aを通した後に、換気口92Aから居室空間R11に給気する。 The first air supply passage P201 (an example of the first air passage) passes the air taken in from the outdoors through the first air supply unit 220A having the first heat exchanger 22, and then passes through the ventilation port 92A to the living room space R11. supply air to
 第2給気流路P202(第1空気流路の一例)は、屋外から取り入れた空気を、第1熱交換器22を有する第2給気ユニット220Bを通した後に、換気口92Bから居室空間R11に給気する。 The second air supply channel P202 (an example of the first air channel) passes the air taken in from the outdoors through the second air supply unit 220B having the first heat exchanger 22, and then passes through the ventilation port 92B to the living room space R11. supply air to
 還気流路P203(第2空気流路の一例)は、屋内空間から取り入れた空気を、第2熱交換器12を有する排気ユニット210を通した後に、屋外に排気する。 The return air flow path P203 (an example of the second air flow path) exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the exhaust unit 210 having the second heat exchanger 12 .
 第1給気ユニット220A及び第2給気ユニット220Bは、ファン21と、第1熱交換器22と、制御部23と、温度検出部24と、を備え、外気(OA)を取り込み、居室空間R11に給気(SA)する。 The first air supply unit 220A and the second air supply unit 220B are provided with a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control unit 23, and a temperature detection unit 24, take in outside air (OA), and Air is supplied (SA) to R11.
 排気ユニット210は、ファン11と、第2熱交換器12と、制御部213と、温度検出部14と、を備え、居室空間R11の還気(RA)を取り込み、屋外に排気(EA)する。 The exhaust unit 210 includes a fan 11, a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 213, and a temperature detection unit 14, takes in return air (RA) in the living room space R11, and exhausts it to the outside (EA). .
 排気ユニット210の制御部213は、排気ユニット210内部の構成を制御する。例えば、制御部213は、温度検出部14の検出結果に応じて、圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52に対して制御信号を出力する。 The control unit 213 of the exhaust unit 210 controls the configuration inside the exhaust unit 210 . For example, the controller 213 outputs a control signal to the controller 52 of the compressor unit 50 according to the detection result of the temperature detector 14 .
 気温が低い場合に換気装置1Bが行う処理について説明する。上述した実施形態と同様に、第1給気ユニット220A及び第2給気ユニット220Bの第1熱交換器22が凝縮器として機能すると共に、排気ユニット210内の第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能する。第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能することで、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度が低くなるので、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性が生じる。そこで、本実施形態においては、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するように制御を行う。 The processing performed by the ventilation device 1B when the temperature is low will be explained. Similar to the embodiment described above, the first heat exchangers 22 of the first air supply unit 220A and the second air supply unit 220B function as condensers, and the second heat exchanger 12 in the exhaust unit 210 functions as an evaporator. function as Since the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is lowered, so that the second heat exchanger 12 may be frosted. Therefore, in the present embodiment, control is performed to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 .
 具体的には、排気ユニット210の制御部213は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、温度検出部14による検出結果から、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準としては、例えば、温度検出部14が検出した冷媒の温度が0度以下か否かを判定する基準としてもよい。また、本実施形態は、所定の基準を、冷媒の温度に基づいた基準に制限するものではなく、冷媒の圧力が所定の圧力以下か否かを判定する基準としてもよい。 Specifically, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the control unit 213 of the exhaust unit 210 determines that the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted based on the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14. It is determined whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility is satisfied. The predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 may be, for example, a criterion for determining whether or not the temperature of the refrigerant detected by the temperature detection unit 14 is 0 degrees or less. Further, in this embodiment, the predetermined criterion is not limited to the criterion based on the temperature of the refrigerant, but may be a criterion for determining whether or not the pressure of the refrigerant is equal to or less than a predetermined pressure.
 また、所定の基準は、冷媒の温度や圧力に基づいた基準でなくともよい。例えば、外気の温度に基づいた基準でもよいし、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいた基準でもよい。 Also, the predetermined standard does not have to be a standard based on the temperature or pressure of the refrigerant. For example, the reference may be based on the temperature of the outside air, or may be the reference based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 .
 本実施形態に係る排気ユニット210の制御部213は、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52に対して、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、圧縮機の回転数を下げるための制御信号を出力する。 The control unit 213 of the exhaust unit 210 according to the present embodiment controls the control unit 52 of the compressor unit 50 to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 when it is determined that the predetermined criteria are satisfied. , a control signal is output for lowering the rotation speed of the compressor compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
 そして、圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52は、当該制御信号を受信した際に、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、圧縮機の回転数を下げるための制御信号を、圧縮機を駆動させる駆動用モータ51に出力する。これにより、圧縮機の回転数が低下する。したがって、冷媒回路F1、F2、F3、F4を流れる冷媒の圧力が低下するので、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度(蒸発温度)を上昇させることができる。 Then, when receiving the control signal, the control unit 52 of the compressor unit 50 outputs a control signal for lowering the rotation speed of the compressor compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied. output to the motor 51 for use. This reduces the rotation speed of the compressor. Therefore, since the pressure of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant circuits F1, F2, F3, and F4 is lowered, the temperature (evaporation temperature) of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased.
 本実施形態に係る制御部213は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる制御の一例として、圧縮機ユニット50の制御部52に対して、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、圧縮機の回転数を下げるための制御信号を出力する。これにより、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 As an example of control for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12, the control unit 213 according to the present embodiment instructs the control unit 52 of the compressor unit 50 to , to output a control signal to reduce the rotation speed of the compressor. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd heat exchanger 12 is frosted.
(第2の実施形態の変形例1)
 第2の実施形態では、圧縮機の回転数を下げて、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度(蒸発温度)を上昇させる例について説明した。しかしながら、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度(蒸発温度)を上昇させる手法は、圧縮機の回転数を下げる手法に制限するものではない。そこで、変形例1では、冷媒回路にバイパス流路(バイパス配管の一例)を設ける例について説明する。本変形例1も第2の実施形態と同様に2台の給気ユニットと、1台の排気ユニットと、が設けられている。
(Modification 1 of the second embodiment)
In the second embodiment, the example in which the rotation speed of the compressor is lowered to raise the temperature (evaporation temperature) of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 has been described. However, the technique of raising the temperature (evaporation temperature) of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is not limited to the technique of lowering the rotation speed of the compressor. Therefore, in Modification 1, an example in which a bypass flow path (an example of bypass piping) is provided in the refrigerant circuit will be described. As in the second embodiment, this modified example 1 is also provided with two air supply units and one exhaust unit.
 図5は、第2の実施形態の変形例1に係る冷媒回路を示した図である。図5に示される例では、排気ユニット310の第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している場合の冷媒の流れを示している。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の構成については同一の符号を割り当て、説明を省略する。 FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment. The example shown in FIG. 5 shows the flow of refrigerant when the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit 310 functions as an evaporator. In addition, the same code|symbol is assigned about the structure similar to embodiment mentioned above, and description is abbreviate|omitted.
 図5に示される例では、給気ユニット320A、320Bと、排気ユニット310と、圧縮機ユニット350と、が設けられている。 In the example shown in FIG. 5, air supply units 320A and 320B, an exhaust unit 310, and a compressor unit 350 are provided.
 給気ユニット320A、320Bは、ファン21と、第1熱交換器22と、制御部23と、温度検出部24と、駆動用モータ25と、電動弁26と、を備える。 The air supply units 320A and 320B include a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 23, a temperature detection section 24, a drive motor 25, and an electric valve 26.
 駆動用モータ25は、制御部23による制御によってファン21の風量を制御する。 The drive motor 25 controls the air volume of the fan 21 under the control of the controller 23 .
 電動弁26は、冷媒を減圧させるための膨張弁として機能し、制御部23による制御に基づいて減圧させるか否かを切り替える。電動弁26は、第1熱交換器22が蒸発器として機能する場合に減圧を行い、第1熱交換器22が凝縮器として機能する場合に減圧を行わないよう機能する。 The motor-operated valve 26 functions as an expansion valve for reducing the pressure of the refrigerant, and switches whether to reduce the pressure based on control by the control unit 23 . The motor-operated valve 26 functions to reduce the pressure when the first heat exchanger 22 functions as an evaporator, and not to reduce the pressure when the first heat exchanger 22 functions as a condenser.
 排気ユニット310は、ファン11と、第2熱交換器12と、制御部313と、温度検出部14と、駆動用モータ15と、電動弁16と、を備える。 The exhaust unit 310 includes a fan 11 , a second heat exchanger 12 , a control section 313 , a temperature detection section 14 , a driving motor 15 and an electric valve 16 .
 制御部313は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、温度検出部14による検出結果から、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、第2の実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。 While the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the control unit 313 determines a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation in the second heat exchanger 12 from the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14. Determine whether or not it is satisfied. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the second embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
 本変形例に係る排気ユニット310の制御部313は、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、圧縮機ユニット350の制御部352に対して、バイパス流路F6に冷媒を流すための制御信号を出力する。 When the control unit 313 of the exhaust unit 310 according to this modification determines that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, the control unit 352 of the compressor unit 350 performs control to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12. , a control signal for causing the refrigerant to flow through the bypass flow path F6 is output.
 駆動用モータ15は、制御部313による制御によってファン11の風量を制御する。 The drive motor 15 controls the air volume of the fan 11 under the control of the controller 313 .
 電動弁16は、冷媒を減圧させるための膨張弁として機能し、制御部313による制御に基づいて減圧させるか否かを切り替える。電動弁16は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能する場合に減圧を行い、第2熱交換器12が凝縮器として機能する場合に減圧を行わないよう機能する。 The motor-operated valve 16 functions as an expansion valve for reducing the pressure of the refrigerant, and switches whether to reduce the pressure based on control by the control unit 313 . The motor-operated valve 16 functions to reduce the pressure when the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, and not to reduce the pressure when the second heat exchanger 12 functions as a condenser.
 圧縮機ユニット350は、駆動用モータ51と、制御部352と、圧縮機53と、四方弁54と、電動弁55と、バイパス用電動弁56と、が設けられている。 The compressor unit 350 is provided with a drive motor 51, a control section 352, a compressor 53, a four-way valve 54, an electric valve 55, and an electric bypass valve 56.
 圧縮機53は、冷媒回路を流れる冷媒を圧縮する。 The compressor 53 compresses the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant circuit.
 駆動用モータ51は、圧縮機53を駆動させるアクチュエータである。本実施形態に係る駆動用モータ51は、制御部352によって制御された回転数で、圧縮機53を駆動させる。 The drive motor 51 is an actuator that drives the compressor 53 . The drive motor 51 according to the present embodiment drives the compressor 53 at a rotational speed controlled by the control section 352 .
 制御部352は、圧縮機ユニット350内部の構成を制御する。例えば、制御部352は、以下に示す駆動用モータ51及び四方弁54の制御を行う。 The controller 352 controls the configuration inside the compressor unit 350 . For example, the controller 352 controls the driving motor 51 and the four-way valve 54 described below.
 四方弁54は、冷媒回路F1及び冷媒回路F4から、圧縮機53で圧縮された冷媒の流出先を切り替える弁として機能する。例えば、制御部352の制御に基づいて、第2熱交換器12を蒸発器として機能させる場合、四方弁54は、圧縮機53で圧縮された冷媒を、冷媒回路F1に流すように切り替えられる。 The four-way valve 54 functions as a valve that switches the outflow destination of the refrigerant compressed by the compressor 53 from the refrigerant circuit F1 and the refrigerant circuit F4. For example, when the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator under the control of the control unit 352, the four-way valve 54 is switched to flow the refrigerant compressed by the compressor 53 to the refrigerant circuit F1.
 電動弁55は、制御部352からの制御に従って、冷媒回路の開閉制御を行う弁として機能する。第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能する場合、電動弁55は、冷媒を流さない閉状態となる。 The motor-operated valve 55 functions as a valve that controls opening and closing of the refrigerant circuit according to control from the control unit 352 . When the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, the motor-operated valve 55 is in a closed state in which no refrigerant flows.
 本変形例では、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能する場合、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させるために、圧縮機53によって圧縮された冷媒を直接第2熱交換器12に流すためのバイパス流路F6が設けられている。 In this modification, when the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, in order to increase the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12, the refrigerant compressed by the compressor 53 is directly subjected to the second heat exchange. A bypass flow path F6 is provided for flowing to the vessel 12 .
 バイパス流路F6は、圧縮機53と四方弁54との間と、冷媒回路F3と、の間をバイパスする冷媒の流路として設けられている。つまり、バイパス流路F6は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第1熱交換器22を介さずに、第2熱交換器12に冷媒を流す配管として機能する。 The bypass flow path F6 is provided as a refrigerant flow path that bypasses between the compressor 53 and the four-way valve 54 and between the refrigerant circuit F3. In other words, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the bypass flow path F6 functions as a pipe that allows the refrigerant to flow through the second heat exchanger 12 without going through the first heat exchanger 22. .
 バイパス用電動弁56は、制御部352からの制御に従って、バイパス流路F6に冷媒を流すか否かを切り替えるための弁として機能する。 The bypass motor-operated valve 56 functions as a valve for switching whether or not the refrigerant flows through the bypass flow path F6 according to control from the control unit 352 .
 具体的には、まず、排気ユニット310の制御部313は、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、圧縮機ユニット350の制御部352に対して、バイパス流路F6に冷媒を流すための制御信号を出力する。 Specifically, first, when the controller 313 of the exhaust unit 310 determines that the second heat exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation, the controller 352 of the compressor unit 350 , a control signal for causing the refrigerant to flow through the bypass flow path F6 is output.
 そして、圧縮機ユニット350の制御部352は、排気ユニット310の制御部313から、バイパス流路F6に冷媒を流すための制御信号を受信した場合、バイパス用電動弁56を開状態となる制御を行う。 When the controller 352 of the compressor unit 350 receives a control signal for causing the refrigerant to flow through the bypass flow path F6 from the controller 313 of the exhaust unit 310, the controller 352 controls the bypass motor-operated valve 56 to open. conduct.
 バイパス用電動弁56が開状態となった場合に、圧縮機53によって圧縮されることで高温・高圧のガスとなった冷媒が、バイパス流路F6を介して、冷媒回路F3に流入する。これにより、これにより冷媒回路F3を流れる冷媒の温度が上昇する。そして、温度が上昇した冷媒が、第2熱交換器12に流入する。 When the motor-operated valve 56 for bypass is in an open state, the refrigerant that has become a high-temperature, high-pressure gas as a result of being compressed by the compressor 53 flows through the bypass flow path F6 into the refrigerant circuit F3. This increases the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant circuit F3. Then, the refrigerant whose temperature has risen flows into the second heat exchanger 12 .
 つまり、本変形例では、所定の基準を満たした場合、圧縮機53で圧縮された冷媒が、バイパス流路F6を介して第2熱交換器12に流す制御が行われる。これにより、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 That is, in this modified example, when a predetermined criterion is satisfied, the refrigerant compressed by the compressor 53 is controlled to flow to the second heat exchanger 12 via the bypass flow path F6. Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd heat exchanger 12 is frosted.
(第2の実施形態の変形例2)
 また、第2熱交換器12に流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる手法として他の手法を用いてもよい。そこで、第2の実施形態の変形例2では、排気ユニット310内部の電動弁16を制御する例について説明する。なお、第2の実施形態の変形例2の構成は、図5で示した冷媒回路から、バイパス流路F6を除いた構成となる。
(Modification 2 of the second embodiment)
Also, other methods may be used as a method for increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 . Therefore, in Modification 2 of the second embodiment, an example of controlling the motor operated valve 16 inside the exhaust unit 310 will be described. Note that the configuration of Modification 2 of the second embodiment is a configuration in which the bypass flow path F6 is removed from the refrigerant circuit shown in FIG.
 第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している場合、電動弁16は、制御部313の制御に従って、第1熱交換器22から流出された高圧の液体の冷媒を、蒸発しやすい状態にするために減圧する弁部として機能する。当該電動弁16の開度が小さくなるほど減圧されるので、冷媒の温度が低下する。換言すれば、電動弁16の開度が大きくなるほど冷媒の温度が上昇する。 When the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator, the motor-operated valve 16 causes the high-pressure liquid refrigerant flowing out of the first heat exchanger 22 to be easily evaporated under the control of the control unit 313. It functions as a valve portion that reduces the pressure in order to Since the pressure is reduced as the degree of opening of the motor-operated valve 16 decreases, the temperature of the refrigerant decreases. In other words, the temperature of the refrigerant rises as the degree of opening of the motor-operated valve 16 increases.
 そこで、排気ユニット310の制御部313は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、温度検出部14による検出結果から、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、第2の実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。 Therefore, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the control unit 313 of the exhaust unit 310 detects the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 based on the detection result of the temperature detection unit 14. It is determined whether or not the indicated predetermined criteria are met. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the second embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
 そして、制御部313は、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、電動弁16(第2弁部の一例)の開度を大きくする制御を行う。 Then, when it is determined that the predetermined standard is satisfied, the control unit 313 performs control for suppressing frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 by increasing the motor-operated valve 16 (second (an example of a two-valve unit) is controlled to increase the opening degree.
 つまり、本変形例では、所定の基準を満たした場合、電動弁16の開度を大きくして、第2熱交換器12に流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させる制御が行われる。これにより、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 That is, in this modification, when a predetermined criterion is satisfied, control is performed to increase the degree of opening of the motor-operated valve 16 and raise the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 . Thereby, it can suppress that the 2nd heat exchanger 12 is frosted.
(第3の実施形態)
 上述した実施形態及び変形例では、排気ユニット内の制御部が所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定し、当該判定結果に基づいた制御を行う例について説明した。しかしながら、上述した実施形態及び変形例では、排気ユニット内の制御部が制御を行う手法に制限するものではない。例えば、空調機と換気装置との上位に設けられた上位制御装置が制御を行ってもよい。
(Third embodiment)
In the above-described embodiment and modified example, the control unit in the exhaust unit determines whether or not the predetermined standard is satisfied, and controls are performed based on the result of the determination. However, the above-described embodiment and modifications are not limited to the method of control performed by the control section in the exhaust unit. For example, a host controller provided above the air conditioner and the ventilator may perform the control.
 図6は、第3の実施形態に係る換気装置、空調機及び上位制御装置の構成例を示した図である。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の構成については、同一の符号を割り当て、説明を省略する。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a ventilation device, an air conditioner, and a host controller according to the third embodiment. It should be noted that the same reference numerals are assigned to the same configurations as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof will be omitted.
 図6に示される例では、換気装置1C及び空調機2Cの間の連携を行うために上位制御装置400が設けられている。 In the example shown in FIG. 6, a host control device 400 is provided for cooperation between the ventilator 1C and the air conditioner 2C.
 空調機2Cは、室外機470と、2台の空調室内機81、82と、を含む。なお、本実施形態は、空調室内機の台数を、2台に制限するものではなく、1台、又は3台以上であってもよい。 The air conditioner 2C includes an outdoor unit 470 and two air conditioner indoor units 81 and 82. In this embodiment, the number of air conditioning indoor units is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more.
 室外機470は、(図示しない)熱交換器と共に制御部471を備える。 The outdoor unit 470 includes a heat exchanger (not shown) and a controller 471 .
 制御部471は、空調機2C全体の制御を行う。また、制御部471は、上位制御装置400と間で情報を送受信する。そして、制御部471は、上位制御装置400からの制御信号に応じて様々な制御を行う。 The control unit 471 controls the entire air conditioner 2C. Also, the control unit 471 transmits and receives information to and from the host control device 400 . The control unit 471 performs various controls according to control signals from the host control device 400 .
 換気装置1Cは、第1排気ユニット410Aと、第2排気ユニット410Bと、第1給気ユニット420Aと、第2給気ユニット420Bと、圧縮機ユニット450と、冷媒回路F401、F402、F403、F404と、第1給気流路P401と、第2給気流路P402と、第1還気流路P403と、第2還気流路P404と、を備える。 The ventilator 1C includes a first exhaust unit 410A, a second exhaust unit 410B, a first air supply unit 420A, a second air supply unit 420B, a compressor unit 450, and refrigerant circuits F401, F402, F403, and F404. , a first air supply channel P401, a second air supply channel P402, a first return air channel P403, and a second return air channel P404.
 第1給気流路P401は、屋外から取り入れた空気を、第1熱交換器22を有する第1給気ユニット420Aを通した後に、換気口92Aから居室空間R11に給気する。 The first air supply passage P401 supplies air taken in from the outdoors to the living room space R11 through the ventilation port 92A after passing through the first air supply unit 420A having the first heat exchanger 22.
 第2給気流路P402は、屋外から取り入れた空気を、第1熱交換器22を有する第2給気ユニット420Bを通した後に、換気口92Bから居室空間R11に給気する。 The second air supply passage P402 supplies the air taken in from the outdoors to the living room space R11 through the ventilation port 92B after passing through the second air supply unit 420B having the first heat exchanger 22.
 第1還気流路P403は、屋内空間の換気口91Aから取り入れた空気(還気)を、第2熱交換器12を有する第1排気ユニット410Aを通した後に、屋外に排気する。 The first return air flow path P403 exhausts the air (return air) taken in from the ventilation port 91A of the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the first exhaust unit 410A having the second heat exchanger 12.
 第2還気流路P404は、屋内空間の換気口91Bから取り入れた空気(還気)を、第2熱交換器12を有する第2排気ユニット410Bを通した後に、屋外に排気する。 The second return air flow path P404 exhausts the air (return air) taken in from the ventilation port 91B of the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second exhaust unit 410B having the second heat exchanger 12.
 冷媒回路F401、F402、F403、F404は、圧縮機ユニット450、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420Bの第1熱交換器22、及び第1排気ユニット410及び第2排気ユニット410Bの第2熱交換器12を、冷媒配管によって接続し、内部に冷媒を流す回路である。 The refrigerant circuits F401, F402, F403, and F404 include the compressor unit 450, the first heat exchangers 22 of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B, and the first exhaust unit 410 and the second exhaust unit 410B. It is a circuit in which the second heat exchangers 12 are connected by refrigerant pipes and the refrigerant flows therein.
 圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452、第1給気ユニット420Aの制御部423A、第2給気ユニット420Bの制御部423B、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413A、及び第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bの間は、点線で示した信号線S401で接続されている。これにより、制御部452、制御部423A、制御部423B、制御部413A、及び制御部413Bの間で、情報の送受信が可能となる。 Control section 452 of compressor unit 450, control section 423A of first air supply unit 420A, control section 423B of second air supply unit 420B, control section 413A of first exhaust unit 410A, and control section of second exhaust unit 410B 413B are connected by a signal line S401 indicated by a dotted line. This enables information to be transmitted and received among the control unit 452, the control unit 423A, the control unit 423B, the control unit 413A, and the control unit 413B.
 圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、制御部423A、制御部423B、制御部413A、及び制御部413Bから受信した換気装置1Cの状況を上位制御装置400に送信する。これにより、上位制御装置400は、換気装置1Cの状況に応じた制御を実現できる。 The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits to the host controller 400 the status of the ventilator 1C received from the controllers 423A, 423B, 413A, and 413B. As a result, the host controller 400 can implement control according to the situation of the ventilator 1C.
 第1給気ユニット420Aは、ファン21と、第1熱交換器22と、制御部423Aと、温度検出部24と、を備え、外気(OA)を取り込み、換気口92Aから居室空間R11に給気(SA)する。 The first air supply unit 420A includes a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 423A, and a temperature detection section 24, takes in outside air (OA), and supplies it to the living room space R11 through the ventilation opening 92A. I feel (SA).
 第2給気ユニット420Bは、ファン21と、第1熱交換器22と、制御部423Bと、温度検出部24と、を備え、外気(OA)を取り込み、換気口92Bから居室空間R11に給気(SA)する。 The second air supply unit 420B includes a fan 21, a first heat exchanger 22, a control section 423B, and a temperature detection section 24, takes in outside air (OA), and supplies it to the living room space R11 through the ventilation opening 92B. I feel (SA).
 制御部423A及び制御部423Bは、それぞれの給気ユニット内の構成を制御する。さらに、制御部423A及び制御部423Bは、それぞれの給気ユニット内の温度検出部24等による検知結果を、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に送信する。圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、検知結果から現在の状況を認識し、当該認識結果を上位制御装置400に送信する。これにより上位制御装置400は、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420Bの状況を認識できる。 The control section 423A and the control section 423B control the internal configuration of each air supply unit. Further, the controllers 423A and 423B transmit detection results from the temperature detectors 24 and the like in the respective air supply units to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 . The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 recognizes the current situation from the detection result and transmits the recognition result to the host controller 400 . This allows the host controller 400 to recognize the status of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B.
 第1排気ユニット410Aは、ファン11(第2換気ユニットの一例)と、第2熱交換器12と、制御部413Aと、温度検出部14と、を備え、居室空間R11の換気口91Aから還気(RA)を取り込み、屋外に排気(EA)する。 The first exhaust unit 410A includes a fan 11 (an example of a second ventilation unit), a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 413A, and a temperature detection unit 14, and exhausts air from the ventilation opening 91A of the living room space R11. Air (RA) is taken in and exhausted (EA) to the outside.
 第2排気ユニット410Bは、ファン11(第2換気ユニットの一例)と、第2熱交換器12と、制御部413Bと、温度検出部14と、を備え、居室空間R11の換気口91Bから還気(RA)を取り込み、屋外に排気(EA)する。 The second exhaust unit 410B includes a fan 11 (an example of a second ventilation unit), a second heat exchanger 12, a control unit 413B, and a temperature detection unit 14, and exhausts air from the ventilation port 91B of the living room space R11. Air (RA) is taken in and exhausted (EA) to the outside.
 制御部413A及び制御部413Bは、それぞれの排気ユニット内の構成を制御する。さらに、制御部413A及び制御部413Bは、それぞれの排気ユニット内の温度検出部14等による検知結果を、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に送信する。圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、検知結果から現在の状況を認識し、当該認識結果を上位制御装置400に送信する。これにより上位制御装置400は、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの状況を認識できる。 The control unit 413A and the control unit 413B control the configuration inside each exhaust unit. Further, the controllers 413A and 413B transmit detection results from the temperature detectors 14 and the like in the respective exhaust units to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 . The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 recognizes the current situation from the detection result and transmits the recognition result to the host controller 400 . This allows the host controller 400 to recognize the status of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B.
 上位制御装置400は、換気装置1Cの運転と、空調機2Cの運転と、を連携させるために様々な制御を行う。 The host controller 400 performs various controls to coordinate the operation of the ventilation device 1C and the operation of the air conditioner 2C.
 上位制御装置400は、室外機470の制御部471から空調機2Cの状況を受信し、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452から換気装置1Cの状況を受信する。そして、上位制御装置400は、空調機2Cの状況及び換気装置1Cの状況に応じて様々な制御を行う。 The host controller 400 receives the status of the air conditioner 2C from the controller 471 of the outdoor unit 470, and receives the status of the ventilator 1C from the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450. Then, the host controller 400 performs various controls according to the conditions of the air conditioner 2C and the ventilator 1C.
 例えば、上位制御装置400は、室外機470の制御部471から受信した情報に基づいて、空調機2Cが除霜運転を行っていると認識した場合、換気装置1Cの暖房能力を向上させるための制御を行う。 For example, when the host controller 400 recognizes that the air conditioner 2C is performing the defrosting operation based on the information received from the controller 471 of the outdoor unit 470, the host controller 400 performs a control.
 つまり空調機2Cが除霜運転を行う時、空調機2Cが暖房として機能しないため、居室空間R11内の温度が低下する可能性がある。一方、空調機2Cが除霜運転を行う場合に空調機2Cの機能低下を補うために、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420Bの給気温度を上昇させた場合、冷媒回路F401、F402、F403、F404で接続されている第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの第2熱交換器12に流れる冷媒の温度が低下する。この場合、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの第2熱交換器12の着霜する可能性を向上させる。 In other words, when the air conditioner 2C performs the defrosting operation, the temperature in the living room space R11 may decrease because the air conditioner 2C does not function as a heater. On the other hand, when the air supply temperature of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B is increased in order to compensate for the functional deterioration of the air conditioner 2C when the air conditioner 2C performs the defrosting operation, the refrigerant circuit F401 , F402, F403, and F404, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B decreases. In this case, the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B is improved.
 そこで、上位制御装置400は、空調機2Cが除霜運転を行っていると認識した場合、換気装置1Cの給排気の風量を増加させることで、暖房能力を向上させて、居室空間R11内の温度の低下を抑制する。 Therefore, when recognizing that the air conditioner 2C is performing the defrosting operation, the host controller 400 increases the air volume of the air supply and exhaust of the ventilation device 1C to improve the heating capacity, thereby Suppress temperature drop.
 図7は、本実施形態に係る空調機2Cの除霜運転を開始した場合に、上位制御装置400、換気装置1C、及び空調機2Cの間で行われる処理の流れを示したシーケンス図である。 FIG. 7 is a sequence diagram showing the flow of processing performed among the host controller 400, the ventilator 1C, and the air conditioner 2C when the defrosting operation of the air conditioner 2C according to this embodiment is started. .
 まず、空調機2Cの室外機470内の制御部471は、除霜運転を開始した場合、除霜運転を行う旨の信号を上位制御装置400に送信する(S1701)。 First, when the defrosting operation is started, the control unit 471 in the outdoor unit 470 of the air conditioner 2C transmits a signal indicating that the defrosting operation is to be performed to the host controller 400 (S1701).
 そして、上位制御装置400は、受信した信号に基づいて、空調機2Cで除霜運転が開始された旨を認識した場合、除霜運転による機能低下を補うために、換気装置1Cの風量の上昇制御を行うことを判断する(S1702)。 Then, when the host controller 400 recognizes that the defrosting operation has started in the air conditioner 2C based on the received signal, it increases the air volume of the ventilation device 1C in order to compensate for the functional deterioration due to the defrosting operation. It is determined to perform control (S1702).
 そして、上位制御装置400は、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に、排気ユニット群(第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410B)の風量上昇の指示する制御信号を送信する(S1703)。 Then, the host controller 400 transmits a control signal instructing an increase in the air volume of the exhaust unit group (the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B) to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1703).
 同様に、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、排気ユニット群(第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410B)の制御部413A、413Bの各々に対して、風量上昇を指示する制御信号を送信する(S1704)。 Similarly, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a control signal instructing an air volume increase to each of the controllers 413A and 413B of the exhaust unit group (the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B). (S1704).
 排気ユニット群の制御部413A、413Bは、受信した制御信号に基づいて、空調機2Cが除霜運転を行う前と比べて、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加(風量上昇)させる制御を、ファン11(第2換気ユニットの一例)に対して行う(S1705)。 Based on the received control signal, the control units 413A and 413B of the exhaust unit group increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (increase the amount of air) compared to before the defrosting operation of the air conditioner 2C. Control is performed on the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit) (S1705).
 さらに、上位制御装置400は、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に、給気ユニット群(第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420B)の風量上昇を指示する制御信号を送信する(S1706)。 Furthermore, the host controller 400 transmits a control signal instructing an air volume increase of the air supply unit group (the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B) to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1706). ).
 そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、給気ユニット群(第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420B)の制御部423A、423Bの各々に対して、風量上昇を指示する制御信号を送信する(S1707)。 Then, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 sends a control signal to each of the controllers 423A and 423B of the air supply unit group (the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B) to instruct the air volume to increase. is transmitted (S1707).
 給気ユニット群の制御部423A、423Bの各々は、受信した制御信号に基づいて、空調機2Cが除霜運転を行う前と比べて、第1熱交換器22に流れる空気量を増加(風量上昇)させる制御を、ファン21(第1換気ユニットの一例)に対して行う(S1708)。 Based on the received control signal, each of the control units 423A and 423B of the air supply unit group increases the amount of air flowing through the first heat exchanger 22 (air volume control is performed on the fan 21 (an example of the first ventilation unit) (S1708).
 本実施形態では、換気装置1Cの給気温度を上昇させずに、給排気風量を増加させることで、換気装置1Cの暖房能力を上昇させて、居室空間R11の室温低下を抑制する。また、本実施形態では、換気装置1Cの給気温度の上昇を抑制することで、蒸発温度の低下に伴う第2熱交換器12の着霜の可能性を低減できる。 In this embodiment, the heating capacity of the ventilation device 1C is increased by increasing the air supply/exhaust air volume without increasing the supply air temperature of the ventilation device 1C, thereby suppressing a decrease in the room temperature of the living room space R11. Further, in the present embodiment, by suppressing an increase in the supply air temperature of the ventilation device 1C, it is possible to reduce the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 due to a decrease in the evaporation temperature.
 本実施形態に係る上位制御装置400は、空調機2Cの着霜運転による能力低下を補うために、換気装置1Cの給排気量を増加させることで、第2熱交換器12の着霜の可能性を低減した上で、暖房能力を上昇させ、室温低下を抑制できる。 The host controller 400 according to the present embodiment increases the air supply/exhaust amount of the ventilation device 1C in order to compensate for the deterioration in performance due to the frosting operation of the air conditioner 2C, so that the second heat exchanger 12 can be frosted. In addition to reducing the heat resistance, the heating capacity can be increased to suppress the decrease in room temperature.
 本実施形態に係る上位制御装置400は、上述した連携制御以外にも様々な制御を行うことができる。 The upper control device 400 according to this embodiment can perform various controls other than the above-described cooperative control.
 例えば、上位制御装置400は、排気ユニット群の制御部413A又は制御部413Bから、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452を介して、外気の温度を受信した場合に、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定してもよい。そして、上位制御装置400が、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御を行ってもよい。第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御としては、例えば、上位制御装置400が、室外機470の制御部471に対して、暖房の現在の設定温度を上昇させる制御信号を送信してもよい。 For example, when the host controller 400 receives the temperature of outside air from the controller 413A or the controller 413B of the exhaust unit group via the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450, the second heat exchanger 12 is It may be determined whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost is met. Then, when the host controller 400 determines that a predetermined criterion is satisfied, control may be performed to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 . As a control to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12, for example, the host controller 400 sends a control signal to the controller 471 of the outdoor unit 470 to raise the current set temperature of heating. You may
 また、本実施形態で示した上位制御装置400の構成を、換気装置の構成として含めてもよい。換言すれば、上位制御装置400で行う処理は、換気装置の機能としてもよい。以降の実施形態についても同様とする。 Also, the configuration of the host controller 400 shown in this embodiment may be included as the configuration of the ventilation device. In other words, the processing performed by the host controller 400 may be a function of the ventilator. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.
(第4の実施形態)
 第3の実施形態においては、上位制御装置400が空調機2Cによって除霜運転が行われる場合の連携制御について説明した。しかしながら、上位制御装置400は様々な連携制御を行う。そこで第4の実施形態では、複数の排気ユニット410の第2熱交換器12で着霜する可能性がある場合の制御について説明する。
(Fourth embodiment)
In the third embodiment, cooperative control when the host controller 400 performs the defrosting operation with the air conditioner 2C has been described. However, the host controller 400 performs various cooperative controls. Therefore, in the fourth embodiment, control when there is a possibility of frost formation in the second heat exchangers 12 of the plurality of exhaust units 410 will be described.
 複数の排気ユニット410の第2熱交換器12で着霜する可能性が生じた場合、複数の排気ユニット410の第2熱交換器12で同時に着霜を抑制する制御を行うことが難しい状況が存在する。そこで、上位制御装置400は、複数の排気ユニット410の第2熱交換器12で同時に着霜を抑制する制御を行わないよう調整する。 When there is a possibility of frost formation in the second heat exchangers 12 of the plurality of exhaust units 410, it may be difficult to control frost formation in the second heat exchangers 12 of the plurality of exhaust units 410 at the same time. exist. Therefore, the host controller 400 makes adjustments so that the second heat exchangers 12 of the plurality of exhaust units 410 are not controlled to suppress frost formation at the same time.
 本実施形態においては、換気装置1Cの着霜抑制の制御が、第2熱交換器12に対して流れる空気の量を上昇させる制御を行う。第2熱交換器12に対して流れる空気の量を上昇させる制御を、複数の排気ユニット410A、410Bで同時に行う場合、居室空間R11が陰圧になる可能性がある。 In the present embodiment, the frost formation suppression control of the ventilation device 1C performs control to increase the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger 12 . When control to increase the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger 12 is performed simultaneously by the plurality of exhaust units 410A and 410B, the room space R11 may become negative pressure.
 そこで、本実施形態においては、複数の排気ユニット410A、410Bのうち一方について空気の量を上昇させて除霜抑制の制御を行い、他方について空気の量を減少させる。つまり、本実施形態においては、複数の排気ユニット410A、410Bのうち一方について優先的に除霜抑制運転を行う。さらに、上位制御装置400は、排出される空気の総量を維持するように調整することで、居室空間R11が陰圧になることを抑制する。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, one of the plurality of exhaust units 410A and 410B is controlled to suppress defrosting by increasing the amount of air, and the other is decreased in amount of air. That is, in the present embodiment, one of the plurality of exhaust units 410A and 410B is preferentially subjected to the defrosting suppression operation. Furthermore, the host controller 400 controls the negative pressure in the living room space R11 by making adjustments so as to maintain the total amount of discharged air.
 図8は、本実施形態に係る排気ユニット群の各々で着霜する可能性がある場合に、上位制御装置400、圧縮機ユニット450、及び排気ユニット群の間で行われる処理の流れを示したシーケンス図である。 FIG. 8 shows the flow of processing performed among the host controller 400, the compressor unit 450, and the exhaust unit group when there is a possibility of frost formation in each of the exhaust unit groups according to this embodiment. It is a sequence diagram.
 まず、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413Aは、温度検出部14から外気の温度を取得する(S1801)。 First, the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A acquires the temperature of the outside air from the temperature detector 14 (S1801).
 そして、制御部413Aは、検出した外気の温度を、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に通知する(1802)。 Then, the controller 413A notifies the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 of the detected outside air temperature (1802).
 また、第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bは、温度検出部14から外気の温度を取得する(S1811)。 Also, the controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B acquires the temperature of the outside air from the temperature detector 14 (S1811).
 そして、制御部413Bは、検出した外気の温度を、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に通知する(1812)。 Then, the controller 413B notifies the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 of the detected outside air temperature (1812).
 圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bから受け取った、検出した外気の温度に基づいて、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの第2熱交換器12について着霜する可能性がある所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する(S1821)。図8で示される例では、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの第2熱交換器12の各々について所定の基準を満たしていると判定する。なお、所定の基準については上述した実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。 The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 controls the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410A based on the detected outside air temperature received from the first exhaust unit 410A controller 413A and the second exhaust unit 410B controller 413B. It is determined whether or not the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit 410B satisfies a predetermined criterion for the possibility of frost formation (S1821). In the example shown in FIG. 8, it is determined that each of the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B satisfies the predetermined criteria. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
 圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、着霜する可能性があることを示す判定結果を、上位制御装置400に通知する(S1822)。 The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the host controller 400 of the determination result indicating the possibility of frost formation (S1822).
 上位制御装置400は、受信した判定結果に基づいて、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bについて着霜抑制の制御を行う順序を決定する(S1831)。当該順序の決定手法は、任意の手法を用いてよい。例えば、着霜する可能性が高い方を先に着霜抑制を行うように制御してもよいし、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bに予め割り当てられた優先順位に従って決定してもよい。図8で示される例は、第1排気ユニット410A、第2排気ユニット410Bの順に着霜抑制を行うように決定された例とする。 Based on the received determination results, the host controller 400 determines the order of performing frost formation suppression control for the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B (S1831). Any method may be used as a method for determining the order. For example, control may be performed so that frost formation is suppressed first in the one with a higher possibility of frost formation, or determination may be made according to the priority assigned in advance to the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B. good. The example shown in FIG. 8 is an example in which it is determined to perform frost formation suppression in the order of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B.
 上位制御装置400は、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に、第1排気ユニット410Aの風量上昇の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1832)。 The host controller 400 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume of the first exhaust unit 410A to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1832).
 そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413Aに対して、風量上昇の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1823)。 Then, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume to the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A (S1823).
 これにより、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413Aは、S1801で温度の検知を行う前と比べて、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加(風量上昇)させる制御を、ファン11に対して行う(S1803)。 As a result, the control unit 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A controls the fan 11 to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (increase the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1801. (S1803).
 上位制御装置400は、上述した制御によって第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加させた後、所定時間(着霜抑制のために予め定められた時間)が経過した後に、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に、第2排気ユニット410Bの風量減少の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1833)。 After increasing the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 by the control described above, the host controller 400 controls the compressor unit 450 after a predetermined period of time (predetermined period of time for suppressing frost formation) has elapsed. A signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume of the second exhaust unit 410B is transmitted to the controller 452 (S1833).
 そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bに対して、風量減少の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1824)。 Then, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume to the controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B (S1824).
 これにより、第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bは、S1811で温度の検知を行う前と比べて、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を減少(風量減少)させる制御を、ファン11に対して行う(S1813)。 As a result, the control unit 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B controls the fan 11 to decrease the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (reduce the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1811. (S1813).
 本実施形態では、第1排気ユニット410Aの風量を上昇させると共に、第2排気ユニット410Bの風量を減少させることで、空気の合計排出量を維持する。その後、上位制御装置400は、着霜抑制を行う排気ユニットを交換する。 In this embodiment, the total air discharge amount is maintained by increasing the air volume of the first exhaust unit 410A and decreasing the air volume of the second exhaust unit 410B. After that, the host controller 400 replaces the exhaust unit that suppresses frost formation.
 上位制御装置400は、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に、第1排気ユニット410Aの風量減少の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1834)。 The host controller 400 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume of the first exhaust unit 410A to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1834).
 そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413Aに対して、風量減少の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1825)。 Then, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to decrease the air volume to the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A (S1825).
 これにより、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413Aは、S1801で温度の検知を行う前と比べて、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を減少(風量減少)させる制御を、ファン11に対して行う(S1804)。 As a result, the control unit 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A controls the fan 11 to reduce the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (reduce the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1801. (S1804).
 上位制御装置400は、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に、第2排気ユニット410Bの風量上昇の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1835)。 The host controller 400 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume of the second exhaust unit 410B to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S1835).
 そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bに対して、風量上昇の指示を示した信号を送信する(S1826)。 Then, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 transmits a signal indicating an instruction to increase the air volume to the controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B (S1826).
 これにより、第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bは、S1811で温度の検知を行う前と比べて、第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加(風量上昇)させる制御を、ファン11に対して行う(S1814)。 As a result, the control unit 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B controls the fan 11 to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 (increase the amount of air) compared to before the temperature is detected in S1811. (S1814).
 このように、本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452及び上位制御装置400は、複数の第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、複数の第2熱交換器12のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられたファン11に対して、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて第2熱交換器12に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行う。これにより、第2熱交換器12のうちいずれか一つに流れてくる(暖かい)空気量が増加するので、着霜の抑制を実現できる。 Thus, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host controller 400 according to the present embodiment determine that the predetermined criteria are met while the plurality of second heat exchangers 12 are functioning as evaporators. increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 compared to before the predetermined criterion is met, for the fan 11 associated with one of the plurality of second heat exchangers 12. control to allow As a result, since the amount of (warm) air flowing into any one of the second heat exchangers 12 increases, frost formation can be suppressed.
 さらに、上位制御装置400は、複数の第2熱交換器12のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられたファン11に対して空気量が増加させる制御をする場合に、他の第2熱交換器12と対応付けられたファン11に対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を減少させる制御を行う。これにより、複数の排気ユニット群から排出される空気量を維持できるので、居室空間R11が陰圧になることを回避できる。 Furthermore, when the host controller 400 controls to increase the air amount of the fan 11 associated with one of the plurality of second heat exchangers 12, the other second heat exchangers Control is performed on the fan 11 associated with 12 so as to reduce the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied. As a result, it is possible to maintain the amount of air discharged from the plurality of exhaust unit groups, thereby avoiding negative pressure in the living room space R11.
 さらに、本実施形態は、複数の排気ユニットの各々について、所定の順序に従って着霜抑制の制御を行うことで、複数の排気ユニットの第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制できる。 Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, by performing frost formation suppression control according to a predetermined order for each of the plurality of exhaust units, it is possible to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 of the plurality of exhaust units.
(第5の実施形態)
 第4の実施形態では、着霜抑制の制御を行う際に、複数の排気ユニット群から排出される空気量を維持するように調整を行う例について説明した。しかしながら、陰圧回避する手法として、複数の排気ユニット群から排出される空気量を維持するように調整する手法に制限するものではない。そこで、第5の実施形態では、排気ユニット群から排気される空気量を上昇させる際に、給気ユニット群が屋外から取り込む空気量を上昇させる場合について説明する。なお、本実施形態の構成は、第4の実施形態と同様の構成を備えているものとする。
(Fifth embodiment)
In the fourth embodiment, an example has been described in which, when performing frost formation suppression control, adjustment is performed so as to maintain the amount of air discharged from a plurality of exhaust unit groups. However, the method of avoiding negative pressure is not limited to the method of adjusting so as to maintain the amount of air discharged from a plurality of exhaust unit groups. Therefore, in the fifth embodiment, when increasing the amount of air exhausted from the exhaust unit group, the amount of air taken in by the air supply unit group from the outside will be increased. It should be noted that the configuration of this embodiment is assumed to be similar to that of the fourth embodiment.
 本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第4の実施形態と同様に、受け取った外気の温度に基づいて、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの第2熱交換器12について着霜する可能性がある所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。 As in the fourth embodiment, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment controls the second heat exchangers of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B based on the received outside air temperature. 12 is determined whether or not it satisfies a predetermined criterion for the possibility of frost formation.
 そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452が、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bのうちいずれか一つについて所定の基準を満たしていると判定した場合、上位制御装置400が、当該排気ユニットについて風量を増加させるように指示を行う。当該指示の手法は、第4の実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。 Then, when the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 determines that one of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B satisfies the predetermined criteria, the host controller 400 controls the exhaust Instruct the unit to increase the air volume. The instruction method is the same as in the fourth embodiment, and description thereof is omitted.
 上位制御装置400は、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの各々について所定の基準を満たしていると判定した場合、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bについて着霜抑制を行う順序を決定する。そして、上位制御装置400は、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの各々について、当該順序に従って風量増加を指示する。 When the host controller 400 determines that each of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B satisfies the predetermined criteria, the host controller 400 determines the order of frost formation suppression for the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B. to decide. Then, the host controller 400 instructs each of the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B to increase the air volume according to the order.
 本実施形態に係る上位制御装置400は、第4の実施形態で示したような、風量の減少指示を行う代わりに、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420Bのいずれか一つ以上に対して風量増加を指示する。風量増加の指示は、上位制御装置400から、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452を介して、第1給気ユニット420Aの制御部423A及び第2給気ユニット420Bの制御部423Bのいずれか一つ以上に対して行われる。 The host control device 400 according to the present embodiment, instead of instructing to decrease the air volume as shown in the fourth embodiment, performs one or more of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B. to increase the air volume. An instruction to increase the air volume is sent from the host controller 400 via the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 to either the controller 423A of the first air supply unit 420A or the controller 423B of the second air supply unit 420B. It is done for the above.
 風量の増加を指示する対象は、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420Bのうちいずれか一つでもよいし、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420Bの各々でもよい。ただし、上位制御装置400は、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410Bにおいて排出される空気量と、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420Bが取り込む空気量と、が同じになるように調整する。 The target for instructing an increase in air volume may be either one of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B, or each of the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B. However, the host controller 400 makes the amount of air discharged in the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B equal to the amount of air taken in by the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B. Adjust so that
 このように、本実施形態に係る上位制御装置400は、排気ユニット群に含まれる複数の第2熱交換器12のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられたファン11に対して、第2熱交換器12に流す空気量を増加させる制御を行った場合、増加させた空気量に基づいて、給気ユニット群に含まれるファン21に対して、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、第1熱交換器22に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行う。これにより本実施形態は、取り込まれる空気量と、排気される空気量とが略一致するので、居室空間R11が陰圧になることを抑制できる。 As described above, the host controller 400 according to the present embodiment performs the second heat exchange with respect to the fan 11 associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers 12 included in the exhaust unit group. When control is performed to increase the amount of air flowing through the unit 12, the fan 21 included in the air supply unit group is compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, based on the increased amount of air. Control is performed to increase the amount of air flowing through the exchanger 22 . As a result, in this embodiment, the amount of air taken in substantially matches the amount of air exhausted, so that it is possible to suppress negative pressure in the living room space R11.
(第6の実施形態)
 着霜抑制を行う手法は、上述した実施形態に制限するものではなく、他の手法を用いてもよい。そこで、第6の実施形態では、圧縮機ユニットの圧縮機の動作を停止させた上で、第2熱交換器12に空気を流すことで、着霜抑制を行う例について説明する。
(Sixth embodiment)
The method of suppressing frost formation is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and other methods may be used. Therefore, in the sixth embodiment, an example of suppressing frost formation by stopping the operation of the compressor of the compressor unit and allowing air to flow through the second heat exchanger 12 will be described.
 本実施形態の構成は、どのような構成であってもよく、第3の実施形態の図6のような上位制御装置400が設けられた場合であってもよい。また、図6に示される例では、排気ユニット及び給気ユニットは2台ずつ設けられている例とするが、排気ユニット及び給気ユニットは1台ずつ設けられていてもよい。このように排気ユニット及び給気ユニットの台数は任意の数でよい。 The configuration of this embodiment may be of any configuration, and may be a case in which a host controller 400 as shown in FIG. 6 of the third embodiment is provided. In the example shown in FIG. 6, two exhaust units and two air supply units are provided, but one exhaust unit and one air supply unit may be provided. Thus, the number of exhaust units and air supply units may be arbitrary.
 そして、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bは、温度検出部14から、第2熱交換器12の表面温度を取得する。そして、制御部413A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bは、検出した第2熱交換器12の表面温度を、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に送信する。 While the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the controller 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A and the controller 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B detect the second heat exchange from the temperature detector . Acquire the surface temperature of the vessel 12 . Then, the controller 413 A and the controller 413 B of the second exhaust unit 410 B transmit the detected surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 .
 そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準としては、例えば、第2熱交換器12の表面温度が0度以下か否かを判定する基準としてもよい。なお、所定の基準は、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した基準であれば、どのような基準でもよい。例えば、所定の基準は、上述した実施形態のような基準でもよく、例えば、冷媒の温度や圧力に基づいた基準であってもよい。 Then, based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 determines whether the second heat exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. judge. The predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 may be, for example, a criterion for determining whether or not the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 is 0 degrees or less. The predetermined criterion may be any criterion as long as it indicates the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 . For example, the predetermined criterion may be a criterion such as that of the embodiment described above, or may be a criterion based on the temperature or pressure of the refrigerant, for example.
 本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12の着霜をする可能性がある旨を示した判定結果を、上位制御装置400に通知する。 When determining that the predetermined criteria are satisfied, the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment outputs the determination result indicating that the second heat exchanger 12 may be frosted. The controller 400 is notified.
 上位制御装置400は、当該判定結果に基づいて、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452に対して、圧縮機を停止させるよう指示された制御信号を送信する。これにより、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、圧縮機を停止させる制御を行う。 Based on the determination result, the host controller 400 transmits a control signal instructing to stop the compressor to the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 . Accordingly, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 performs control to stop the compressor.
 また、上位制御装置400は、判定結果に基づいて、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452を介して、第1排気ユニット410Aの制御部413A及び第2排気ユニット410Bの制御部413Bの各々に対して、ファン11の第2熱交換器12に空気を流す制御を継続するように制御信号を出力する。また、上位制御装置400は、第4の実施形態のように、ファン11の風量を上昇させる制御を行ってもよい。 In addition, based on the determination result, the host controller 400 controls each of the control section 413A of the first exhaust unit 410A and the control section 413B of the second exhaust unit 410B via the control section 452 of the compressor unit 450. , outputs a control signal to continue the control of flowing air to the second heat exchanger 12 of the fan 11 . Also, the host controller 400 may perform control to increase the air volume of the fan 11 as in the fourth embodiment.
 本実施形態では、圧縮機ユニット450内部の圧縮機を停止させると共に、居室空間R11の空気を第2熱交換器12に流すことで、第2熱交換器12の表面の温度を上昇させて、第2熱交換器12が着霜することを抑制することができる。 In this embodiment, the compressor inside the compressor unit 450 is stopped, and the air in the living room space R11 is allowed to flow through the second heat exchanger 12, thereby increasing the temperature of the surface of the second heat exchanger 12, It is possible to suppress the formation of frost on the second heat exchanger 12 .
(第7の実施形態)
 第6の実施形態では、上位制御装置400が、1台の圧縮機ユニット450を制御する例について説明した。しかしながら、上位制御装置400が、制御する圧縮機ユニットの数を1台に制限するものではない。そこで、第7の実施形態では、上位制御装置400が、3台の圧縮機ユニットを制御する例について説明する。
(Seventh embodiment)
In the sixth embodiment, an example in which the host controller 400 controls one compressor unit 450 has been described. However, the number of compressor units controlled by the host controller 400 is not limited to one. Therefore, in the seventh embodiment, an example in which the host controller 400 controls three compressor units will be described.
 図9は、第7の実施形態に係る上位制御装置500を含んだ装置群の配置を例示した図である。図9に示される例では、居室空間R501、R502、R503と、化粧室R511、R512と、パイプシャフトR521と、を少なくとも含む。 FIG. 9 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including the upper control device 500 according to the seventh embodiment. The example shown in FIG. 9 includes at least living room spaces R501, R502, R503, restrooms R511, R512, and a pipe shaft R521.
 化粧室R511、R512にはそれぞれ換気口595A、595Bが設けられている。 The restrooms R511 and R512 are provided with ventilation openings 595A and 595B, respectively.
 また、空調機2Dとして、3台の室外機571、572、573と、8台の空調室内機581、582、583、584、585、586、587、588と、を含む。3台の室外機571~573と、8台の空調室内機581~588と、の間は、(図示しない)連絡配管によって接続されている。 Also, the air conditioner 2D includes three outdoor units 571, 572, 573 and eight air conditioner indoor units 581, 582, 583, 584, 585, 586, 587, 588. The three outdoor units 571 to 573 and the eight air conditioning indoor units 581 to 588 are connected by connecting pipes (not shown).
 また、3台の室外機571~573は、信号線で上位制御装置500と接続されている。これにより、3台の室外機571~573は、上位制御装置500の制御に従って、空調制御を行うことができる。 Also, the three outdoor units 571 to 573 are connected to the host controller 500 via signal lines. As a result, the three outdoor units 571 to 573 can perform air conditioning control under the control of the host controller 500. FIG.
 第1換気装置1D_1は、居室空間R501に設けられた換気装置であって、第1圧縮機ユニット550Aと、第1給気ユニット520Aと、第1排気ユニット510Aと、を含む。 The first ventilation device 1D_1 is a ventilation device provided in the living room space R501, and includes a first compressor unit 550A, a first air supply unit 520A, and a first exhaust unit 510A.
 第1給気ユニット520Aは、換気口592Aから給気(SA)する。第1排気ユニット510Aは、換気口591Aから還気(RA)する。第1圧縮機ユニット550A、第1給気ユニット520A、及び第1排気ユニット510Aは、連絡配管F501で接続されている。連絡配管F501は、複数の冷媒連絡配管を含んでいる。これにより、第1圧縮機ユニット550A、第1給気ユニット520A、及び第1排気ユニット510Aの間で冷媒を循環させることができる。 The first air supply unit 520A supplies air (SA) from the ventilation port 592A. The first exhaust unit 510A returns air (RA) from the ventilation port 591A. The first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A are connected by a connecting pipe F501. The communication pipe F501 includes a plurality of refrigerant communication pipes. Thereby, the refrigerant can be circulated among the first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A.
 また、第1圧縮機ユニット550A、第1給気ユニット520A、及び第1排気ユニット510Aの間は(図示しない)信号線で接続されている。これによりユニット間で情報の送受信を行うことができる。また、第1圧縮機ユニット550A、第1給気ユニット520A、及び第1排気ユニット510A内の構成は、図6で示した圧縮機ユニット450A、第1給気ユニット420A、及び第1排気ユニット410Aと同様の構成として説明を省略する。 Also, the first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A are connected by signal lines (not shown). This enables information to be transmitted and received between units. Also, the internal configurations of the first compressor unit 550A, the first air supply unit 520A, and the first exhaust unit 510A are the same as the compressor unit 450A, the first air supply unit 420A, and the first exhaust unit 410A shown in FIG. The description is omitted assuming that the configuration is the same as that of FIG.
 第2換気装置1D_2は、居室空間R502に設けられた換気装置であって、第2圧縮機ユニット550Bと、第2給気ユニット520Bと、第2排気ユニット510Bと、を含む。 The second ventilation device 1D_2 is a ventilation device provided in the living room space R502, and includes a second compressor unit 550B, a second air supply unit 520B, and a second exhaust unit 510B.
 第2給気ユニット520Bは、換気口592Bから給気(SA)する。第2排気ユニット510Bは、換気口591Bから還気(RA)する。第2圧縮機ユニット550B、第2給気ユニット520B、及び第2排気ユニット510Bは、連絡配管F502で接続されている。連絡配管F502は、複数の冷媒連絡配管を含んでいる。これにより、第2圧縮機ユニット550B、第2給気ユニット520B、及び第2排気ユニット510Bの間で冷媒を循環させることができる。 The second air supply unit 520B supplies air (SA) from the ventilation port 592B. The second exhaust unit 510B returns air (RA) from the ventilation port 591B. The second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B are connected by a connecting pipe F502. The communication pipe F502 includes a plurality of refrigerant communication pipes. Thereby, the refrigerant can be circulated among the second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B.
 また、第2圧縮機ユニット550B、第2給気ユニット520B、及び第2排気ユニット510Bの間は(図示しない)信号線で接続されている。これによりユニット間で情報の送受信を行うことができる。また、第2圧縮機ユニット550B、第2給気ユニット520B、及び第2排気ユニット510B内の構成は、図6で示した圧縮機ユニット450A、第1給気ユニット420A、及び第1排気ユニット410Aと同様の構成として説明を省略する。 Also, the second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B are connected by signal lines (not shown). This enables information to be transmitted and received between units. Also, the configurations inside the second compressor unit 550B, the second air supply unit 520B, and the second exhaust unit 510B are similar to the compressor unit 450A, the first air supply unit 420A, and the first exhaust unit 410A shown in FIG. The description is omitted assuming that the configuration is the same as that of FIG.
 第3換気装置1D_3は、居室空間R503に設けられた換気装置であって、第3圧縮機ユニット550Cと、第3給気ユニット520Cと、第3排気ユニット510Cと、を含む。 The third ventilation device 1D_3 is a ventilation device provided in the living room space R503, and includes a third compressor unit 550C, a third air supply unit 520C, and a third exhaust unit 510C.
 第3給気ユニット520Cは、換気口592Cから給気(SA)する。第3排気ユニット510Cは、換気口591Cから還気(RA)する。第3圧縮機ユニット550C、第3給気ユニット520C、及び第3排気ユニット510Cは、連絡配管F503で接続されている。連絡配管F503は、複数の冷媒連絡配管を含んでいる。これにより、第3圧縮機ユニット550C、第3給気ユニット520C、及び第3排気ユニット510Cの間で冷媒を循環させることができる。 The third air supply unit 520C supplies air (SA) from the ventilation port 592C. The third exhaust unit 510C returns air (RA) from the ventilation port 591C. The third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C are connected by a connecting pipe F503. The communication pipe F503 includes a plurality of refrigerant communication pipes. Thereby, the refrigerant can be circulated among the third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C.
 また、第3圧縮機ユニット550C、第3給気ユニット520C、及び第3排気ユニット510Cの間は(図示しない)信号線で接続されている。これによりユニット間で情報の送受信を行うことができる。また、第3圧縮機ユニット550C、第3給気ユニット520C、及び第3排気ユニット510C内の構成は、図6で示した圧縮機ユニット450A、第1給気ユニット420A、及び第1排気ユニット410Aと同様の構成として説明を省略する。 Also, the third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C are connected by signal lines (not shown). This enables information to be transmitted and received between units. Further, the internal configurations of the third compressor unit 550C, the third air supply unit 520C, and the third exhaust unit 510C are similar to the compressor unit 450A, the first air supply unit 420A, and the first exhaust unit 410A shown in FIG. The description is omitted assuming that the configuration is the same as that of FIG.
 上述したように、本実施形態では、圧縮機ユニット、給気ユニット、排気ユニット、及び連絡配管の組み合わせを複数備えている。なお、第1圧縮機ユニット550A、第2圧縮機ユニット550B、及び第3圧縮機ユニット550Cは、パイプシャフトR521に配置されている。 As described above, in this embodiment, a plurality of combinations of compressor units, air supply units, exhaust units, and connecting pipes are provided. The first compressor unit 550A, the second compressor unit 550B, and the third compressor unit 550C are arranged on the pipe shaft R521.
 上位制御装置500は、第1圧縮機ユニット550A、第2圧縮機ユニット550B、及び第3圧縮機ユニット550Cと信号線で接続されている。これにより、上位制御装置500は、第1換気装置1D_1~第3換気装置1D_3の各装置の状態を認識すると共に、各装置に対する制御を行うことができる。 The host controller 500 is connected to the first compressor unit 550A, the second compressor unit 550B, and the third compressor unit 550C by signal lines. As a result, the host controller 500 can recognize the state of each of the first ventilator 1D_1 to the third ventilator 1D_3 and control each of the devices.
 上述した構成によって、第1排気ユニット510A~第3排気ユニット510Cの各々の第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第1圧縮機ユニット550A~第3圧縮機ユニット550Cの(図示しない)制御部は、第1排気ユニット510A~第3排気ユニット510Cの各々から、第2熱交換器12の表面温度を受信する。 With the above-described configuration, while the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 510A to the third exhaust unit 510C are functioning as evaporators, the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C A controller (not shown) receives the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 from each of the first to third exhaust units 510A to 510C.
 そして、本実施形態に係る第1圧縮機ユニット550A~第3圧縮機ユニット550Cの制御部は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、上述した実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。 Then, the control units of the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C according to the present embodiment control the surface of the second heat exchanger 12 while the second heat exchanger 12 functions as an evaporator. Based on the temperature, it is determined whether or not the second heat exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
 第1圧縮機ユニット550A~第3圧縮機ユニット550Cの制御部は、所定の基準を満たしているか否かを示した判定結果を、上位制御装置400に通知する。 The controllers of the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C notify the upper controller 400 of the determination result indicating whether or not the predetermined criteria are met.
 上位制御装置500は、判定結果から、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12と連絡配管で接続されている圧縮機ユニット(例えば、第1圧縮機ユニット550A~第3圧縮機ユニット550C)が複数存在すると判定した場合、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、当該複数の圧縮機ユニット(例えば、第1圧縮機ユニット550A~第3圧縮機ユニット550C)に対して、所定の順序に従って、圧縮機を停止させる制御信号を出力する。これにより、複数の圧縮機ユニットが同時に圧縮機を停止させるのを抑制する。また、所定の順序は、どのような順序でもよく、表面温度が低い順でもよいし、予め設定されている圧縮機ユニットの優先順位に基づいてもよい。 Based on the determination result, the host controller 500 selects the compressor units (for example, the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C) connected to the second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies the predetermined criteria by connecting pipes. When it is determined that a plurality of are present, as a control to suppress frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12, for the plurality of compressor units (for example, the first compressor unit 550A to the third compressor unit 550C) and outputs a control signal to stop the compressor in accordance with a predetermined order. This prevents a plurality of compressor units from stopping their compressors at the same time. Further, the predetermined order may be any order, such as the lowest surface temperature order, or may be based on the preset priority of the compressor units.
 また、上位制御装置500は、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12に対応するファン11に対して、居室空間R501~R503からの空気を第2熱交換器12に流す制御を維持させる。これにより、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させることができる。 In addition, the host controller 500 causes the fan 11 corresponding to the second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies a predetermined criterion to maintain control of flowing air from the living room spaces R501 to R503 to the second heat exchanger 12. . Thereby, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased.
 本実施形態では、上述した制御を行うことで、第2熱交換器12に流れる冷媒を停止させると共に、第2熱交換器12に空気を流すのを維持することで、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制できる。 In the present embodiment, by performing the control described above, the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is stopped, and by maintaining the flow of air through the second heat exchanger 12, the second heat exchanger 12 frost formation can be suppressed.
(第8の実施形態)
 第7の実施形態では、上位制御装置500が、複数の圧縮機ユニットを所定の順序で停止させる例について説明した。これに対して、第8の実施形態では、1台の圧縮機に複数の給気ユニット及び複数の排気ユニットが接続されている例について説明する。
(Eighth embodiment)
In the seventh embodiment, an example has been described in which the host controller 500 stops a plurality of compressor units in a predetermined order. In contrast, in the eighth embodiment, an example in which a plurality of air supply units and a plurality of exhaust units are connected to one compressor will be described.
 図10は、第8の実施形態に係る上位制御装置600を含んだ装置群の配置を例示した図である。なお、図10に示される構成のうち、上述した実施形態と同様の構成については同一の符号を割り当て、説明を省略する。 FIG. 10 is a diagram exemplifying the arrangement of a device group including the host controller 600 according to the eighth embodiment. Among the configurations shown in FIG. 10, configurations similar to those of the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted.
 図10に示されるように、圧縮機ユニット650は、第1給気ユニット520A及び第1排気ユニット510Aと連絡配管F601を介して接続し、第2給気ユニット520B及び第2排気ユニット510Bと連絡配管F602を介して接続し、第3給気ユニット520C及び第3排気ユニット510Cと連絡配管F603を介して接続する。これにより、連絡配管F601、F602、F603で接続されている各ユニットを通るように冷媒が循環する。 As shown in FIG. 10, the compressor unit 650 is connected to the first air supply unit 520A and the first exhaust unit 510A via a communication pipe F601, and communicates with the second air supply unit 520B and the second exhaust unit 510B. It is connected via piping F602, and connected to the third air supply unit 520C and the third exhaust unit 510C via communication piping F603. As a result, the refrigerant circulates through the units connected by the connecting pipes F601, F602, and F603.
 圧縮機ユニット650、第1給気ユニット520A~第3給気ユニット520C、及び第1排気ユニット510A~第3排気ユニット510Cの間は(図示しない)信号線で接続されているのでユニット間で情報の送受信を行うことができる。また、上位制御装置500と圧縮機ユニット650の間も信号線で接続されているので、情報の送受信を行うことができる。 Since the compressor unit 650, the first air supply unit 520A to the third air supply unit 520C, and the first exhaust unit 510A to the third exhaust unit 510C are connected by signal lines (not shown), information can be exchanged between the units. can be sent and received. Moreover, since the host controller 500 and the compressor unit 650 are also connected by a signal line, information can be transmitted and received.
 そして、第1給気ユニット520A、第2給気ユニット520B、及び第3給気ユニット520Cには、図5で示したような電動弁26(第1弁部の一例)が設けられている。同様に、第1排気ユニット510A、第2排気ユニット510B、及び第3排気ユニット510Cには、図5で示したような電動弁16(第1弁部の一例)が設けられている。 The first air supply unit 520A, the second air supply unit 520B, and the third air supply unit 520C are provided with the electric valve 26 (an example of the first valve portion) as shown in FIG. Similarly, the first exhaust unit 510A, the second exhaust unit 510B, and the third exhaust unit 510C are provided with the electric valve 16 (an example of the first valve portion) as shown in FIG.
 第1排気ユニット510A、第2排気ユニット510B、及び第3排気ユニット510Cの第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能する場合、電動弁16は、第2熱交換器12に流れる流路の開度を調整する(冷媒の圧力を調整する)弁として機能する。
(弁部の一例)
When the second heat exchangers 12 of the first exhaust unit 510A, the second exhaust unit 510B, and the third exhaust unit 510C function as evaporators, the motor-operated valve 16 opens the flow path to the second heat exchangers 12. It functions as a valve that adjusts the temperature (regulates the pressure of the refrigerant).
(Example of valve part)
 これにより、上位制御装置600は、第1排気ユニット510A、第2排気ユニット510B、及び第3排気ユニット510Cの各々について、電動弁16を閉状態に制御することで、個別に冷媒の流入を停止制御できる。 As a result, the host controller 600 individually stops the inflow of refrigerant by controlling the motor-operated valves 16 to the closed state for each of the first exhaust unit 510A, the second exhaust unit 510B, and the third exhaust unit 510C. You can control it.
 本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット650の(図示しない)制御部は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、上述した実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。そして、圧縮機ユニット650の(図示しない)制御部652は、判定結果を、上位制御装置600に通知する。 The controller (not shown) of the compressor unit 650 according to the present embodiment controls the second It is determined whether or not the heat exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. Then, the controller 652 (not shown) of the compressor unit 650 notifies the upper controller 600 of the determination result.
 本実施形態では、上位制御装置600は、判定結果に基づいて、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12が複数存在することを認識した場合、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12を含む、複数の排気ユニット(例えば、第1排気ユニット510A~第3排気ユニット510C)に対して、所定の順序に従って、電動弁16を閉じる制御信号を出力する。これにより、複数の第2熱交換器12への冷媒の流入が同時に停止させるのを抑制する。また、所定の順序は、どのような順序でもよく、表面温度が低い順でもよいし、予め設定されている圧縮機ユニットの優先順位に基づいてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the host controller 600 suppresses frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 when recognizing that there are a plurality of the second heat exchangers 12 that satisfy the predetermined criteria based on the determination result. As a control to perform the electric A control signal is output to close the valve 16 . This prevents the refrigerant from flowing into the plurality of second heat exchangers 12 from stopping at the same time. Further, the predetermined order may be any order, such as the lowest surface temperature order, or may be based on the preset priority of the compressor units.
 また、上位制御装置500は、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12に対応するファン11に対して、居室空間R501~R503からの空気を第2熱交換器12に流す制御を維持させる。 In addition, the host controller 500 causes the fan 11 corresponding to the second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies a predetermined criterion to maintain control of flowing air from the living room spaces R501 to R503 to the second heat exchanger 12. .
 本実施形態では、上述した制御を行うことで、第2熱交換器12に流れる冷媒を停止させると共に、第2熱交換器12に空気が流れてくるのを維持するので、着霜を抑制することができる。 In the present embodiment, by performing the above-described control, the refrigerant flowing to the second heat exchanger 12 is stopped and the air is kept flowing to the second heat exchanger 12, so frost formation is suppressed. be able to.
(第9の実施形態)
 上述した実施形態以外の手法を用いて、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制してもよい。そこで第9の実施形態では、給気風量と、排気量と、の間を調整する例について説明する。
(Ninth embodiment)
You may suppress frost formation of the 2nd heat exchanger 12 using methods other than embodiment mentioned above. Therefore, in the ninth embodiment, an example of adjusting between the air supply volume and the exhaust volume will be described.
 第9の実施形態の構成は、上述した実施形態の任意の構成でよく、例えば、図6に示される構成であってもよい。そこで、本実施形態では、図6に示される構成を備えた場合について説明する。 The configuration of the ninth embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described.
 そして、本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、上述した実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。 Then, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
 本実施形態では、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、判定結果を上位制御装置400に通知する。そして、上位制御装置400が、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12が複数存在することを認識した場合、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、排気ユニット群(例えば、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410B)のファン11(第2換気ユニットの一例)による給気風量の合計を、給気ユニット群(例えば、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420B)のファン21(第1換気ユニットの一例)による排気風量の合計よりも多くなるよう、ファン11及びファン21を制御させる制御信号を出力する。 In this embodiment, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result. Then, when the host controller 400 recognizes that there are a plurality of second heat exchangers 12 that satisfy a predetermined criterion, the exhaust unit group (For example, the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B) the total amount of air supplied by the fan 11 (an example of the second ventilation unit), the air supply unit group (for example, the first air supply unit 420A and the second A control signal for controlling the fan 11 and the fan 21 is output so that the amount of air exhausted by the fan 21 (an example of the first ventilation unit) of the air supply unit 420B) is larger than the total amount of exhaust air.
 本実施形態では、給気の風量よりも排気の風量が多い状態にすることで、給気ユニット群の凝縮能力を抑えて、排気ユニット群の第2熱交換器12の蒸発温度を上げることで、着霜抑制を実現できる。 In the present embodiment, by setting the air volume of the exhaust air to be larger than the air volume of the air supply, the condensation capacity of the air supply unit group is suppressed, and the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 of the exhaust unit group is increased. , frost formation can be suppressed.
(第10の実施形態)
 上述した実施形態以外の手法を用いて、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制してもよい。そこで第10の実施形態では、第1熱交換器22を通した後の空気の温度を調整する例について説明する。
(Tenth embodiment)
You may suppress frost formation of the 2nd heat exchanger 12 using methods other than embodiment mentioned above. Therefore, in the tenth embodiment, an example of adjusting the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger 22 will be described.
 第10の実施形態の構成は、上述した実施形態の任意の構成でよく、例えば、図6に示される構成であってもよい。そこで、本実施形態では、図6に示される構成を備えた場合について説明する。 The configuration of the tenth embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described.
 そして、本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、上述した実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。そして、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、判定結果を、上位制御装置400に通知する。 Then, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. Then, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the host controller 400 of the determination result.
 本実施形態では、上位制御装置400は、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12が複数存在することを認識した場合、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制するような制御として、給気ユニット群(例えば、第1給気ユニット420A及び第2給気ユニット420B)の第1熱交換器に対して、第1熱交換器22を通した後の空気の温度が、居室空間R11に設けられた空調機2Cに設定された温度よりも低くなるための制御信号を出力する。なお、空調機2Cに設定された温度は、室外機470の制御部471から取得する。 In this embodiment, when the host controller 400 recognizes that there are a plurality of second heat exchangers 12 that satisfy a predetermined criterion, the control for suppressing frost formation on the second heat exchangers 12 includes: With respect to the first heat exchangers of the air supply unit group (for example, the first air supply unit 420A and the second air supply unit 420B), the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger 22 is the room space R11. output a control signal to make the temperature lower than the temperature set in the air conditioner 2C. The temperature set in the air conditioner 2C is obtained from the control section 471 of the outdoor unit 470. FIG.
 本実施形態では、給気ユニット群の第1熱交換器22を通った後の空気の温度(給気温度)が、室内の設定温度よりも低くなる。これにより、圧縮機ユニット450の圧縮機が低回転数で運転することになるので、第2熱交換器12の蒸発温度の低下を抑制できる。 In this embodiment, the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger 22 of the air supply unit group (supply air temperature) is lower than the indoor set temperature. As a result, the compressor of the compressor unit 450 operates at a low rotational speed, so that a decrease in the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
(第11の実施形態)
 上述した実施形態以外の手法を用いて、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制してもよい。そこで第11の実施形態では、排気ユニットの下流に設けた電動弁(第3弁部の一例)で冷媒の圧力を調整する例について説明する。
(Eleventh embodiment)
You may suppress frost formation of the 2nd heat exchanger 12 using methods other than embodiment mentioned above. Therefore, in the eleventh embodiment, an example in which the pressure of the refrigerant is adjusted by an electrically operated valve (an example of the third valve portion) provided downstream of the exhaust unit will be described.
 第11の実施形態の構成は、上述した実施形態の任意の構成でよく、例えば、図6に示される構成であってもよい。そこで、本実施形態では、図6に示される構成を備えた場合について説明する。 The configuration of the eleventh embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described.
 図11は、第11の実施形態に係る冷媒回路を示した図である。図11に示される例では、排気ユニット410A、410Bの第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している場合の冷媒の流れを示している。なお、上述した実施形態と同様の構成については同一の符号を割り当て、説明を省略する。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to the eleventh embodiment. The example shown in FIG. 11 shows the refrigerant flow when the second heat exchangers 12 of the exhaust units 410A and 410B function as evaporators. In addition, the same code|symbol is assigned about the structure similar to embodiment mentioned above, and description is abbreviate|omitted.
 図11に示される例では、排気ユニット410A、410Bの第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している場合に、排気ユニット410A、410Bの各々の第2熱交換器12より下流に電動弁601、602が設けられている。 In the example shown in FIG. 11, when the second heat exchangers 12 of the exhaust units 410A and 410B are functioning as evaporators, the motor-operated valves are downstream of the second heat exchangers 12 of the exhaust units 410A and 410B. 601, 602 are provided.
 そして、本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、上述した実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、判定結果を上位制御装置400に通知する。 Then, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
 本実施形態では、上位制御装置400は、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12が存在することを認識した場合、第2熱交換器12を含む排気ユニット(例えば、第1排気ユニット410A又は第2排気ユニット410B)の制御部(制御部413A又は制御部413B)に、所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、電動弁(電動弁601又は電動弁602)を絞らせる制御信号を出力する。 In this embodiment, when the host controller 400 recognizes that there is a second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies a predetermined criterion, the exhaust unit (for example, the first exhaust unit 410A) including the second heat exchanger 12 Or output a control signal to the control unit (control unit 413A or control unit 413B) of the second exhaust unit 410B) to throttle the motor-operated valve (motor-operated valve 601 or 602) compared to before a predetermined criterion is satisfied. .
 膨張弁(膨張弁161又は膨張弁162)の開度を小さくすることで、膨張弁(膨張弁161又は膨張弁162)より上流側に存在する第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の圧力を上昇させることができる。これにより、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の蒸発温度を上昇させることができる。したがって、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制できる。 By reducing the degree of opening of the expansion valve (expansion valve 161 or expansion valve 162), the pressure of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 upstream of the expansion valve (expansion valve 161 or expansion valve 162) is increased. can be made Thereby, the evaporation temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased. Therefore, frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
 なお、図11には、バイパス流路F6が示されているが、本実施形態においては、上述した実施形態で示したバイパス流路F6を用いた制御と組み合わせてもよいし、組み合わせなくともよい。 Although the bypass flow path F6 is shown in FIG. 11, in the present embodiment, it may be combined with the control using the bypass flow path F6 shown in the embodiment described above, or may not be combined. .
(第11の実施形態の変形例)
 第11の実施形態においては、第2熱交換器12より下流に電動弁601、602を絞る手法を用いて着霜を抑制する例について説明した。第11の実施形態は、第2熱交換器12より下流に電動弁601、602を調整する手法に加えて、冷媒回路に室外機の排気ユニット730をさらに設け、当該排気ユニット730を制御する場合について説明する。
(Modification of the eleventh embodiment)
In the eleventh embodiment, the example of suppressing frosting by using the technique of throttling the motor-operated valves 601 and 602 downstream from the second heat exchanger 12 has been described. In the eleventh embodiment, in addition to the method of adjusting the motor-operated valves 601 and 602 downstream of the second heat exchanger 12, an exhaust unit 730 for the outdoor unit is further provided in the refrigerant circuit, and the exhaust unit 730 is controlled. will be explained.
 図12は、第11の実施形態の変形例に係る冷媒回路を示した図である。図12に示される例では、図11で示した冷媒回路に、排気ユニット730がさらに設けられた例とする。なお、排気ユニット730が設けられた以外は、第11の実施形態と同様の構成として、説明を省略する。 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a refrigerant circuit according to a modified example of the eleventh embodiment. The example shown in FIG. 12 is an example in which the refrigerant circuit shown in FIG. 11 is further provided with an exhaust unit 730 . Note that the configuration is the same as that of the eleventh embodiment except that an exhaust unit 730 is provided, and description thereof is omitted.
 排気ユニット730は、ファン11と、第3熱交換器732と、制御部733と、温度検出部14と、駆動用モータ15と、電動弁16と、を備える。 The exhaust unit 730 includes a fan 11 , a third heat exchanger 732 , a control section 733 , a temperature detection section 14 , a drive motor 15 and an electric valve 16 .
 排気ユニット730は、室外機として機能する。つまり、排気ユニット730は、屋外の空気と第3熱交換器732を流れる冷媒と熱交換した空気を、屋外に排気するための流路(第4空気流路の一例)上に設けられている。 The exhaust unit 730 functions as an outdoor unit. That is, the exhaust unit 730 is provided on a flow path (an example of a fourth air flow path) for exhausting to the outdoors the air that has undergone heat exchange with the outdoor air and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger 732. .
 そして、本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。なお、所定の基準は、上述した実施形態と同様として説明を省略する。圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、判定結果を上位制御装置400に通知する。 Then, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. Note that the predetermined criteria are the same as in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
 本実施形態では、上位制御装置400は、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12が存在することを認識した場合、第11の実施形態と同様の制御を行うと共に、排気ユニット730の第3熱交換器732が熱交換を行う際に、第2熱交換器12と比べて、低い蒸発温度で熱交換を行うよう制御させる。 In this embodiment, when the host controller 400 recognizes that there is a second heat exchanger 12 that satisfies the predetermined criteria, it performs the same control as in the eleventh embodiment, When the heat exchanger 732 performs heat exchange, it is controlled to perform heat exchange at a lower evaporation temperature than the second heat exchanger 12 .
 図12に示されるように、排気ユニット730の第3熱交換器732を通る冷媒の流れと、排気ユニット410A、410Bの第2熱交換器12を通る冷媒の流れとが、接続されている。このため、第3熱交換器732の蒸発温度を低くすることで、第2熱交換器12の蒸発温度を上昇させることができる。これにより、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制できる。 As shown in FIG. 12, the refrigerant flow through the third heat exchanger 732 of the exhaust unit 730 and the refrigerant flow through the second heat exchangers 12 of the exhaust units 410A, 410B are connected. Therefore, by lowering the evaporation temperature of the third heat exchanger 732, the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger 12 can be increased. Thereby, frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 can be suppressed.
 なお、上述した実施形態及び変形例では、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452及び上位制御装置500で分担して処理する手法について説明したが、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452及び上位制御装置500で分担して処理する手法に制限するものではなく、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452及び上位制御装置500のうちいずれか一方で判定及び他の機器の制御を行ってもよい。さらには、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452及び上位制御装置500で処理を行う手法に制限するものではなく、集中管理を行うサーバや、クラウドで上述した実施形態の処理を行ってもよい。 In addition, in the above-described embodiment and modification, a method of sharing processing by the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host controller 500 has been described. It is not limited to the method of sharing and processing, and either one of the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host control device 500 may perform determination and control of other devices. Furthermore, the method of performing the processing by the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 and the host controller 500 is not limited, and the processing of the above-described embodiment may be performed by a centrally managed server or in the cloud.
(第12の実施形態)
 上述した実施形態以外の手法を用いて、第2熱交換器12の着霜を抑制してもよい。そこで第12の実施形態では、消費電力を考慮して制御を切り替える例について説明する。
(Twelfth embodiment)
You may suppress frost formation of the 2nd heat exchanger 12 using methods other than embodiment mentioned above. Therefore, in the twelfth embodiment, an example of switching control in consideration of power consumption will be described.
 第12の実施形態の構成は、上述した実施形態の任意の構成でよく、例えば、図6に示される構成であってもよい。そこで、本実施形態では、図6に示される構成を備えた場合について説明する。上位制御装置400は、熱回収換気運転時において以下に示す制御を行う。 The configuration of the twelfth embodiment may be any configuration of the embodiments described above, and may be, for example, the configuration shown in FIG. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a case in which the configuration shown in FIG. 6 is provided will be described. The host controller 400 performs the following controls during the heat recovery ventilation operation.
 そして、本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、第2熱交換器12が蒸発器として機能している間に、第2熱交換器12の表面温度に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを判定する。圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、判定結果を上位制御装置400に通知する。 Then, while the second heat exchanger 12 is functioning as an evaporator, the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment controls the second heat based on the surface temperature of the second heat exchanger 12. It is determined whether or not the exchanger 12 satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation. The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
 所定の基準としては、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度や当該冷媒の圧力に基づいて判定してもよいし、上述した実施形態と同様であってもよい。 The predetermined criterion may be determined based on the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 or the pressure of the refrigerant, or may be the same as in the embodiment described above.
 本実施形態では、上位制御装置400は、所定の基準を満たした第2熱交換器12が複数存在することを認識した場合、着霜抑制の制御を行う、又は着霜を許容して着霜後に除霜運転を行うかを判定する。そして上位制御装置400の判定結果に応じて、排気ユニット群(例えば、第1排気ユニット410A及び第2排気ユニット410B)が、着霜抑制の制御を行う、又は着霜を許容して着霜後に除霜運転を行う。 In the present embodiment, when the host controller 400 recognizes that there are a plurality of second heat exchangers 12 that satisfy a predetermined criterion, the host controller 400 controls frost formation, or allows frost formation and allows frost formation. It is determined whether the defrosting operation is to be performed later. Then, according to the determination result of the host controller 400, the exhaust unit group (for example, the first exhaust unit 410A and the second exhaust unit 410B) performs frost formation suppression control, or permits frost formation and after frost formation Perform defrosting operation.
 図13は、本実施形態に係る上位制御装置400の処理手順を示したフローチャートである。 FIG. 13 is a flow chart showing the processing procedure of the host controller 400 according to this embodiment.
 まず、本実施形態に係る圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、排気ユニット群の各々から、第2熱交換器12に関する検出結果を受信する(S2101)。検出結果は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度や当該冷媒の圧力とする。 First, the control unit 452 of the compressor unit 450 according to the present embodiment receives detection results regarding the second heat exchanger 12 from each of the exhaust unit group (S2101). The detection results are the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 and the pressure of the refrigerant.
 圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、検出結果に基づいて、所定の基準を満たしたか否かを判定する(S2102)。例えば、第2熱交換器12が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準としては、検出された冷媒の(蒸発)温度が所定の温度tより小さいか否かを基準としたり、検出された冷媒の(蒸発)圧力が所定の圧力pより小さいか否かを基準とする。所定の基準を満たしていないと判定した場合(S2102:NO)、再びS2101から処理を行う。なお、所定の温度t、圧力pは、着霜する可能性があるか否かの基準として、実施態様に応じて定められる値として説明を省略する。なお、当該判定は、所定の時間(例えば、x分)毎に行うことが考えられる。 The controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 determines whether or not a predetermined criterion is satisfied based on the detection result (S2102). For example, the predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger 12 may be whether or not the detected (evaporation) temperature of the refrigerant is lower than a predetermined temperature t. The criterion is whether the (evaporation) pressure of the refrigerant is lower than a predetermined pressure p. If it is determined that the predetermined criteria are not satisfied (S2102: NO), the process is repeated from S2101. It should be noted that the predetermined temperature t and pressure p are values determined depending on the embodiment as criteria for determining whether or not there is a possibility of frost formation, and the description thereof will be omitted. It is conceivable that the determination is made every predetermined time (for example, x minutes).
 圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452は、所定の基準を満たしたと判定した場合(S2102:YES)、判定結果を上位制御装置400に通知する。 When the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 determines that the predetermined criteria are met (S2102: YES), it notifies the upper controller 400 of the determination result.
 そして、上位制御装置400は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を制御して着霜の抑制を実行すると共に、現在の居室空間R11の温度等を維持するための消費電力E1を算出する(S2103)。 Then, the host controller 400 controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 to suppress frost formation, and calculates the power consumption E1 for maintaining the current temperature of the living room space R11. (S2103).
 さらに、上位制御装置400は、除霜運転を行うと共に、現在の居室空間R11の温度等を維持するための消費電力E2の算出する(S2104)。 Furthermore, the host controller 400 performs the defrosting operation and calculates the power consumption E2 for maintaining the current temperature and the like of the living room space R11 (S2104).
 例えば、本実施形態では、消費電力E1及び消費電力E2を算出するために予め設定された消費電力の算出モデルを予め上位制御装置500が記憶している。そして、上位制御装置500は、消費電力の算出モデルに入力情報(例えば、室温/外気温、ファン11、21の風量、冷媒の圧力、圧縮機の回転数等:居室空間の状況の一例)を入力することで、消費電力を算出する。なお、消費電力の算出手法は、算出モデルを用いた手法に制限するものではなく、他の手法を用いてもよい。 For example, in the present embodiment, the host controller 500 stores in advance a power consumption calculation model that is set in advance to calculate the power consumption E1 and the power consumption E2. Then, the host controller 500 inputs input information (for example, room temperature/outdoor temperature, air volume of fans 11 and 21, refrigerant pressure, compressor rotation speed, etc.: an example of the state of the living room space) to the power consumption calculation model. By inputting, the power consumption is calculated. Note that the power consumption calculation method is not limited to the method using the calculation model, and other methods may be used.
 その後、上位制御装置400は、消費電力E1が消費電力E2より小さいか否かを判定する(S2105)。上位制御装置400は、消費電力E1が消費電力E2より小さいと判定した場合(S2105:YES)、排気ユニット群に対して着霜を抑制するための制御信号を出力する(S2106)。なお、着霜を抑制するための手法は、上述した実施形態で示した処理であればよく、説明を省略する。その後、上位制御装置500は、再びS2101から処理を行う。 After that, the host controller 400 determines whether or not the power consumption E1 is smaller than the power consumption E2 (S2105). When the host controller 400 determines that the power consumption E1 is smaller than the power consumption E2 (S2105: YES), it outputs a control signal for suppressing frost formation to the exhaust unit group (S2106). Note that the method for suppressing frost formation may be the processing shown in the above-described embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. After that, the host controller 500 performs the processing from S2101 again.
 その後、上位制御装置400は、消費電力E1が消費電力E2以上(小さくない)と判定した場合(S2105:NO)、排気ユニット群に対する着霜を許容し、検出結果によって着霜されたと判定した後に、除霜運転を実行するための制御信号を出力する(S2107)。なお、除霜運転を行う手法は、周知の手法を問わず、どのような手法を用いてよいものとして説明を省略する。 Thereafter, when the host controller 400 determines that the power consumption E1 is greater than or equal to the power consumption E2 (not smaller) (S2105: NO), the host controller 400 allows frost formation on the exhaust unit group. , outputs a control signal for executing the defrosting operation (S2107). It should be noted that the method of performing the defrosting operation is not limited to any well-known method, and description thereof will be omitted as any method may be used.
 その後、本実施形態に係る上位制御装置400は、圧縮機ユニット450の制御部452を介して、排気ユニット群の各々から、第2熱交換器12に関する検出結果を受信する(S2108)。検出結果は、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度や当該冷媒の圧力とする。 After that, the host controller 400 according to the present embodiment receives detection results regarding the second heat exchanger 12 from each of the exhaust unit groups via the controller 452 of the compressor unit 450 (S2108). The detection results are the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 and the pressure of the refrigerant.
 上位制御装置400は、検出結果に基づいて、除霜終了基準を満たしたか否かを判定する(S2109)。例えば、第2熱交換器12の除霜終了基準としては、検出された冷媒の(蒸発)温度が所定の温度t+αより大きいか否かを基準としたり、検出された冷媒の(蒸発)圧力が所定の圧力p+βより小さいか否かを基準とする。なお、除霜終了基準は、除霜が完了した判断できる基準であれば、どのような基準を用いてもよい。なお、変数α、βは、実施態様に応じて定められる正の数として説明を省略する。除霜終了基準を満たしたか否かを判定する(S2109)。除霜終了基準を満たしていないと判定した場合(S2109:NO)、再びS2108から処理を行う。なお、当該判定は、所定の時間(例えば、y分)毎に行うことが考えられる。 The host controller 400 determines whether or not the defrosting end criteria are satisfied based on the detection result (S2109). For example, the defrosting end criterion for the second heat exchanger 12 may be whether or not the detected (evaporation) temperature of the refrigerant is greater than a predetermined temperature t+α, or whether the detected (evaporation) pressure of the refrigerant is The criterion is whether or not the pressure is smaller than a predetermined pressure p+β. Any standard may be used as the defrosting end standard as long as it can be used to determine whether the defrosting has been completed. It should be noted that the variables α and β are positive numbers determined according to the embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted. It is determined whether or not the defrosting end criteria are met (S2109). If it is determined that the defrosting end criterion is not met (S2109: NO), the process is repeated from S2108. It is conceivable that the determination is made every predetermined time (for example, y minutes).
 一方、上位制御装置400は、検出結果に基づいて、除霜終了基準を満たしたと判定した場合(S2109:YES)、排気ユニット群に除霜運転を終了するための制御信号を出力して(S2110)、処理を終了する。その後、上位制御装置500は、再びS2101から処理を行う。 On the other hand, when the upper controller 400 determines that the defrosting end criteria are satisfied based on the detection result (S2109: YES), it outputs a control signal for terminating the defrosting operation to the exhaust unit group (S2110 ) and terminate the process. After that, the host controller 500 performs the processing from S2101 again.
 本実施形態に係る上位制御装置500は、上述した制御を行うことで、所定の基準を満たしていると判定した場合に、第2熱交換器12が着霜しない温度になるように、第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を制御した場合に要する消費電力と、第2熱交換器12が着霜した後に第2熱交換器12の着霜を解消させる運転に要する消費電力と、に基づいて、第2熱交換器12が着霜しない温度になるように第2熱交換器12を流れる冷媒の温度を制御する、又は第2熱交換器12が着霜した後に第2熱交換器12の着霜を解消させる運転の制御を行うことができる。 By performing the control described above, the host controller 500 according to the present embodiment adjusts the second The power consumption required when controlling the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchanger 12, and the power consumption required for the operation of defrosting the second heat exchanger 12 after frosting on the second heat exchanger 12 Based on this, the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 12 is controlled so that the second heat exchanger 12 is not frosted, or the second heat exchanger 12 is frosted and then the second heat exchanger 12 can be controlled to eliminate frost formation.
 これにより、本実施形態では、排気ユニット群の着霜を抑制又は除霜を行う場合の消費電力を抑制できる。 As a result, in the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress power consumption when suppressing or defrosting the exhaust unit group.
 上述した実施形態及び変形例では、給気ユニットが、第1熱交換器22、及び空気の流路(第1空気流路の一例)の少なくとも一部を収容するケーシング(第1ケーシングの一例)であり、排気ユニットが、第2熱交換器12、及び空気の流路(第2空気流路の一例)の少なくとも一部を収容するケーシング(第2ケーシングの一例)であって、それぞれケーシング分離している例について説明した。 In the above-described embodiments and modifications, the air supply unit includes the first heat exchanger 22 and a casing (an example of the first casing) that houses at least part of the air flow path (an example of the first air flow path). and the exhaust unit is a casing (an example of a second casing) that houses at least a part of the second heat exchanger 12 and an air flow path (an example of the second air flow path), each of which is separated from the casing I explained an example of
 これにより、排気ユニットと給気ユニットとをそれぞれ離れた位置に配置することが可能となる。これにより、熱回収することが可能な換気装置について、従来に比べて配置の自由度を高くすることができる。 This makes it possible to arrange the exhaust unit and the air supply unit at separate positions. As a result, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in arranging the ventilator capable of recovering heat compared to the conventional art.
 しかしながら、上述した実施形態及び変形例は、給気ユニット及び排気ユニットのケーシングが分離している例に制限するものではなく、給気ユニット及び排気ユニットが一体型であってもよい。つまり、第1熱交換器22と第2熱交換器12とが冷媒回路で接続されており、第1熱交換器22に対応するファン21と第2熱交換器12に対応するファンとが設けられている場合には、上述した実施形態及び変形例で示したような風量調整や、冷媒の温度調整を適用することができる。このように、上述した実施形態及び変形例で示した手法は、給気ユニット及び排気ユニットが一体型の構成の場合に適用してもよい。 However, the embodiments and modifications described above are not limited to examples in which the casings of the air supply unit and the exhaust unit are separated, and the air supply unit and the exhaust unit may be integrated. That is, the first heat exchanger 22 and the second heat exchanger 12 are connected by a refrigerant circuit, and the fan 21 corresponding to the first heat exchanger 22 and the fan corresponding to the second heat exchanger 12 are provided. In this case, it is possible to apply the air volume adjustment and the refrigerant temperature adjustment as shown in the above-described embodiment and modifications. In this way, the techniques shown in the above-described embodiments and modifications may be applied to the case where the air supply unit and the exhaust unit are integrated.
(換気システムの概要)
 ところで、空調システムは、圧縮機を起動し、給気ユニットの第1熱交換器を凝縮器として使用すると共に、排気ユニットの第2熱交換器を蒸発器として使用することによって、排気(屋内空気)の熱を冷媒回路内の冷媒に回収しつつ、屋内を換気することができる。空調システムでは、排気が流入する第2熱交換器を蒸発器として使用する場合、排気(屋内空気)の温度が所定値より低いと第2熱交換器に霜付が生じて、冷媒回路の低圧圧力が低下する。この場合、起動した圧縮機を継続運転させることが困難になる。
(Overview of ventilation system)
By the way, the air conditioning system starts the compressor, uses the first heat exchanger of the supply air unit as a condenser, and the second heat exchanger of the exhaust unit as an evaporator, thereby supplying the exhaust air (indoor air ) can be recovered by the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit, and the indoor can be ventilated. In an air conditioning system, when the second heat exchanger into which the exhaust gas flows is used as an evaporator, if the temperature of the exhaust gas (indoor air) is lower than a predetermined value, the second heat exchanger will be frosted, and the pressure in the refrigerant circuit will drop. pressure drops. In this case, it becomes difficult to continue the operation of the started compressor.
 以下に示す実施形態では、冷媒回路を備えた換気システムについて、熱交換器を蒸発器として使用する場合に、圧縮機の確実な継続運転を可能にする。 The embodiments shown below enable reliable continuous operation of the compressor when using the heat exchanger as an evaporator for a ventilation system with a refrigerant circuit.
 図14は、本開示の換気システムの概略的な構成図である。図15は、本開示の換気システムの制御ブロック図である。なお、以下の説明では、第13の実施形態に係る換気システム1E(図17参照)を第13換気システム1Fと称し、第14の実施形態に係る換気システム1E(図18、図19参照)を第14換気システム1Gと称し、第15の実施形態に係る換気システム1E(図20参照)を第15換気システム1Hと称し、第16の実施形態に係る換気システム1E(図21参照)を第16換気システム1Iと称し、第17の実施形態に係る換気システム1E(図22参照)を第17換気システム1Jと称し、第18の実施形態に係る換気システム1E(図23参照)を第18換気システム1Kと称する。以下の説明において、単に「換気システム1E」と記載する場合は、第13~第18の各換気システム1F~1Kで共通する構成について説明している。 FIG. 14 is a schematic configuration diagram of the ventilation system of the present disclosure. FIG. 15 is a control block diagram of the ventilation system of the present disclosure; In the following description, the ventilation system 1E (see FIG. 17) according to the thirteenth embodiment is referred to as the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, and the ventilation system 1E (see FIGS. 18 and 19) according to the fourteenth embodiment is referred to as the thirteenth ventilation system 1F. The ventilation system 1E according to the fifteenth embodiment (see FIG. 20) is called the fifteenth ventilation system 1H, and the ventilation system 1E (see FIG. 21) according to the sixteenth embodiment is called the sixteenth ventilation system 1G. The ventilation system 1I according to the seventeenth embodiment (see FIG. 22) is called the seventeenth ventilation system 1J, and the ventilation system 1E (see FIG. 23) according to the eighteenth embodiment is called the eighteenth ventilation system. Call it 1K. In the following description, when simply referred to as "ventilation system 1E", it describes the configuration common to each of the 13th to 18th ventilation systems 1F to 1K.
 図14に示す換気システム1Eは、本開示の換気装置の一実施形態であり、ビルや工場等の建物に設置されて、当該建物における対象空間の換気を実現する。換気システム1Eは、給気ユニット1020と、排気ユニット1030と、圧縮機ユニット1040と、冷媒回路1050とを備える。 A ventilation system 1E shown in FIG. 14 is one embodiment of the ventilation device of the present disclosure, and is installed in a building such as a building or a factory to realize ventilation of a target space in the building. The ventilation system 1</b>E includes an air supply unit 1020 , an exhaust unit 1030 , a compressor unit 1040 and a refrigerant circuit 1050 .
 図14に示すように、給気ユニット1020は、第1ケーシング1021と、給気ファン1022と、第1熱交換器1023とを備える。本実施形態の第1ケーシング1021は、断熱性を有するパネル部材で構成された立方体状の箱体であり、側面に吸込み口1024及び吹出し口1025が形成される。給気ファン1022及び第1熱交換器1023は、第1ケーシング1021内に配置される。給気ユニット1020は、給気ファン1022を駆動すると、屋外(以下、屋外1000S2と称する、図17、図19参照)の空気(外気OA)を第1ケーシング1021の内部に取り込み、取り込んだ空気を第1熱交換器1023内の冷媒と熱交換させた後、当該空気(給気SA)を吹出し口1025から屋内(以下、屋内1000S1と称する、図17、図19参照)に向けて給気する。換気システム1Eは、取り込んだ外気OAを、第1ケーシング1021を介して吹出し口1025から屋内1000S1に給気するための給気流路P1001(第1空気流路の一例)を有する。 As shown in FIG. 14, the air supply unit 1020 includes a first casing 1021, an air supply fan 1022, and a first heat exchanger 1023. The first casing 1021 of the present embodiment is a cubic box made of heat-insulating panel members, and has a suction port 1024 and a discharge port 1025 formed on its side surfaces. The air supply fan 1022 and the first heat exchanger 1023 are arranged inside the first casing 1021 . When the air supply unit 1020 drives the air supply fan 1022, the air (outside air OA) of the outdoors (hereinafter referred to as outdoor 1000S2, see FIGS. 17 and 19) is taken into the inside of the first casing 1021, and the taken air is After exchanging heat with the refrigerant in the first heat exchanger 1023, the air (supply air SA) is supplied from the outlet 1025 indoors (hereinafter referred to as indoor 1000S1, see FIGS. 17 and 19). . The ventilation system 1E has an air supply flow path P1001 (an example of a first air flow path) for supplying the taken outside air OA to the indoor space 1000S1 from the outlet 1025 via the first casing 1021.
 第1熱交換器1023は、後で説明する冷媒回路1050を構成する。第1熱交換器1023は、クロスフィンチューブ式又はマイクロチャネル式の熱交換器とされ、第1熱交換器1023内を流れる冷媒を屋外1000S2の空気(外気OA)と熱交換させるために用いられる。 The first heat exchanger 1023 constitutes a refrigerant circuit 1050 which will be described later. The first heat exchanger 1023 is a cross-fin tube type or microchannel type heat exchanger, and is used to heat-exchange the refrigerant flowing in the first heat exchanger 1023 with the air (outside air OA) of the outdoor 1000S2. .
 給気ユニット1020は、給気温度センサ1026及び外気温度センサ1027を備える。給気温度センサ1026は、第1ケーシング1021内の第1熱交換器1023を通過した後の空気の流れ中に配置されており、給気SAの温度T1(以下、吹出空気温度T1と称する)を検出する。外気温度センサ1027は、第1ケーシング1021内の第1熱交換器1023を通過する前の空気の流れ中に配置されており、外気OAの温度T2(以下、外気温度T2と称する)を検出する。 The air supply unit 1020 includes a supply air temperature sensor 1026 and an outside air temperature sensor 1027 . The supply air temperature sensor 1026 is arranged in the flow of air after passing through the first heat exchanger 1023 in the first casing 1021, and detects the temperature T1 of the supply air SA (hereinafter referred to as the blown air temperature T1). to detect Outside air temperature sensor 1027 is arranged in the flow of air before passing through first heat exchanger 1023 in first casing 1021, and detects temperature T2 of outside air OA (hereinafter referred to as outside air temperature T2). .
 給気ユニット1020は、第1熱交温度センサ1055及び第1冷媒温度センサ1056を備える。第1熱交温度センサ1055は、第1熱交換器1023の(換言すると、第1熱交換器1023内の冷媒の)温度Tb1を検出する。第1冷媒温度センサ1056は、第1熱交換器1023を通過した後(出口)の冷媒の温度Ta2を検出する。なお、第1熱交温度センサ1055は、第1熱交換器1023内の圧力を検出する圧力センサであってもよく、この場合、圧力の検出値から第1熱交換器1023内の冷媒温度を換算する。 The air supply unit 1020 includes a first heat exchange temperature sensor 1055 and a first coolant temperature sensor 1056 . First heat exchange temperature sensor 1055 detects temperature Tb1 of first heat exchanger 1023 (in other words, the refrigerant in first heat exchanger 1023). The first refrigerant temperature sensor 1056 detects the temperature Ta2 of the refrigerant after passing through the first heat exchanger 1023 (outlet). Note that the first heat exchanger temperature sensor 1055 may be a pressure sensor that detects the pressure in the first heat exchanger 1023. In this case, the refrigerant temperature in the first heat exchanger 1023 is determined from the pressure detection value. Convert.
 排気ユニット1030は、第2ケーシング1031と、排気ファン1032と、第2熱交換器1033とを備える。本実施形態の第2ケーシング1031は、断熱性を有するパネル部材で構成された立方体状の箱体であり、側面に吸込み口1034及び吹出し口1035が形成される。排気ファン1032及び第2熱交換器1033は、第2ケーシング1031内に配置される。排気ユニット1030は、排気ファン1032を駆動すると、屋内1000S1の空気(還気RA)を第2ケーシング1031の内部に取り込み、取り込んだ空気を第2熱交換器1033内の冷媒と熱交換させた後、当該空気(排気EA)を吹出し口1035から屋外1000S2に向けて放出する。換気システム1Eは、屋内1000S1の空気(還気RA)を、第2ケーシング1031を介して吹出し口1035から屋外1000S2に放出するための還気流路P1002(第2空気流路の一例)を有する。 The exhaust unit 1030 includes a second casing 1031, an exhaust fan 1032, and a second heat exchanger 1033. The second casing 1031 of the present embodiment is a cubic box made of heat-insulating panel members, and has a suction port 1034 and a discharge port 1035 formed on its side surfaces. The exhaust fan 1032 and the second heat exchanger 1033 are arranged inside the second casing 1031 . When the exhaust unit 1030 drives the exhaust fan 1032, the indoor 1000S1 air (return air RA) is taken into the second casing 1031, and the taken air is heat-exchanged with the refrigerant in the second heat exchanger 1033. , the air (exhaust EA) is discharged from the outlet 1035 toward the outdoors 1000S2. The ventilation system 1E has a return air flow path P1002 (an example of a second air flow path) for releasing the air (return air RA) of the indoor 1000S1 through the second casing 1031 and the outlet 1035 to the outdoors 1000S2.
 第2熱交換器1033は、後で説明する冷媒回路1050を構成する。第2熱交換器1033は、クロスフィンチューブ式又はマイクロチャネル式の熱交換器とされ、第2熱交換器1033内を流れる冷媒を屋内1000S1の空気(還気RA)と熱交換させるために用いられる。 The second heat exchanger 1033 constitutes a refrigerant circuit 1050 which will be described later. The second heat exchanger 1033 is a cross-fin tube type or microchannel type heat exchanger, and is used to heat-exchange the refrigerant flowing in the second heat exchanger 1033 with the indoor 1000S1 air (return air RA). be done.
 排気ユニット1030は、還気温度センサ1036を備える。還気温度センサ1036は、第2ケーシング1031内の第2熱交換器1033を通過する前の空気の流れ中に配置されており、第2熱交換器1033に流入する空気の温度T3を検出する。以下の説明では、この温度T3を吸込空気温度T3と称する。本開示では、屋内1000S1から取り込んだ空気のみを第2熱交換器1033に通過させる場合の吸込空気温度T3を、屋内1000S1の空気の温度とする。なお、屋内1000S1の温度は、屋内1000S1に設けたセンサ(図示されず)によって検出してもよい。 The exhaust unit 1030 includes a return air temperature sensor 1036. The return air temperature sensor 1036 is arranged in the flow of air before passing through the second heat exchanger 1033 inside the second casing 1031, and detects the temperature T3 of the air flowing into the second heat exchanger 1033. . In the following description, this temperature T3 will be referred to as intake air temperature T3. In the present disclosure, the intake air temperature T3 when only the air taken in from the indoor 1000S1 is allowed to pass through the second heat exchanger 1033 is the temperature of the air in the indoor 1000S1. The temperature of the indoor 1000S1 may be detected by a sensor (not shown) provided in the indoor 1000S1.
 排気ユニット1030は、第2熱交温度センサ1057及び第2冷媒温度センサ1058を備える。第2熱交温度センサ1057は、第2熱交換器1033の(換言すると、第2熱交換器1033内の冷媒の)温度Tb2を検出する。第2冷媒温度センサ1058は、第2熱交換器1033を通過した後(出口)の冷媒の温度Tb3を検出する。なお、第2熱交温度センサ1057は、第2熱交換器1033内の圧力を検出する圧力センサであってもよく、この場合、圧力の検出値から第1熱交換器1023内の冷媒温度を換算する。 The exhaust unit 1030 includes a second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 and a second coolant temperature sensor 1058 . Second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 detects temperature Tb2 of second heat exchanger 1033 (in other words, the refrigerant in second heat exchanger 1033). The second refrigerant temperature sensor 1058 detects the temperature Tb3 of the refrigerant after passing through the second heat exchanger 1033 (outlet). The second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 may be a pressure sensor that detects the pressure in the second heat exchanger 1033. In this case, the refrigerant temperature in the first heat exchanger 1023 can be determined from the pressure detection value. Convert.
 圧縮機ユニット1040は、第3ケーシング1041と、圧縮機1042と、四路切換弁1043と、膨張弁1044とを備える。なお、本実施形態の圧縮機ユニット1040は、第3ケーシング1041を備えているが、第3ケーシング1041を省略してもよい。この場合、給気ユニット1020の第1ケーシング1021又は排気ユニット1030の第2ケーシング1031に圧縮機1042及び四路切換弁1043を収容すると好ましい。なお、本実施形態の換気システム1Eは、圧縮機ユニット1040に膨張弁1044を収容しているが、膨張弁1044は、給気ユニット1020の第1ケーシング1021又は排気ユニット1030の第2ケーシング1031に収容してもよい。 The compressor unit 1040 includes a third casing 1041, a compressor 1042, a four-way switching valve 1043, and an expansion valve 1044. Although the compressor unit 1040 of this embodiment includes the third casing 1041, the third casing 1041 may be omitted. In this case, it is preferable to accommodate the compressor 1042 and the four-way switching valve 1043 in the first casing 1021 of the air supply unit 1020 or the second casing 1031 of the exhaust unit 1030 . In the ventilation system 1E of this embodiment, the expansion valve 1044 is housed in the compressor unit 1040. may be accommodated.
 圧縮機ユニット1040は、低圧圧力センサ1052、吐出圧力センサ1053、及び吐出温度センサ1054を備える。低圧圧力センサ1052は、圧縮機1042に吸入される冷媒の圧力PLを検出する。以下の説明では、この圧力PLを低圧圧力PLとも称する。吐出圧力センサ1053は、圧縮機1042から吐出された冷媒の圧力PHを検出する。以下の説明では、この圧力PHを高圧圧力PHとも称する。吐出温度センサ1054は、圧縮機1042から吐出された冷媒の温度Ta1を検出する。 The compressor unit 1040 includes a low pressure sensor 1052, a discharge pressure sensor 1053, and a discharge temperature sensor 1054. Low-pressure sensor 1052 detects pressure PL of the refrigerant sucked into compressor 1042 . In the following description, this pressure PL will also be referred to as the low pressure PL. A discharge pressure sensor 1053 detects the pressure PH of the refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 . In the following description, this pressure PH is also referred to as high pressure PH. Discharge temperature sensor 1054 detects temperature Ta1 of refrigerant discharged from compressor 1042 .
 圧縮機1042は、低圧のガス状冷媒を吸引し高圧のガス状冷媒を吐出する。圧縮機1042は、インバータ制御によって運転回転数を調整可能なモータを備える。圧縮機1042は、モータがインバータ制御されることによって容量(能力)を変更可能な可変容量型(能力可変型)である。ただし、圧縮機1042は一定容量型であってもよい。なお、本開示の換気システム1Eで用いる圧縮機1042は、2台以上の圧縮機を並列に接続して構成されたものであってもよい。 The compressor 1042 sucks in low-pressure gaseous refrigerant and discharges high-pressure gaseous refrigerant. Compressor 1042 includes a motor whose operating speed can be adjusted by inverter control. The compressor 1042 is of a variable capacity type (capacity variable type) whose capacity (capacity) can be changed by inverter-controlling the motor. However, the compressor 1042 may be of the constant capacity type. Note that the compressor 1042 used in the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure may be configured by connecting two or more compressors in parallel.
 四路切換弁1043は、冷媒配管における冷媒の流れを反転させ、圧縮機1042から吐出される冷媒を第1熱交換器1023と第2熱交換器1033との一方に切り換えて供給する。これにより、換気システム1Eは、外気OAを冷却する冷却運転モード(以下、第1運転モードM1とも称する)と、外気OAを加熱する加熱運転モード(以下、第2運転モードM2とも称する)とを切り換えて行うことができる。膨張弁1044は、冷媒の流量及び圧力を調節することが可能な電動弁により構成される。換気システム1Eでは、膨張弁1044の開度を制御して、第1熱交換器1023又は第2熱交換器1033に供給する冷媒の圧力を調節する。 The four-way switching valve 1043 reverses the flow of the refrigerant in the refrigerant pipe, switches the refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 to one of the first heat exchanger 1023 and the second heat exchanger 1033, and supplies the refrigerant. As a result, the ventilation system 1E has a cooling operation mode for cooling the outside air OA (hereinafter also referred to as a first operation mode M1) and a heating operation mode for heating the outside air OA (hereinafter also referred to as a second operation mode M2). It can be done by switching. The expansion valve 1044 is composed of an electrically operated valve capable of adjusting the flow rate and pressure of the refrigerant. In the ventilation system 1E, the opening degree of the expansion valve 1044 is controlled to adjust the pressure of the refrigerant supplied to the first heat exchanger 1023 or the second heat exchanger 1033.
 冷媒回路1050は、圧縮機1042、四路切換弁1043、膨張弁1044、第1熱交換器1023、第2熱交換器1033、及びこれらを接続する冷媒配管1051(液管1051L及びガス管1051G)を含んでいる。冷媒回路1050は、第1熱交換器1023と第2熱交換器1033との間で冷媒を循環させる。  The refrigerant circuit 1050 includes a compressor 1042, a four-way switching valve 1043, an expansion valve 1044, a first heat exchanger 1023, a second heat exchanger 1033, and refrigerant pipes 1051 (a liquid pipe 1051L and a gas pipe 1051G) connecting these. contains. Refrigerant circuit 1050 circulates the refrigerant between first heat exchanger 1023 and second heat exchanger 1033 . 
 上記構成の換気システム1Eにおいて、給気ユニット1020によって外気OAを冷却して給気する(第1運転モードM1の)場合、四路切換弁1043が図14において実線で示す状態に保持される。圧縮機1042から吐出された高温高圧のガス状冷媒は、四路切換弁1043を経て、排気ユニット1030の第2熱交換器1033に流入する。このとき第2熱交換器1033は凝縮器として機能し、第2熱交換器1033を流れる冷媒は排気ファン1032の作動により還気RAと熱交換して凝縮・液化する。液化した冷媒は、膨張弁1044で減圧されて第1熱交換器1023に流入する。このとき第1熱交換器1023は蒸発器として機能し、第1熱交換器1023において、冷媒は外気OAと熱交換して蒸発する。冷媒の蒸発によって冷却された外気OAは、給気ファン1022によって給気SAとして屋内1000S1に供給される。第1熱交換器1023で蒸発した冷媒は、冷媒配管1051(ガス管1051G)を通って圧縮機ユニット1040に戻り、四路切換弁1043を経て圧縮機1042に吸い込まれる。 In the ventilation system 1E configured as described above, when the outside air OA is cooled and supplied by the air supply unit 1020 (in the first operation mode M1), the four-way switching valve 1043 is held in the state indicated by the solid line in FIG. The high-temperature, high-pressure gaseous refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 flows into the second heat exchanger 1033 of the exhaust unit 1030 via the four-way switching valve 1043 . At this time, the second heat exchanger 1033 functions as a condenser, and the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 1033 exchanges heat with the return air RA due to the operation of the exhaust fan 1032 to condense and liquefy. The liquefied refrigerant is decompressed by the expansion valve 1044 and flows into the first heat exchanger 1023 . At this time, the first heat exchanger 1023 functions as an evaporator, and in the first heat exchanger 1023, the refrigerant exchanges heat with the outside air OA and evaporates. The outside air OA cooled by the evaporation of the refrigerant is supplied by the air supply fan 1022 as the supply air SA to the indoor 1000S1. The refrigerant evaporated in first heat exchanger 1023 returns to compressor unit 1040 through refrigerant pipe 1051 (gas pipe 1051G) and is sucked into compressor 1042 through four-way switching valve 1043 .
 上記構成の換気システム1Eにおいて、給気ユニット1020によって外気OAを加熱して給気する(第2運転モードM2の)場合、四路切換弁1043が図14において破線で示す状態に保持される。圧縮機1042から吐出された高温高圧のガス状冷媒は、四路切換弁1043を通過して給気ユニット1020の第1熱交換器1023に流入する。このとき第1熱交換器1023は凝縮器として機能し、第1熱交換器1023において、冷媒は外気OAと熱交換して凝縮・液化する。冷媒の凝縮によって加熱された外気OAは、給気ファン1022によって屋内1000S1に給気される。第1熱交換器1023において液化した冷媒は、冷媒配管1051(液管1051L)を通って圧縮機ユニット1040に至り、膨張弁1044で所定の低圧に減圧され、さらに第2熱交換器1033に流入する。このとき第2熱交換器1033は蒸発器として機能し、第2熱交換器1033において、冷媒は還気RAと熱交換して蒸発する。第2熱交換器1033で蒸発・気化した冷媒は、四路切換弁1043を経て圧縮機1042に吸い込まれる。 In the ventilation system 1E configured as described above, when the air supply unit 1020 heats and supplies the outside air OA (in the second operation mode M2), the four-way switching valve 1043 is held in the state indicated by the dashed line in FIG. The high-temperature, high-pressure gaseous refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 passes through the four-way switching valve 1043 and flows into the first heat exchanger 1023 of the air supply unit 1020 . At this time, the first heat exchanger 1023 functions as a condenser, and in the first heat exchanger 1023, the refrigerant exchanges heat with the outside air OA to condense and liquefy. The outside air OA heated by condensation of the refrigerant is supplied to the indoor 1000S1 by the air supply fan 1022 . The refrigerant liquefied in the first heat exchanger 1023 passes through the refrigerant pipe 1051 (liquid pipe 1051L), reaches the compressor unit 1040, is decompressed to a predetermined low pressure by the expansion valve 1044, and further flows into the second heat exchanger 1033. do. At this time, the second heat exchanger 1033 functions as an evaporator, and in the second heat exchanger 1033, the refrigerant evaporates by exchanging heat with the return air RA. The refrigerant evaporated/vaporized in the second heat exchanger 1033 is sucked into the compressor 1042 via the four-way switching valve 1043 .
(制御部について)
 図15は、換気システム1Eの制御ブロック図である。図15に示すように、換気システム1Eは、制御部1018を有する。制御部1018は、換気システム1Eの動作を制御する装置であり、例えば、CPU等のプロセッサ、RAM、ROM等のメモリを備えたマイクロコンピュータにより構成される。制御部1018は、LSI、ASIC、FPGA等を用いてハードウェアとして実現されるものであってもよい。制御部1018は、メモリにインストールされたプログラムをプロセッサが実行することによって、所定の機能を発揮する。
(Regarding the control unit)
FIG. 15 is a control block diagram of the ventilation system 1E. As shown in FIG. 15, the ventilation system 1E has a controller 1018. As shown in FIG. The control unit 1018 is a device that controls the operation of the ventilation system 1E, and is configured by, for example, a microcomputer having a processor such as a CPU and a memory such as RAM and ROM. The control unit 1018 may be implemented as hardware using LSI, ASIC, FPGA, or the like. Control unit 1018 exhibits a predetermined function when the processor executes a program installed in the memory.
 制御部1018は、給気ファン1022、排気ファン1032、圧縮機1042、四路切換弁1043、及び膨張弁1044と接続される。制御部1018は、給気温度センサ1026、外気温度センサ1027、還気温度センサ1036、低圧圧力センサ1052、吐出圧力センサ1053、吐出温度センサ1054、第1熱交温度センサ1055、第1冷媒温度センサ1056、第2熱交温度センサ1057、及び第2冷媒温度センサ1058と接続される。制御部1018は、前記各センサの検出値に基づいて、給気ファン1022、排気ファン1032、圧縮機1042、四路切換弁1043、膨張弁1044、及び低圧圧力上昇手段1080の動作を制御する。 The controller 1018 is connected to the air supply fan 1022, the exhaust fan 1032, the compressor 1042, the four-way switching valve 1043, and the expansion valve 1044. The control unit 1018 includes a supply air temperature sensor 1026, an outside air temperature sensor 1027, a return air temperature sensor 1036, a low pressure sensor 1052, a discharge pressure sensor 1053, a discharge temperature sensor 1054, a first heat exchanger temperature sensor 1055, and a first refrigerant temperature sensor. 1056 , a second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 and a second coolant temperature sensor 1058 . The control unit 1018 controls the operation of the air supply fan 1022, the exhaust fan 1032, the compressor 1042, the four-way switching valve 1043, the expansion valve 1044, and the low pressure increasing means 1080 based on the detected values of the respective sensors.
 制御部1018は、第2運転モードM2での運転中に、吐出圧力センサ1053の検出値(高圧圧力PH)に基づいて、蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器1033の飽和温度TSを算出する。制御部1018は、低圧圧力センサ1052の検出値より、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLを取得する。制御部1018は、第2熱交温度センサ1057の検出値(温度Tb2)より、第2熱交換器1033の蒸発温度TEを取得する。あるいは、制御部1018は、取得した低圧圧力PLから第2熱交換器1033の蒸発温度TEを取得する。 Control unit 1018 calculates saturation temperature TS of second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator based on the value (high pressure PH) detected by discharge pressure sensor 1053 during operation in second operation mode M2. . Control unit 1018 acquires low pressure PL of refrigerant circuit 1050 from the detection value of low pressure sensor 1052 . Control unit 1018 acquires evaporation temperature TE of second heat exchanger 1033 from the value detected by second heat exchanger temperature sensor 1057 (temperature Tb2). Alternatively, the control unit 1018 acquires the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033 from the acquired low pressure PL.
 上記の通り、本開示の換気システム1Eは、ユーザが選択可能な運転モードとして、第1運転モードM1及び第2運転モードM2を有する。ユーザが第1運転モードM1を選択して換気システム1Eの運転を開始した場合、第1熱交換器1023を蒸発器として使用すると共に、第2熱交換器1033を凝縮器として使用することができるように、制御部1018が四路切換弁1043を切り換える。ユーザが第2運転モードM2を選択して換気システム1Eの運転を開始した場合、第1熱交換器1023を凝縮器として使用すると共に、第2熱交換器1033を蒸発器として使用することができるように、制御部1018が四路切換弁1043を切り換える。なお、本説明でいう「ユーザが第2運転モードM2を選択して換気システム1Eの運転を開始した場合」には、四路切換弁1043の切り換えが既に完了している場合と、四路切換弁1043の切り換えが未だ完了していない場合と、が含まれる。 As described above, the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure has the first operation mode M1 and the second operation mode M2 as user-selectable operation modes. When the user selects the first operation mode M1 and starts the operation of the ventilation system 1E, the first heat exchanger 1023 can be used as an evaporator and the second heat exchanger 1033 can be used as a condenser. Thus, the controller 1018 switches the four-way selector valve 1043 . When the user selects the second operation mode M2 to start the operation of the ventilation system 1E, the first heat exchanger 1023 can be used as a condenser and the second heat exchanger 1033 can be used as an evaporator. Thus, the controller 1018 switches the four-way selector valve 1043 . In this description, "when the user selects the second operation mode M2 and starts the operation of the ventilation system 1E", the four-way switching valve 1043 has already been switched. and when the switching of valve 1043 has not yet been completed.
 本開示の換気システム1Eは、第2運転モードM2を選択して起動された場合に、制御部1018が、低圧圧力上昇制御(第1制御)を実行する場合がある。なお、以下の説明では、制御部1018が低圧圧力上昇制御を実行する場合の換気システム1Eの運転モードを、低圧圧力上昇モードM3と称する。制御部1018は、ユーザが第2運転モードM2を選択して換気システム1Eの運転が開始された場合、圧縮機1042を起動し、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PL又は第2熱交換器1033の蒸発温度TEを検知する。制御部1018は、低圧圧力PL又は蒸発温度TEが、それぞれについて設定した閾値(本説明では、第1閾値と称する)を下回ったと判断した場合に、換気システム1Eの運転モードを低圧圧力上昇モードM3に切り換えて、低圧圧力上昇制御を実行する。なお、制御部1018は、前記低圧圧力PL又は蒸発温度TEが、第1閾値を下回ったと判断しなかった場合は、換気システム1Eの運転モードを低圧圧力上昇モードM3に切り換えない(低圧圧力上昇制御を実行しない)。 When the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure is started by selecting the second operation mode M2, the control unit 1018 may perform the low pressure increase control (first control). In the following description, the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E when the control unit 1018 executes the low pressure increase control is referred to as a low pressure increase mode M3. When the user selects the second operation mode M2 and the operation of the ventilation system 1E is started, the control unit 1018 activates the compressor 1042 to increase the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 or the evaporation of the second heat exchanger 1033. Detect temperature TE. When the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL or the evaporating temperature TE has fallen below the respective set threshold values (referred to as first threshold values in this description), the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E is changed to the low pressure increase mode M3. to perform low-pressure pressure rise control. Note that the control unit 1018 does not switch the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E to the low pressure increase mode M3 (low pressure increase control ).
 冷媒回路1050を有する換気システム1Eは、第2運転モードM2で運転している場合、第1熱交換器1023を凝縮器として使用すると共に、第2熱交換器1033を蒸発器として使用することによって、排気EAの熱を冷媒回路1050内の冷媒に回収することができる。この場合の換気システム1Eでは、排気EAの温度が低くなると第2熱交換器1033に霜付が生じる場合があり、この場合冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLが低下し、圧縮機1042を継続運転させることが困難になる。制御部1018は、このような場合に低圧圧力上昇モードM3を選択することで、圧縮機1042の継続運転を可能にする。なお、ここでいう「圧縮機の継続運転」とは、圧縮機の起動後、冷媒回路の低圧圧力の低下等により運転を継続できない(停止せざるを得ない)状態に至ることがなく、運転を継続できることを意味する。 The ventilation system 1E having the refrigerant circuit 1050 operates in the second operation mode M2 by using the first heat exchanger 1023 as a condenser and the second heat exchanger 1033 as an evaporator. , the heat of the exhaust EA can be recovered in the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit 1050 . In the ventilation system 1E in this case, when the temperature of the exhaust EA drops, frost may occur in the second heat exchanger 1033. In this case, the low-pressure pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 drops, and the compressor 1042 continues to operate. becomes difficult. In such a case, the control unit 1018 selects the low pressure increase mode M3 to enable continuous operation of the compressor 1042 . In addition, "continuous operation of the compressor" here means that after the compressor starts, it does not reach a state where operation cannot be continued (has no choice but to stop) due to a decrease in the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, etc. can be continued.
 制御部1018には、第2運転モードM2を選択して換気システム1Eが起動された場合に、第2運転モードM2によって運転可能な条件が整っているかどうかを判断するための第1閾値Xが記憶される。本開示の換気システム1Eでは、第1閾値Xとして、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLについての第1閾値Xである圧力閾値X1と、第2熱交換器1033の蒸発温度TEについての第1閾値Xである冷媒温度閾値X2と、屋内1000S1の空気の温度である吸込空気温度T3についての第1閾値Xである屋内温度閾値X3と、屋外1000S2の空気の温度である外気温度T2についての第1閾値Xである外気温度閾値X4と、が記憶される。なお、本実施形態の制御部1018は、第1閾値Xとして、圧力閾値X1、冷媒温度閾値X2、屋内温度閾値X3及び外気温度閾値X4が記憶されているが、本開示の換気システム1Eは、制御部1018に、各閾値X1~X4のうちの何れか一つが記憶されていてもよい。 The control unit 1018 has a first threshold value X for judging whether or not the conditions for operating in the second operation mode M2 are met when the ventilation system 1E is activated by selecting the second operation mode M2. remembered. In the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure, the first threshold X is the pressure threshold X1, which is the first threshold X for the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, and the first threshold X for the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033. , the indoor temperature threshold X3 that is the first threshold X for the intake air temperature T3 that is the temperature of the air in the indoor 1000S1, and the first threshold for the outside temperature T2 that is the temperature of the air in the outdoor 1000S2 An outside air temperature threshold value X4, which is X, is stored. Note that the control unit 1018 of the present embodiment stores the pressure threshold X1, the refrigerant temperature threshold X2, the indoor temperature threshold X3, and the outdoor temperature threshold X4 as the first threshold X, but the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure, Any one of the threshold values X1 to X4 may be stored in the control unit 1018. FIG.
 制御部1018には、当該制御部1018が低圧圧力上昇制御を実行しているとき(換言すれば、換気システム1Eが低圧圧力上昇モードM3で運転されているとき)に、第2運転モードM2によって運転可能な条件が整っているかどうかを判断するための第2閾値Yが記憶される。本開示の換気システム1Eでは、第2閾値Yとして、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLについての第2閾値Yである圧力閾値Y1と、第2熱交換器1033の飽和温度TSについての第2閾値Yである飽和温度閾値Y2と、第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3についての第2閾値Yである空気温度閾値Y3と、が記憶される。なお、本実施形態の制御部1018は、第2閾値Yとして、圧力閾値Y1、飽和温度閾値Y2、及び空気温度閾値Y3が記憶されているが、本開示の換気システム1Eは、制御部1018に、圧力閾値Y1、又は飽和温度閾値Y2、又は空気温度閾値Y3の少なくとも何れか一つが記憶されていてもよい。 In the control unit 1018, when the control unit 1018 is executing the low pressure increase control (in other words, when the ventilation system 1E is operated in the low pressure increase mode M3), the second operation mode M2 A second threshold value Y is stored for judging whether or not the drivable conditions are met. In the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure, the second threshold Y is the pressure threshold Y1, which is the second threshold Y for the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, and the second threshold Y for the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033. and the air temperature threshold Y3, which is the second threshold Y for the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033, are stored. Note that the control unit 1018 of the present embodiment stores the pressure threshold value Y1, the saturation temperature threshold value Y2, and the air temperature threshold value Y3 as the second threshold value Y, but the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure stores the , pressure threshold Y1, saturation temperature threshold Y2, or air temperature threshold Y3 may be stored.
(換気システムの運転開始時の制御について)
 換気システム1Eは、図16に示すフローに従って、制御部1018が運転開始時の動作を制御する。
(Regarding control at the start of operation of the ventilation system)
In the ventilation system 1E, the controller 1018 controls the operation at the start of operation according to the flow shown in FIG.
 図16に示すように、換気システム1Eの運転が開始されると、まず、制御部1018が、第2運転モードM2を選択して起動されたか否かについて判断する(S2501)。ステップ(S2501)において、制御部1018が、第2運転モードM2を選択して起動されたと判断した場合(YES)は、次のステップ(S2502)を実行する。なお、ステップ(S2501)において、制御部1018が、第2運転モードM2を選択して起動されなかったと判断した場合(NO)は、制御部1018は、運転開始時の制御を終了する。ステップ(S2502)では、制御部1018が、圧縮機1042を起動させ、次のステップ(S2503)に進む。 As shown in FIG. 16, when the operation of the ventilation system 1E is started, the control unit 1018 first determines whether or not the second operation mode M2 has been selected and started (S2501). In step (S2501), when the control unit 1018 determines that the second operation mode M2 has been selected and started (YES), the next step (S2502) is executed. In step (S2501), if the control unit 1018 determines that the second operation mode M2 has not been selected and started (NO), the control unit 1018 ends the control at the start of operation. In step (S2502), control unit 1018 activates compressor 1042, and proceeds to the next step (S2503).
 ステップ(S2503)では、制御部1018が、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLについての判断を行う。ステップ(S2503)において、制御部1018が、低圧圧力PLが当該低圧圧力PLについての第1閾値X(圧力閾値X1)を下回っていないと判断した場合(NO)は、次のステップ(S2504)を実行する。ステップ(S2503)において、制御部1018が、低圧圧力PLが第1閾値X(圧力閾値X1)を下回ったと判断した場合(YES)は、次のステップ(S2507)を実行する。 In step (S2503), the control unit 1018 determines the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050. In step (S2503), if the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL is not lower than the first threshold value X (pressure threshold value X1) for the low pressure PL (NO), proceed to the next step (S2504). Execute. In step (S2503), if the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL is lower than the first threshold value X (pressure threshold value X1) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
 ステップ(S2504)では、制御部1018が、第2熱交換器1033の蒸発温度TEについての判断を行う。ステップ(S2504)において、制御部1018が、蒸発温度TEが当該蒸発温度TEについての第1閾値X(冷媒温度閾値X2)を下回っていないと判断した場合(NO)は、次のステップ(S2505)を実行する。ステップ(S2504)において、制御部1018が、蒸発温度TEが第1閾値X(冷媒温度閾値X2)を下回ったと判断した場合(YES)は、次のステップ(S2507)を実行する。 At step (S2504), the control unit 1018 determines the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033. In step (S2504), if the control unit 1018 determines that the evaporation temperature TE is not lower than the first threshold value X (refrigerant temperature threshold value X2) for the evaporation temperature TE (NO), the next step (S2505). to run. In step (S2504), if the control unit 1018 determines that the evaporation temperature TE has fallen below the first threshold value X (refrigerant temperature threshold value X2) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
 ステップ(S2505)では、制御部1018が、屋内1000S1の空気温度である吸込空気温度T3についての判断を行う。ステップ(S2505)において、制御部1018が、吸込空気温度T3が当該吸込空気温度T3についての第1閾値X(屋内温度閾値X3)を下回っていないと判断した場合(NO)は、次のステップ(S2506)を実行する。ステップ(S2505)において、制御部1018が、吸込空気温度T3が第1閾値X(屋内温度閾値X3)を下回ったと判断した場合(YES)は、次のステップ(S2507)を実行する。 At step (S2505), the control unit 1018 makes a determination about the intake air temperature T3, which is the air temperature of the indoor 1000S1. In step (S2505), if control unit 1018 determines that intake air temperature T3 is not lower than first threshold value X (indoor temperature threshold value X3) for intake air temperature T3 (NO), the next step ( S2506) is executed. In step (S2505), if control unit 1018 determines that intake air temperature T3 has fallen below first threshold value X (indoor temperature threshold value X3) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
 ステップ(S2506)では、制御部1018が、屋外1000S2の空気温度である外気温度T2についての判断を行う。ステップ(S2506)において、制御部1018が、外気温度T2が当該外気温度T2についての第1閾値X(外気温度閾値X4)を下回っていないと判断した場合(NO)は、次のステップ(S2512)を実行する。ステップ(S2506)において、制御部1018が、外気温度T2が第1閾値X(外気温度閾値X4)を下回ったと判断した場合(YES)は、次のステップ(S2507)を実行する。 In step (S2506), the control unit 1018 makes a determination about the outside air temperature T2, which is the air temperature of the outdoor 1000S2. In step (S2506), if the control unit 1018 determines that the outside temperature T2 is not lower than the first threshold value X (outside temperature threshold value X4) for the outside temperature T2 (NO), the next step (S2512). to run. In step (S2506), if the control unit 1018 determines that the outside temperature T2 is lower than the first threshold value X (the outside temperature threshold value X4) (YES), the next step (S2507) is executed.
 ステップ(S2507)では、制御部1018が低圧圧力上昇制御を実行する。具体的には、ステップ(S2507)では、制御部1018が、換気システム1Eの運転モードを低圧圧力上昇モードM3に切り替えて、当該換気システム1Eを運転させる。制御部1018が低圧圧力上昇制御を実行した場合、換気システム1Eは、後で説明する低圧圧力上昇手段1080を使用する。制御部1018は、低圧圧力上昇制御の実行開始後、さらにステップ(S2508)を実行する。 At step (S2507), the control unit 1018 executes low-pressure pressure increase control. Specifically, in step (S2507), the control unit 1018 switches the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E to the low pressure increase mode M3 to operate the ventilation system 1E. When the control unit 1018 executes the low pressure increase control, the ventilation system 1E uses the low pressure increase means 1080 which will be described later. After starting the execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control, the control unit 1018 further executes step (S2508).
 ステップ(S2508)では、制御部1018は、低圧圧力上昇制御の実行中に、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLについての判断を行う。ステップ(S2508)において、制御部1018が、低圧圧力PLが当該低圧圧力PLについて第2閾値Y(圧力閾値Y1)を超えていないと判断した場合(NO)は、ステップ(S2509)を実行する。ステップ(S2508)において、制御部1018が、低圧圧力PLが圧力閾値Y1を越えていると判断した場合(YES)は、ステップ(S2511)を実行する。 In step (S2508), the control unit 1018 determines the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 during execution of the low pressure increase control. In step (S2508), when the control unit 1018 determines that the low pressure PL does not exceed the second threshold value Y (pressure threshold value Y1) (NO), step (S2509) is executed. In step (S2508), if control unit 1018 determines that low pressure PL exceeds pressure threshold value Y1 (YES), step (S2511) is executed.
 ステップ(S2509)では、制御部1018が、第2熱交換器1033の飽和温度TSについての判断を行う。ステップ(S2509)において、飽和温度TSが当該飽和温度TSについての第2閾値Y(飽和温度閾値Y2)を超えていないと判断した場合(NO)は、ステップ(S2510)を実行する。ステップ(S2509)において、飽和温度TSが飽和温度閾値Y2を超えたと判断した場合(YES)は、ステップ(S2511)を実行する。 In step (S2509), the control unit 1018 determines the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033. If it is determined in step (S2509) that the saturation temperature TS does not exceed the second threshold Y (saturation temperature threshold Y2) for the saturation temperature TS (NO), step (S2510) is executed. If it is determined in step (S2509) that the saturation temperature TS has exceeded the saturation temperature threshold value Y2 (YES), step (S2511) is executed.
 ステップ(S2510)では、制御部1018が、第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3についての判断を行う。ステップ(S2510)において、吸込空気温度T3が当該吸込空気温度T3についての第2閾値Y(空気温度閾値Y3)を超えていないと判断した場合(NO)は、ステップ(S2508)に戻る。ステップ(S2510)において、制御部1018が、吸込空気温度T3が空気温度閾値Y3を超えたと判断した場合(YES)は、ステップ(S2511)を実行する。 At step (S2510), the control unit 1018 makes a determination about the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033. If it is determined in step (S2510) that the intake air temperature T3 does not exceed the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) for the intake air temperature T3 (NO), the process returns to step (S2508). In step (S2510), when control unit 1018 determines that intake air temperature T3 has exceeded air temperature threshold value Y3 (YES), step (S2511) is executed.
 ステップ(S2511)では、制御部1018が、低圧圧力上昇制御を終了する。制御部1018は、低圧圧力上昇制御を終了した後に、ステップ(S2512)を実行する。ステップ(S2512)では、制御部1018が、換気システム1Eの運転モードを第2運転モードM2に切り換えて、当該換気システム1Eを運転させる。以上により、制御部1018による運転開始時の動作の制御(図16に示すフロー)を終了する。 At step (S2511), the control unit 1018 terminates the low pressure increase control. After completing the low pressure increase control, the control unit 1018 executes step (S2512). In step (S2512), the control unit 1018 switches the operation mode of the ventilation system 1E to the second operation mode M2 to operate the ventilation system 1E. Thus, the control of the operation at the start of operation by the control unit 1018 (the flow shown in FIG. 16) ends.
 各ステップ(S2508)~(S2510)の判断条件は、第2運転モードM2において圧縮機1042を確実に継続運転させることができるか否かを判断する条件である。換言すると、ステップ(S2508)~(S2510)において、何れかの条件を満足する場合、第2運転モードM2において圧縮機1042を確実に継続運転させることができる条件が整っている。換気システム1Eは、低圧圧力上昇制御(第1制御)を実行することで、確実に圧縮機1042を継続運転させることができる条件を整えることが可能となる。換気システム1Eは、確実に圧縮機1042を継続運転させることができる条件を整えてから、第2運転モードM2での運転を開始することによって、圧縮機1042を確実に継続運転させることが可能となる。なお、本開示では、ステップ(S2507)に進むか否かの判断を、ステップ(S2503)における低圧圧力PLに基づく判断と、ステップ(S2504)における蒸発温度TEに基づく判断と、ステップ(S2505)における吸込空気温度T3に基づく判断と、ステップ(S2506)における外気温度T2に基づく判断と、で行っているが、ステップ(S2503)~(S2506)のうちの何れか一つだけで判断してもよい。本開示では、ステップ(S2511)に進むか否かの判断を、ステップ(S2508)における低圧圧力PLに基づく判断と、ステップ(S2509)における飽和温度TSに基づく判断と、ステップ(S2510)における吸込空気温度T3に基づく判断と、で行っているが、ステップ(S2508)~(S2510)の何れか一つだけで判断してもよい。 The determination conditions of steps (S2508) to (S2510) are conditions for determining whether or not the compressor 1042 can be reliably operated continuously in the second operation mode M2. In other words, if any of the conditions in steps (S2508) to (S2510) are satisfied, the conditions are met to ensure continuous operation of the compressor 1042 in the second operation mode M2. By executing the low-pressure pressure increase control (first control), the ventilation system 1E is able to prepare conditions for reliably allowing the compressor 1042 to continue operating. The ventilation system 1E prepares the conditions for ensuring the continuous operation of the compressor 1042, and then starts operation in the second operation mode M2, thereby ensuring the continuous operation of the compressor 1042. Become. In the present disclosure, the determination of whether to proceed to step (S2507) is based on the low pressure PL in step (S2503), the evaporation temperature TE in step (S2504), and the Judgment based on intake air temperature T3 and judgment based on outside air temperature T2 in step (S2506) are made, but judgment may be made in only one of steps (S2503) to (S2506). . In the present disclosure, the determination of whether to proceed to step (S2511) is based on the low pressure PL in step (S2508), the saturation temperature TS in step (S2509), and the intake air The determination is made based on the temperature T3, but the determination may be made by only one of steps (S2508) to (S2510).
(換気システムの詳細な実施形態について)
 図15に示すように、本開示の換気システム1Eは、低圧圧力上昇手段1080を備える。以下で説明する第1から第6の各換気システム1F~1Kは、低圧圧力上昇手段1080の構成がそれぞれ異なっている。換気システム1Eが第2運転モードM2を選択して起動された場合において、低圧圧力上昇手段1080は、前述した低圧圧力上昇制御(図16参照)の実行時に使用される。なお、以下の説明において、第1から第6の各換気システム1F~1Kで共通する部分には同じ符号を付しており、同じ符号が付された部分については繰り返しの説明を省略する。
(For a detailed embodiment of the ventilation system)
As shown in FIG. 15, the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure includes low pressure pressure increasing means 1080. As shown in FIG. Each of the first to sixth ventilation systems 1F to 1K described below differs in the configuration of the low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080, respectively. When the ventilation system 1E is activated by selecting the second operation mode M2, the low pressure increase means 1080 is used when executing the low pressure increase control (see FIG. 16) described above. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts common to the first to sixth ventilation systems 1F to 1K, and the repeated explanation of the parts given the same reference numerals will be omitted.
(第13換気システム1Fについて)
 図17には、本開示の換気システム1Eの第13の実施形態に係る第13換気システム1Fを示している。図17に示す第13換気システム1Fは、給気ユニット1020、排気ユニット1030、及び圧縮機ユニット1040を備える。第13換気システム1Fは、給気ユニット1020、排気ユニット1030、及び圧縮機ユニット1040が一体に構成される。なお、本実施形態で示した第13換気システム1Fは、給気ユニット1020、排気ユニット1030及び圧縮機ユニット1040が一体に構成されるが、本開示の換気システム1Eは、給気ユニット1020(第1熱交換器1023及び給気ファン1022)、排気ユニット1030(第2熱交換器1033及び排気ファン1032)及び圧縮機ユニット1040(圧縮機1042)をそれぞれ分離させて配置してもよい。
(About the 13th ventilation system 1F)
FIG. 17 shows a thirteenth ventilation system 1F according to a thirteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure. The thirteenth ventilation system 1F shown in FIG. 17 includes an air supply unit 1020, an exhaust unit 1030 and a compressor unit 1040. The thirteenth ventilation system 1F is configured integrally with an air supply unit 1020, an exhaust unit 1030, and a compressor unit 1040. As shown in FIG. Note that the thirteenth ventilation system 1F shown in the present embodiment is configured integrally with the air supply unit 1020, the exhaust unit 1030, and the compressor unit 1040, but the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure includes the air supply unit 1020 (the 1 heat exchanger 1023 and air supply fan 1022), exhaust unit 1030 (second heat exchanger 1033 and exhaust fan 1032), and compressor unit 1040 (compressor 1042) may be arranged separately.
 第13換気システム1Fは、例えば屋外1000S2に配置することができる。図17に示す第13換気システム1Fでは、給気ユニット1020の吹出し口1025、及び排気ユニット1030の吸込み口1034を建物1000Bの外壁面に直付けしている。なお、本実施形態では第13換気システム1Fを屋外1000S2に配置した場合を例示しているが、第13換気システム1Fは、全体あるいは一部分を屋内1000S1に配置してもよい。 The thirteenth ventilation system 1F can be placed outdoors, for example, 1000S2. In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F shown in FIG. 17, the outlet 1025 of the air supply unit 1020 and the inlet 1034 of the exhaust unit 1030 are directly attached to the outer wall surface of the building 1000B. In this embodiment, the case where the thirteenth ventilation system 1F is placed outdoors 1000S2 is exemplified, but the whole or part of the thirteenth ventilation system 1F may be placed indoors 1000S1.
 図17に示すように、第13換気システム1Fは、第1の低圧圧力上昇手段1080である空気調和機1081を備える。空気調和機1081は、室内機1081a、室外機1081b、冷媒配管1081cを含む冷媒回路1081dを備える。 As shown in FIG. 17, the thirteenth ventilation system 1F includes an air conditioner 1081 that is the first low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080 . The air conditioner 1081 includes an indoor unit 1081a, an outdoor unit 1081b, and a refrigerant circuit 1081d including a refrigerant pipe 1081c.
(空気調和機について)
 空気調和機1081は、建物1000Bに設置されて空調対象空間(屋内1000S1)の空気調和を実現する。空気調和機1081は、蒸気圧縮式の冷凍サイクル運転を行うことで空調対象空間を冷暖房する。なお、本実施形態では、蒸気圧縮式の冷凍サイクル運転を行う空気調和機1081を例示しているが、低圧圧力上昇手段1080として空気調和機の方式はこれに限定されず、例えば熱源装置から供給される冷水・温水によって対象空間の空気調和を実現する空気調和機であってもよい。
(About air conditioners)
The air conditioner 1081 is installed in the building 1000B and realizes air conditioning of the air-conditioned space (indoor 1000S1). The air conditioner 1081 cools and heats the air-conditioned space by performing vapor compression refrigeration cycle operation. In this embodiment, the air conditioner 1081 that performs vapor compression refrigeration cycle operation is exemplified, but the system of the air conditioner as the low pressure pressure increasing means 1080 is not limited to this. It may be an air conditioner that realizes air conditioning of the target space with cold water/hot water that is supplied.
 空気調和機1081は、室内機1081aが屋内1000S1に配置されると共に、室外機1081bが屋外1000S2に配置される。室内機1081a及び室外機1081bは、冷媒配管1081cによって接続される。空気調和機1081は、空調用冷媒回路1081dを有する。空調用冷媒回路1081dは、圧縮機、四路切換弁、室外熱交換器、膨張弁、室内熱交換器等(いずれも図示せず)を含んでいる。空調用冷媒回路1081dは、室内機1081aと室外機1081bとの間で、冷媒配管1081cを介して冷媒を循環させる。空調用冷媒回路1081dは、第13換気システム1Fが有する冷媒回路1050から分離されており、独立した回路を構成する。空気調和機1081は、屋内1000S1の温度を検出する。 The air conditioner 1081 has an indoor unit 1081a arranged indoors 1000S1 and an outdoor unit 1081b arranged outdoors 1000S2. The indoor unit 1081a and the outdoor unit 1081b are connected by a refrigerant pipe 1081c. The air conditioner 1081 has an air conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d. The air-conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d includes a compressor, a four-way switching valve, an outdoor heat exchanger, an expansion valve, an indoor heat exchanger, and the like (all not shown). The air-conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d circulates the refrigerant between the indoor unit 1081a and the outdoor unit 1081b via the refrigerant pipe 1081c. The air-conditioning refrigerant circuit 1081d is separated from the refrigerant circuit 1050 of the thirteenth ventilation system 1F and constitutes an independent circuit. Air conditioner 1081 detects the temperature of indoor 1000S1.
 第13換気システム1Fでは、低圧圧力上昇制御の実行時に空気調和機1081を運転することで、屋内1000S1の温度を上昇させる。第13換気システム1Fでは、制御部1018が、空気調和機1081が検知した屋内1000S1の空気の温度が第2閾値Y(吸込空気温度T3についての空気温度閾値Y3)を超えたと判断した場合(図15参照)、排気ファン1032の運転を開始する。第13換気システム1Fでは、これにより、第2熱交換器1033に吸込空気温度T3についての空気温度閾値Y3より温度が高い空気を吸い込ませる。第13換気システム1Fでは、空気調和機1081を運転することで、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制する。第13換気システム1Fでは、空気調和機1081によって、蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができ、これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制すると共に、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLの低下を抑制することができる。 In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, the temperature of the indoor 1000S1 is raised by operating the air conditioner 1081 when executing the low-pressure pressure increase control. In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, when the control unit 1018 determines that the temperature of the air in the indoor 1000S1 detected by the air conditioner 1081 exceeds the second threshold Y (air temperature threshold Y3 for the intake air temperature T3) (Fig. 15), the operation of the exhaust fan 1032 is started. In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, this causes the second heat exchanger 1033 to suck in air having a temperature higher than the air temperature threshold Y3 for the suction air temperature T3. In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033 is suppressed by operating the air conditioner 1081 . In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, the air conditioner 1081 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator, thereby suppressing frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033. At the same time, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
 第13換気システム1Fでは、第2運転モードM2を選択して起動された場合、制御部1018が空気調和機1081を強制的に起動させてもよい。第13換気システム1Fでは、第2運転モードM2を選択して起動された場合、制御部1018が、空気調和機1081の起動を促す情報をユーザに提供して、ユーザによって空気調和機1081が起動されてもよい。なお、第13換気システム1Fと空気調和機1081とが連動していない場合は、制御部1018が、空気調和機1081の起動を促す情報をユーザに提供した後、所定時間経過後に排気ファン1032を運転して吸込空気温度T3を計測し、その計測値に基づいて、制御部1018が空気調和機1081を起動させてもよい。第13換気システム1Fでは、制御部1018が、空気調和機1081の運転状態を検知できるように構成し、第2運転モードM2を選択して起動された場合において、空気調和機1081が運転中であることを制御部1018が検知した場合に、制御部1018が低圧圧力上昇制御を実行してもよい。 In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, when the second operation mode M2 is selected and activated, the control unit 1018 may forcibly activate the air conditioner 1081. In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, when the second operation mode M2 is selected and activated, the control unit 1018 provides the user with information prompting activation of the air conditioner 1081, and the user activates the air conditioner 1081. may be In addition, when the thirteenth ventilation system 1F and the air conditioner 1081 are not interlocked, the control unit 1018 provides the user with information prompting the activation of the air conditioner 1081, and after a predetermined time has passed, the exhaust fan 1032 is turned on. The intake air temperature T3 may be measured during operation, and the control unit 1018 may activate the air conditioner 1081 based on the measured value. In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, the control unit 1018 is configured to detect the operating state of the air conditioner 1081, and when the second operation mode M2 is selected and activated, the air conditioner 1081 is in operation. When the control unit 1018 detects that there is a problem, the control unit 1018 may execute the low pressure increase control.
 第13換気システム1Fでは、低圧圧力上昇制御が終了したとき、制御部1018が空気調和機1081を停止させてもよいし、制御部1018が空気調和機1081の運転を継続させてもよい。 In the thirteenth ventilation system 1F, when the low-pressure pressure increase control ends, the control unit 1018 may stop the air conditioner 1081, or the control unit 1018 may continue the operation of the air conditioner 1081.
(第14換気システム1Gについて)
 図18は、本開示の第14の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。図19は、本開示の第14及び第15の実施形態に係る換気システムの建物への設置状態を示す概略的な構成図である。図18及び図19に示す第14換気システム1Gは、本開示の換気システム1Eの第14の実施形態である。第14換気システム1Gは、第2の低圧圧力上昇手段1080である第2低圧圧力上昇手段1082を備える点で、第13換気システム1Fと相違している。
(About the 14th ventilation system 1G)
FIG. 18 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 19 is a schematic configuration diagram showing the installation state of the ventilation system in the building according to the fourteenth and fifteenth embodiments of the present disclosure. A fourteenth ventilation system 1G shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 is a fourteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure. The fourteenth ventilation system 1G is different from the thirteenth ventilation system 1F in that it includes a second low pressure increase means 1082 which is the second low pressure increase means 1080 .
 図18に示すように、第14換気システム1Gは、第2低圧圧力上昇手段1082を備える。第2低圧圧力上昇手段1082は、バイパス配管1082a及び弁1082bにより構成される。弁1082bは、例えば、電動弁、電磁弁等である。バイパス配管1082aは、圧縮機1042の吐出配管45と、液管1051Lとをバイパスさせる配管である。バイパス配管1082aは、圧縮機1042から吐出された高温高圧のガス状冷媒を、液管1051Lを介して第2熱交換器1033に供給することができる。弁1082bは、バイパス配管1082aにおける冷媒の流れを切換可能である。弁1082bを開とした場合、バイパス配管1082aにガス状冷媒を流通させることができ、弁1082bを閉とした場合、バイパス配管1082aにおけるガス状冷媒の流通を止めることができる。 As shown in FIG. 18, the 14th ventilation system 1G includes a second low-pressure pressure increasing means 1082. The second low-pressure pressure increasing means 1082 is composed of a bypass pipe 1082a and a valve 1082b. The valve 1082b is, for example, an electric valve, an electromagnetic valve, or the like. The bypass pipe 1082a is a pipe that bypasses the discharge pipe 45 of the compressor 1042 and the liquid pipe 1051L. The bypass pipe 1082a can supply the high-temperature and high-pressure gaseous refrigerant discharged from the compressor 1042 to the second heat exchanger 1033 via the liquid pipe 1051L. Valve 1082b can switch the flow of refrigerant in bypass pipe 1082a. When the valve 1082b is opened, the gaseous refrigerant can flow through the bypass pipe 1082a, and when the valve 1082b is closed, the flow of the gaseous refrigerant in the bypass pipe 1082a can be stopped.
 第14換気システム1Gは、弁1082bを開として、バイパス配管1082aを介してガス状冷媒を第2熱交換器1033に供給することによって当該第2熱交換器1033を流れる冷媒の温度を上昇させ、これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制することができる。第14換気システム1Gでは、第2低圧圧力上昇手段1082によって、蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器1033の出口における飽和温度TSを上昇させることができ、これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制すると共に、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLの低下を抑制することができる。 The fourteenth ventilation system 1G opens the valve 1082b and supplies gaseous refrigerant to the second heat exchanger 1033 through the bypass pipe 1082a, thereby increasing the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger 1033, Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033 can be suppressed. In the fourteenth ventilation system 1G, the second low pressure pressure increasing means 1082 can increase the saturation temperature TS at the outlet of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator, thereby increasing the temperature of the second heat exchanger 1033. As well as suppressing frosting, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
 第14換気システム1Gにおいて、制御部1018は、弁1082bを閉とすることで、低圧圧力上昇制御を終了させる。 In the 14th ventilation system 1G, the control unit 1018 closes the valve 1082b to terminate the low pressure increase control.
(第15換気システム1Hについて)
 図20は、本開示の第15の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。図19及び図20に示す第15換気システム1Hは、本開示の換気システム1Eの第15の実施形態である。図20に示すように、第15換気システム1Hは、第3の低圧圧力上昇手段1080である第3低圧圧力上昇手段1083を備える点で、第13及び第14換気システム1F、1Gと相違する。 
(Regarding the 15th ventilation system 1H)
FIG. 20 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present disclosure; A fifteenth ventilation system 1H shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 is a fifteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 20, the fifteenth ventilation system 1H differs from the thirteenth and fourteenth ventilation systems 1F and 1G in that it includes a third low pressure increase means 1083 which is a third low pressure increase means 1080. FIG.
 第15換気システム1Hは、第3低圧圧力上昇手段1083を備える。第3低圧圧力上昇手段1083は、バイパスダクト1083a及びダンパー1083bにより構成される。バイパスダクト1083aは、第3ケーシング1041内に形成されており、第1ケーシング1021の吐出側と第2ケーシングの吸込側とを連通する。バイパスダクト1083aは、給気ユニット1020で生成された空気流(給気SA)の一部を排気ユニット1030における排気ファン1032の吸込側へ供給することができる。ダンパー1083bは、バイパスダクト1083aにおける給気SAの流れを開閉可能とする弁体及び開閉機構を含んでいる。ダンパー1083bを開とした場合、バイパスダクト1083aに給気SAを流通させることができ、ダンパー1083bを閉とした場合、バイパスダクト1083aにおける給気SAの流通を止めることができる。 The fifteenth ventilation system 1H includes a third low-pressure pressure increasing means 1083. The third low-pressure pressure increasing means 1083 is composed of a bypass duct 1083a and a damper 1083b. The bypass duct 1083a is formed inside the third casing 1041 and communicates the discharge side of the first casing 1021 and the suction side of the second casing. Bypass duct 1083 a can supply part of the air flow (supply air SA) generated in air supply unit 1020 to the suction side of exhaust fan 1032 in exhaust unit 1030 . The damper 1083b includes a valve body and an opening/closing mechanism that can open/close the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1083a. When the damper 1083b is opened, the supply air SA can flow through the bypass duct 1083a, and when the damper 1083b is closed, the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1083a can be stopped.
 第15換気システム1Hでは、制御部1018が、給気温度センサ1026で検出する吹出空気温度T1が第2閾値Y(吸込空気温度T3についての空気温度閾値Y3)を超えたと判断した場合(図15参照)、ダンパー1083bを開とする。第15換気システム1Hは、ダンパー1083bを開として、バイパスダクト1083aを介して給気SAを第2熱交換器1033の吸込側に供給することによって当該第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができる。第15換気システム1Hでは、第3低圧圧力上昇手段1083によって、蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができ、これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制すると共に、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLの低下を抑制することができる。 In the fifteenth ventilation system 1H, when the control unit 1018 determines that the blown air temperature T1 detected by the supply air temperature sensor 1026 exceeds the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3 for the intake air temperature T3) (FIG. 15 ), and the damper 1083b is opened. The fifteenth ventilation system 1H opens the damper 1083b and supplies the intake air SA to the intake side of the second heat exchanger 1033 through the bypass duct 1083a, thereby reducing the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 to can be raised. In the fifteenth ventilation system 1H, the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator can be raised by the third low-pressure pressure raising means 1083. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
 第15換気システム1Hにおいて、制御部1018は、ダンパー1083bを閉とすることで、低圧圧力上昇制御を終了させる。 In the fifteenth ventilation system 1H, the control unit 1018 closes the damper 1083b to terminate the low pressure increase control.
(第16換気システム1Iについて)
 図21は、本開示の第16の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。図21に示す第16換気システム1Iは、本開示の換気システム1Eの第16の実施形態である。図21に示すように、第16換気システム1Iは、低圧圧力上昇手段1080の構成が、第13~第15換気システム1F~1Hと相違する。第16換気システム1Iは、給気ユニット1020、排気ユニット1030、及び圧縮機ユニット1040がそれぞれ分離され、屋内1000S1に配置される点で、前述の第13~第15換気システム1F~1Hと相違している。第16換気システム1Iでは、給気ユニット1020、排気ユニット1030、及び圧縮機ユニット1040が、屋内1000S1の換気対象空間である部屋R1の天井裏の空間(以下、天井裏R2と称する)に配置される。なお、本実施形態では第16換気システム1Iが屋内1000S1に配置された場合を例示しているが、第16換気システム1Iは、全体あるいは一部分が屋外1000S2に配置されてもよい。
(About the 16th ventilation system 1I)
FIG. 21 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a sixteenth embodiment of the present disclosure; A sixteenth ventilation system 1I shown in FIG. 21 is a sixteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 21, the sixteenth ventilation system 1I differs from the thirteenth to fifteenth ventilation systems 1F to 1H in the configuration of the low pressure increasing means 1080 . The sixteenth ventilation system 1I differs from the above-mentioned thirteenth to fifteenth ventilation systems 1F to 1H in that the air supply unit 1020, the exhaust unit 1030, and the compressor unit 1040 are separated and arranged indoors 1000S1. ing. In the 16th ventilation system 1I, the air supply unit 1020, the exhaust unit 1030, and the compressor unit 1040 are arranged in the space behind the ceiling of the room R1, which is the ventilation target space of the indoor 1000S1 (hereinafter referred to as the ceiling space R2). be. Although the sixteenth ventilation system 1I is placed indoors 1000S1 in this embodiment, the sixteenth ventilation system 1I may be placed entirely or partially outdoors 1000S2.
 第16換気システム1Iにおいて、給気ユニット1020は、給気風路1028の一部を構成する。給気風路1028は、屋内1000S1と屋外1000S2とを連通する風路である。給気風路1028は、第1給気ダクト1028a、第2給気ダクト1028b及び給気ユニット1020から構成される。第1給気ダクト1028aは、屋外1000S2と給気ユニット1020とを繋ぐ。具体的には、第1給気ダクト1028aは一端である吸込口1028cを有し、吸込口1028cは建物1000Bの外壁の開口に接続されて、屋外1000S2に連通する。第1給気ダクト1028aの他端は、給気ユニット1020に接続される。第2給気ダクト1028bは、給気ユニット1020と屋内1000S1とを繋ぐ。具体的には、第2給気ダクト1028bは、一端である吹出口1028dを有し、吹出口1028dは屋内1000S1の天井面の開口に接続されて、屋内1000S1に連通する。第2給気ダクト1028bの他端は、給気ユニット1020に接続される。 In the 16th ventilation system 1I, the air supply unit 1020 constitutes part of the air supply air passage 1028 . The supply air passage 1028 is an air passage that connects the indoor 1000S1 and the outdoor 1000S2. The air supply air passage 1028 is composed of a first air supply duct 1028a, a second air supply duct 1028b, and an air supply unit 1020. As shown in FIG. First air supply duct 1028a connects outdoor 1000S2 and air supply unit 1020 . Specifically, the first air supply duct 1028a has a suction port 1028c at one end, and the suction port 1028c is connected to an opening in the outer wall of the building 1000B and communicates with the outdoors 1000S2. The other end of first air supply duct 1028a is connected to air supply unit 1020 . The second air supply duct 1028b connects the air supply unit 1020 and the indoor space 1000S1. Specifically, the second air supply duct 1028b has an air outlet 1028d at one end, and the air outlet 1028d is connected to an opening in the ceiling surface of the indoor 1000S1 and communicates with the indoor 1000S1. The other end of second air supply duct 1028b is connected to air supply unit 1020 .
 第16換気システム1Iにおいて、排気ユニット1030は、排気風路1038の一部を構成する。排気風路1038は、屋内1000S1と屋外1000S2とを連通する風路である。排気風路1038は、第1排気ダクト1038a、第2排気ダクト1038b及び排気ユニット1030から構成される。第1排気ダクト1038aは、屋外1000S2と排気ユニット1030とを繋ぐ。具体的には、第1排気ダクト1038aは一端である排気口1038cを有し、排気口1038cは建物1000Bの外壁の開口に接続されて、屋外1000S2に連通する。第1排気ダクト1038aの他端は、排気ユニット1030に接続される。第2排気ダクト1038bは、排気ユニット1030と屋内1000S1とを繋ぐ。具体的には、第2排気ダクト1038bは、一端である吸込口1038dを有し、吸込口1038dは屋内1000S1の天井面の開口に接続されて、屋内1000S1に連通する。第2排気ダクト1038bの他端は、排気ユニット1030に接続される。 In the sixteenth ventilation system 1I, the exhaust unit 1030 constitutes part of the exhaust air passage 1038. The exhaust air passage 1038 is an air passage that communicates the indoor 1000S1 and the outdoor 1000S2. The exhaust air passage 1038 is composed of a first exhaust duct 1038 a , a second exhaust duct 1038 b and an exhaust unit 1030 . The first exhaust duct 1038a connects the outdoor 1000S2 and the exhaust unit 1030 . Specifically, the first exhaust duct 1038a has an exhaust port 1038c at one end, and the exhaust port 1038c is connected to an opening in the outer wall of the building 1000B and communicates with the outdoors 1000S2. The other end of first exhaust duct 1038 a is connected to exhaust unit 1030 . The second exhaust duct 1038b connects the exhaust unit 1030 and the indoor space 1000S1. Specifically, the second exhaust duct 1038b has a suction port 1038d at one end, and the suction port 1038d is connected to an opening in the ceiling surface of the indoor space 1000S1 and communicates with the indoor space 1000S1. The other end of second exhaust duct 1038b is connected to exhaust unit 1030 .
 第16換気システム1Iは、第4低圧圧力上昇手段1084を備える。第4低圧圧力上昇手段1084は、バイパスダクト1084a及びダンパー1084bにより構成される。バイパスダクト1084aは、給気ユニット1020の吹出側に繋がる第2給気ダクト1028bと、排気ユニット1030の吸込側に繋がる第2排気ダクト1038bとを連通する。バイパスダクト1084aは、給気ユニット1020で生成された空気流(給気SA)の一部を排気ユニット1030における排気ファン1032の吸込側へ供給することができる。ダンパー1084bは、バイパスダクト1084aにおける給気SAの流れを開閉可能とする弁体と開閉機構とを含んでいる。ダンパー1084bを開とした場合、バイパスダクト1084aに給気SAを流通させることができ、ダンパー1084bを閉とした場合、バイパスダクト1084aにおける給気SAの流通を止めることができる。 The 16th ventilation system 1I is equipped with a fourth low pressure pressure increasing means 1084. The fourth low pressure pressure increasing means 1084 is composed of a bypass duct 1084a and a damper 1084b. Bypass duct 1084 a communicates second air supply duct 1028 b connected to the blowout side of air supply unit 1020 and second exhaust duct 1038 b connected to the suction side of exhaust unit 1030 . Bypass duct 1084 a can supply part of the air flow (supply air SA) generated in air supply unit 1020 to the suction side of exhaust fan 1032 in exhaust unit 1030 . The damper 1084b includes a valve element and an opening/closing mechanism that can open and close the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1084a. When the damper 1084b is opened, the supply air SA can flow through the bypass duct 1084a, and when the damper 1084b is closed, the flow of the supply air SA in the bypass duct 1084a can be stopped.
 第16換気システム1Iでは、制御部1018が、給気温度センサ1026で検出する吹出空気温度T1が第2閾値Y(吸込空気温度T3についての空気温度閾値Y3)を超えたと判断した場合、ダンパー1084bを開とする。第16換気システム1Iは、ダンパー1084bを開として、バイパスダクト1084aを介して給気SAを第2熱交換器1033の吸込側に供給することによって当該第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができる。第16換気システム1Iでは、第4低圧圧力上昇手段1084によって、蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができ、これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制すると共に、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLの低下を抑制することができる。 In the sixteenth ventilation system 1I, when the control unit 1018 determines that the blowing air temperature T1 detected by the supply air temperature sensor 1026 exceeds the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3 for the intake air temperature T3), the damper 1084b open. The sixteenth ventilation system 1I opens the damper 1084b and supplies the intake air SA to the intake side of the second heat exchanger 1033 through the bypass duct 1084a, thereby reducing the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 to can be raised. In the sixteenth ventilation system 1I, the fourth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1084 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
 第16換気システム1Iにおいて、制御部1018は、ダンパー1084bを閉とすることで、低圧圧力上昇制御を終了させる。 In the 16th ventilation system 1I, the control unit 1018 closes the damper 1084b to terminate the low pressure increase control.
(第17換気システム1Jについて)
 図22は、本開示の第17の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。図22に示す第17換気システム1Jは、本開示の換気システム1Eの第17の実施形態である。図22に示すように、第17換気システム1Jは、低圧圧力上昇手段1080の構成が、第16換気システム1Iと相違する。第17換気システム1Jは、第5の低圧圧力上昇手段1080である第5低圧圧力上昇手段1085を備える。
(About the 17th ventilation system 1J)
FIG. 22 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to a seventeenth embodiment of the present disclosure; A seventeenth ventilation system 1J shown in FIG. 22 is a seventeenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 22, the 17th ventilation system 1J differs from the 16th ventilation system 1I in the configuration of the low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080 . The seventeenth ventilation system 1J is provided with fifth low-pressure increasing means 1085 which is the fifth low-pressure increasing means 1080 .
 第5低圧圧力上昇手段1085は、吸気ダクト1085a、ダンパー1085b及び天井裏温度センサ1085cにより構成される。吸気ダクト1085aは、第2排気ダクト1038bに繋がると共に、天井裏R2において開放されており、排気ファン1032の駆動によって天井裏R2の空気を排気ユニット1030に取り込むことができる。第17換気システム1Jでは、排気ユニット1030に取り込んだ天井裏R2の空気を、第2熱交換器1033に流通させることができる。ダンパー1085bは、吸気ダクト1085aにおける空気の流れを開閉可能とする弁である。ダンパー1085bを開とした場合、吸気ダクト1085aに天井裏R2の空気を吸い込ませることができ、ダンパー1085bを閉とした場合、吸気ダクト1085aにおける空気の流通を止めることができる。 The fifth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1085 is composed of an intake duct 1085a, a damper 1085b, and a ceiling space temperature sensor 1085c. The intake duct 1085a is connected to the second exhaust duct 1038b and is open in the ceiling space R2. In the seventeenth ventilation system 1J, the air in the ceiling space R2 taken into the exhaust unit 1030 can be circulated to the second heat exchanger 1033. The damper 1085b is a valve that can open and close the flow of air in the intake duct 1085a. When the damper 1085b is opened, the air in the ceiling space R2 can be sucked into the intake duct 1085a, and when the damper 1085b is closed, the air circulation in the intake duct 1085a can be stopped.
 第17換気システム1Jでは、天井裏温度センサ1085cが制御部1018に接続される。天井裏温度センサ1085cは、天井裏R2の空気の温度を検出することができる。第17換気システム1Jでは、制御部1018が、天井裏R2の空気の温度T4が第2閾値Y(吸込空気温度T3についての空気温度閾値Y3)を超えたと判断した場合、ダンパー1085bを開として、吸気ダクト1085aを介して天井裏R2の空気を第2熱交換器1033に流通させる。 In the 17th ventilation system 1J, the ceiling space temperature sensor 1085c is connected to the control unit 1018. The ceiling space temperature sensor 1085c can detect the temperature of the air in the ceiling space R2. In the seventeenth ventilation system 1J, when the control unit 1018 determines that the temperature T4 of the air in the ceiling space R2 exceeds the second threshold value Y (the air temperature threshold value Y3 for the intake air temperature T3), the damper 1085b is opened, The air in the ceiling space R2 is circulated to the second heat exchanger 1033 via the intake duct 1085a.
 第17換気システム1Jは、ダンパー1085bを開として、吸気ダクト1085aを介して天井裏R2の空気を第2熱交換器1033の吸込側に供給することによって当該第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができる。第17換気システム1Jでは、第5低圧圧力上昇手段1085によって、蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができ、これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制すると共に、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLの低下を抑制することができる。 The seventeenth ventilation system 1J opens the damper 1085b and supplies the air in the ceiling space R2 to the suction side of the second heat exchanger 1033 through the intake duct 1085a. T3 can be elevated. In the seventeenth ventilation system 1J, the fifth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1085 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
 第17換気システム1Jでは、制御部1018がダンパー1085bを閉とすることで、低圧圧力上昇制御が終了する。 In the 17th ventilation system 1J, the control unit 1018 closes the damper 1085b, thereby ending the low pressure increase control.
(第18換気システム1Kについて)
 図23は、本開示の第18の実施形態に係る換気システムの概略的な構成図である。図23に示す第18換気システム1Kは、本開示の換気システム1Eの第18の実施形態である。図23に示すように、第18換気システム1Kは、低圧圧力上昇手段1080の構成が、第16及び第17換気システム1I、1Jと相違している。
(About the 18th ventilation system 1K)
FIG. 23 is a schematic configuration diagram of a ventilation system according to an eighteenth embodiment of the present disclosure; An eighteenth ventilation system 1K shown in FIG. 23 is an eighteenth embodiment of the ventilation system 1E of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 23, the 18th ventilation system 1K differs from the 16th and 17th ventilation systems 1I and 1J in the configuration of the low-pressure pressure increasing means 1080 .
 第18換気システム1Kは、第6の低圧圧力上昇手段1080である第6低圧圧力上昇手段1086を備える。第6低圧圧力上昇手段1086は、回転軸回りに回動可能に構成されたルーバー1086aと当該ルーバー1086aを回動させる機構(図示せず)とを含んでいる。ルーバー1086aは、屋内1000S1における吹出口1028dの近傍に配置される。ルーバー1086aは、吹出口1028dから吹き出された給気SAの吹出方向を変更しない収納位置1000P1と、吹出口1028dから吹き出された給気SAの吹出方向を変更する作動位置1000P2と、の間で回動可能に構成される。 The 18th ventilation system 1K is provided with a sixth low pressure increase means 1086 which is the sixth low pressure increase means 1080 . The sixth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1086 includes a louver 1086a configured to be rotatable about a rotation axis and a mechanism (not shown) for rotating the louver 1086a. The louver 1086a is arranged near the outlet 1028d in the indoor space 1000S1. The louver 1086a rotates between a storage position 1000P1 in which the blowing direction of the supply air SA blown out from the blowout port 1028d is not changed, and an operating position 1000P2 in which the blowing direction of the supply air SA blown out from the blowout port 1028d is changed. configured to be movable.
 第18換気システム1Kでは、制御部1018が、給気温度センサ1026で検出する吹出空気温度T1が第2閾値Y(吸込空気温度T3についての空気温度閾値Y3)を超えたと判断した場合、ルーバー1086aを収納位置1000P1から作動位置1000P2に回動させる。第18換気システム1Kでは、吹出口1028dから吹き出された給気SAが、ルーバー1086aに当たって吹出方向が変えられ、吸込口1038dに向けて流れる。第18換気システム1Kでは、屋内1000S1の空気に比べて高温の給気SAを吸込口1038dから積極的に吸い込ませることによって、第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させる。第18換気システム1Kでは、第6低圧圧力上昇手段1086によって、蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3を上昇させることができ、これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付きを抑制すると共に、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLの低下を抑制することができる。 In the eighteenth ventilation system 1K, when the controller 1018 determines that the blown air temperature T1 detected by the supply air temperature sensor 1026 exceeds the second threshold value Y (the air temperature threshold value Y3 for the intake air temperature T3), the louvers 1086a is rotated from the retracted position 1000P1 to the operating position 1000P2. In the eighteenth ventilation system 1K, the supply air SA blown out from the outlet 1028d hits the louver 1086a, changes its blowing direction, and flows toward the suction port 1038d. In the eighteenth ventilation system 1K, the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 is raised by actively sucking the supply air SA, which has a higher temperature than the air in the indoor space 1000S1, from the suction port 1038d. In the eighteenth ventilation system 1K, the sixth low-pressure pressure increasing means 1086 can increase the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033 functioning as an evaporator. In addition to suppressing sticking, a decrease in the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 can be suppressed.
 第18換気システム1Kでは、制御部1018がルーバー1086aの回動位置を作動位置1000P2から収納位置1000P1に変更することで、低圧圧力上昇制御が終了する。 In the 18th ventilation system 1K, the control unit 1018 changes the rotational position of the louver 1086a from the operating position 1000P2 to the retracted position 1000P1, thereby completing the low pressure increase control.
[実施形態の作用効果]
 (1)上記実施形態に示した換気システム1Eは、圧縮機1042と、第1熱交換器1023と、第2熱交換器1033と、が冷媒配管1051によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路1050と、第1熱交換器1023を通して屋外1000S2の空気を屋内1000S1に給気する給気ファン1022と、第2熱交換器1033を通して屋内1000S1の空気を屋外1000S2に排気する排気ファン1032と、制御部1018と、を備える。制御部1018は、第2熱交換器1033を蒸発器として機能させる場合、圧縮機1042を起動し、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PL、又は第2熱交換器1033の蒸発温度TE、又は屋内1000S1の温度(吸込空気温度T3)、又は屋外1000S2の温度(外気温度T2)が、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PL、又は第2熱交換器1033の蒸発温度TE、又は吸込空気温度T3、又は外気温度T2についての第1閾値Xを下回ったと判断したとき、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PLを上昇させる低圧圧力上昇制御を行う。
[Action and effect of the embodiment]
(1) The ventilation system 1E shown in the above embodiment has a refrigerant circuit in which a compressor 1042, a first heat exchanger 1023, and a second heat exchanger 1033 are connected by a refrigerant pipe 1051, and a refrigerant flows therein. 1050, an air supply fan 1022 that supplies the air of the outdoor 1000S2 to the indoor 1000S1 through the first heat exchanger 1023, an exhaust fan 1032 that exhausts the air of the indoor 1000S1 to the outdoor 1000S2 through the second heat exchanger 1033, and control a portion 1018; When causing the second heat exchanger 1033 to function as an evaporator, the control unit 1018 activates the compressor 1042 to reduce the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033, or the indoor 1000S1. The temperature (intake air temperature T3) or the temperature of the outdoor 1000S2 (outside temperature T2) is the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, the evaporation temperature TE of the second heat exchanger 1033, the intake air temperature T3, or the outside temperature T2. is below the first threshold value X, low-pressure pressure increase control is performed to increase the low-pressure pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050 .
 このような構成の換気システム1Eによれば、排気EAから熱回収することが可能な冷媒回路1050を備えた換気システムについて、第2熱交換器1033を蒸発器として機能させる場合に、圧縮機1042を確実に継続運転させることができる。 According to the ventilation system 1E having such a configuration, in the ventilation system including the refrigerant circuit 1050 capable of recovering heat from the exhaust EA, when the second heat exchanger 1033 functions as an evaporator, the compressor 1042 can be reliably operated continuously.
 (2)上記実施形態に示した第14換気システム1Gは、冷媒回路1050が、圧縮機1042の吐出配管45と、第2熱交換器1033又は当該第2熱交換器1033に繋がる液管1051Lとを接続するバイパス配管1082aと、バイパス配管1082aに設けられた弁1082bとを有する。第14換気システム1Gにおいて、制御部1018は、低圧圧力上昇制御(第1制御)において、弁1082bを開とする。 (2) In the fourteenth ventilation system 1G shown in the above embodiment, the refrigerant circuit 1050 includes the discharge pipe 45 of the compressor 1042, the second heat exchanger 1033, or the liquid pipe 1051L connected to the second heat exchanger 1033. and a valve 1082b provided in the bypass pipe 1082a. In the fourteenth ventilation system 1G, the controller 1018 opens the valve 1082b in the low-pressure pressure increase control (first control).
 この場合、低圧圧力上昇制御において高温高圧のガス冷媒を第2熱交換器1033に供給することができる。これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付を抑制することができる。 In this case, high-temperature and high-pressure gas refrigerant can be supplied to the second heat exchanger 1033 in the low-pressure pressure increase control. Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033 can be suppressed.
 (3)上記実施形態に示した第14換気システム1Gにおいて、制御部1018は、弁1082bを開とした場合において、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PL、又は第2熱交換器1033の飽和温度TS、又は排気ファン1032の吸込空気温度T3が、冷媒回路1050の低圧圧力PL、又は第2熱交換器1033の飽和温度TS、又は第2熱交換器1033の吸込空気温度T3についての第2閾値Yを超えたと判断したとき、弁1082bを閉にする。 (3) In the fourteenth ventilation system 1G shown in the above embodiment, when the valve 1082b is opened, the control unit 1018 controls the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, or the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033, Alternatively, the intake air temperature T3 of the exhaust fan 1032 exceeds the low pressure PL of the refrigerant circuit 1050, the saturation temperature TS of the second heat exchanger 1033, or the second threshold value Y for the intake air temperature T3 of the second heat exchanger 1033. When it is determined that it exceeds, the valve 1082b is closed.
 この場合、低圧圧力上昇制御の実行中に、第2熱交換器1033を蒸発器として機能させる条件が整った場合、低圧圧力上昇制御を終了させることができる。 In this case, when the conditions for the second heat exchanger 1033 to function as an evaporator are met during execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control, the low-pressure pressure increase control can be terminated.
 (4)上記実施形態に示した各換気システム1F、1H~1Kにおいて、制御部1018は、低圧圧力上昇制御を行う低圧圧力上昇モードM3において、第2熱交換器1033に吸込空気温度T3についての第2閾値Y(空気温度閾値Y3)より高い温度の空気を吸いこませる。 (4) In each of the ventilation systems 1F, 1H to 1K shown in the above embodiments, the control unit 1018 controls the intake air temperature T3 to the second heat exchanger 1033 in the low-pressure pressure increase mode M3 in which the low-pressure pressure increase control is performed. Air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) is sucked.
 この場合、低圧圧力上昇制御の実行中に、第2閾値Y(空気温度閾値Y3)より高温の空気を第2熱交換器1033に流入させることができる。これにより、第2熱交換器1033の霜付を抑制することができる。 In this case, air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) can flow into the second heat exchanger 1033 during execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control. Thereby, frosting of the second heat exchanger 1033 can be suppressed.
 (5)上記実施形態に示した第18換気システム1Kにおいて、制御部1018は、低圧圧力上昇制御を行う低圧圧力上昇モードM3において、給気ファン1022から吹き出された空気を排気ファン1032の吸込側へ導くように、給気ファン1022の吹出方向を調整する。 (5) In the eighteenth ventilation system 1K shown in the above embodiment, the control unit 1018 moves the air blown out from the air supply fan 1022 to the suction side of the exhaust fan 1032 in the low pressure pressure increase mode M3 in which the low pressure pressure increase control is performed. Adjust the air blowing direction of the air supply fan 1022 so as to lead to the air.
 この場合、低圧圧力上昇制御の実行中に、吸込空気温度T3についての第2閾値Y(空気温度閾値Y3)より高温の空気を第2熱交換器1033に流入させることができる。 In this case, air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) for the intake air temperature T3 can flow into the second heat exchanger 1033 during execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control.
 (6)上記実施形態に示した第13換気システム1Fにおいて、屋内1000S1の空気調和を行う空気調和機1081をさらに備え、制御部1018は、低圧圧力上昇制御を行う低圧圧力上昇モードM3において、空気調和機1081によって屋内1000S1の空気温度が第2閾値Y(空気温度閾値Y3)より高くなったときに、排気ファン1032を駆動させる。 (6) The thirteenth ventilation system 1F shown in the above embodiment further includes an air conditioner 1081 that air-conditions the indoor 1000S1, and the control unit 1018 controls the air The exhaust fan 1032 is driven when the air temperature of the indoor 1000S1 becomes higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) by the air conditioner 1081 .
 この場合、低圧圧力上昇制御の実行中に、吸込空気温度T3についての第2閾値Y(空気温度閾値Y3)より高温の空気を第2熱交換器1033に流入させることができる。 In this case, air having a temperature higher than the second threshold value Y (air temperature threshold value Y3) for the intake air temperature T3 can flow into the second heat exchanger 1033 during execution of the low-pressure pressure increase control.
 上述した実施形態及び変形例は、着霜を抑制する手法を例示したものである。上述した実施形態及び変形例で示した手法は、当該手法のみ用いることに制限するものではなく、他の実施形態及び変形例で示した1つ以上の手法と組み合わせて用いてもよい。 The above-described embodiment and modifications are examples of techniques for suppressing frost formation. The techniques shown in the above-described embodiments and modifications are not limited to using only those techniques, and may be used in combination with one or more techniques shown in other embodiments and modifications.
 上述した実施形態及び変形例によれば、上述した制御を行うことで、(例えば、第2熱交換器に対する)着霜(霜付)を抑制して、屋内空間への給気と屋外への排気とによる換気運転を停止せずに継続させることを可能とする。着霜の抑制とは、着霜を回避することに制限するものではなく、仮に着霜した場合であっても、霜が成長しないよう制御することを意味する。実施形態及び変形例に係る換気装置又は換気システムにおいて、着霜を抑制して換気運転を継続させることで、居室空間の快適性を維持することを可能とする。 According to the above-described embodiment and modification, by performing the above-described control, frost formation (for example, on the second heat exchanger) is suppressed, and air is supplied to the indoor space and to the outdoors. To make it possible to continue ventilation operation by exhaust without stopping. Suppression of frost formation is not limited to avoiding frost formation, but means to control frost growth even if frost formation occurs. In the ventilation device or ventilation system according to the embodiment and modifications, it is possible to maintain the comfort of the living room space by suppressing frost formation and continuing the ventilation operation.
 上述した実施形態及び変形例で示した給気ユニット及び排気ユニットの数は、一例として示したものである。給気ユニットの数及び排気ユニットの数は、居室空間に応じて定められれば良い。例えば、給気ユニットの数は1つ又は複数であってもよいし、排気ユニットの数も1つ又は複数であってもよい。また、上述した実施形態及び変形例で示した制御部は一態様として示したもので、いずれの機器に含まれてもよい。 The numbers of air supply units and exhaust units shown in the above-described embodiment and modifications are shown as an example. The number of air supply units and the number of exhaust units may be determined according to the living room space. For example, the number of air supply units may be one or more, and the number of exhaust units may also be one or more. Also, the control unit shown in the above-described embodiment and modified example is shown as one aspect, and may be included in any device.
 以上、実施形態を説明したが、請求の範囲の趣旨及び範囲から逸脱することなく、形態や詳細の多様な変更が可能なことが理解されるであろう。他の実施形態の一部又は全部との組み合わせや置換などの種々の変形及び改良が可能である。 Although the embodiments have been described above, it will be understood that various changes in form and detail are possible without departing from the spirit and scope of the claims. Various modifications and improvements such as combination or replacement with part or all of other embodiments are possible.
 本願は、2021年12月17日に出願した日本国特許出願2021-204798号及び2021-205609号に基づく優先権を主張するものであり、これら日本国特許出願の全内容を本願に参照により援用する。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application Nos. 2021-204798 and 2021-205609 filed on December 17, 2021, and the entire contents of these Japanese Patent Applications are incorporated herein by reference. do.
 1、1A、1B、1C、1D_1、1D_2、1D_3 換気装置
 2、2C 空調機
 10、110、210、310、410A、410B、510A、510B、510C、730 排気ユニット
 11 ファン
 12 第2熱交換器
 13、113、213、313、413A、413B 制御部
 14 温度検出部
 15 駆動用モータ
 16 電動弁
 20、220A、220B、320A、320B、420A、420B、520A、520B、520C 給気ユニット
 21 ファン
 22 第1熱交換器
 23、423A、423B 制御部
 24 温度検出部
 25 駆動用モータ
 26 電動弁
 40 開閉ダンパー
 50、350、450、550A、550B、550C、650 圧縮機ユニット
 51 駆動用モータ
 52、452 制御部
 53 圧縮機
 54 四方弁
 55 電動弁
 56 バイパス用電動弁
 70、470、571、572、573 室外機
 71、471 制御部
 81、82、581、582、583、584、585、586、587、588 空調室内機
 400、500、600 上位制御装置
 601、602 電動弁
 732 第3熱交換器
 733制御部
 F1、F2、F3、F4、F401、F402、F403、F404 冷媒回路
 F5、F501、F502、F503、F601、F602、F603 連絡配管
 F6 バイパス流路
 P1、P101 給気流路
 P2、P103 還気流路
 P2A 第1還気分岐路
 P2B 第2還気分岐路
 P102 バイパス流路
 P201、P401 第1給気流路
 P202、P402 第2給気流路
 P203 還気流路
 P403 第1還気流路
 P404 第2還気流路
 1E 換気システム
 1F 第13換気システム
 1G 第14換気システム
 1H 第15換気システム
 1I 第16換気システム
 1J 第17換気システム
 1K 第18換気システム
 1018 制御部
 1022 給気ファン
 1023 第1熱交換器
 1032 排気ファン
 1033 第2熱交換器
 1042 圧縮機
 1045 吐出配管
 1050 冷媒回路
 1051 冷媒配管
 1051L 液管
 1080 低圧圧力上昇手段
 1081 空気調和機
 1082a バイパス配管
 1082b 弁
 1000S1 屋内
 1000S2 屋外
PL 低圧圧力
TE 蒸発温度
TS 飽和温度
T2 外気温度
T3 吸込空気温度
X  第1閾値
Y  第2閾値
Y3 空気温度閾値(吸込空気温度についての第2閾値)
SA 給気(給気ファンから吹き出された空気)
1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D_1, 1D_2, 1D_3 ventilator 2, 2C air conditioner 10, 110, 210, 310, 410A, 410B, 510A, 510B, 510C, 730 exhaust unit 11 fan 12 second heat exchanger 13 , 113, 213, 313, 413A, 413B Control unit 14 Temperature detection unit 15 Driving motor 16 Electric valve 20, 220A, 220B, 320A, 320B, 420A, 420B, 520A, 520B, 520C Air supply unit 21 Fan 22 First Heat exchanger 23, 423A, 423B Control unit 24 Temperature detection unit 25 Driving motor 26 Electric valve 40 Opening/closing damper 50, 350, 450, 550A, 550B, 550C, 650 Compressor unit 51 Driving motor 52, 452 Control unit 53 Compressor 54 Four-way valve 55 Motor operated valve 56 Motor operated valve for bypass 70, 470, 571, 572, 573 Outdoor unit 71, 471 Control unit 81, 82, 581, 582, 583, 584, 585, 586, 587, 588 Air-conditioned room Machines 400, 500, 600 Upper controllers 601, 602 Electric valves 732 Third heat exchanger 733 Control units F1, F2, F3, F4, F401, F402, F403, F404 Refrigerant circuits F5, F501, F502, F503, F601, F602, F603 Connecting pipe F6 Bypass flow path P1, P101 Air supply flow path P2, P103 Return air flow path P2A First return air branch path P2B Second return air branch path P102 Bypass flow path P201, P401 First air supply flow path P202, P402 Second Supply air passage P203 Return air passage P403 First return air passage P404 Second return air passage 1E Ventilation system 1F 13th ventilation system 1G 14th ventilation system 1H 15th ventilation system 1I 16th ventilation system 1J 17th ventilation system 1K 18th Ventilation system 1018 Control unit 1022 Air supply fan 1023 First heat exchanger 1032 Exhaust fan 1033 Second heat exchanger 1042 Compressor 1045 Discharge pipe 1050 Refrigerant circuit 1051 Refrigerant pipe 1051L Liquid pipe 1080 Low pressure pressure increasing means 1081 Air conditioner 1082a Bypass Piping 1082b Valve 1000S1 Indoor 1000S2 Outdoor PL Low pressure TE Evaporation temperature TS Saturation temperature T2 Outside air temperature T3 Intake air temperature X First threshold Y Second threshold Y3 Air temperature threshold (second threshold for intake air temperature)
SA Air supply (air blown out from the air supply fan)

Claims (33)

  1.  圧縮機と、
     凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第1熱交換器と、
     屋外から取り入れた空気を、前記第1熱交換器を通した後に、屋内空間に給気する第1空気流路と、
     凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器と、
     前記屋内空間から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通した後に、前記屋外に排気する第2空気流路と、
     前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、
     前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御する制御部と、
     を備える換気装置。
    a compressor;
    a first heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator;
    a first air flow path for supplying air taken in from outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger;
    a second heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator;
    a second air flow path for exhausting the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger;
    a refrigerant circuit in which the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and in which refrigerant flows;
    While the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, it is detected whether or not a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation of the second heat exchanger is satisfied, and the predetermined criterion is satisfied. a control unit that controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger so that the second heat exchanger reaches a temperature at which frost does not form when it is detected that the refrigerant is satisfied;
    ventilation system.
  2.  前記制御部は、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御するために、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機を制御する信号を出力する、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    The control unit detects whether the predetermined criterion is satisfied while the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, and it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied. In this case, outputting a signal for controlling an air conditioner provided in the indoor space in order to control the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger;
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  3.  前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機に対して、当該空調機に現在設定されている温度を上げる旨の信号を出力する、
     請求項2に記載の換気装置。
    When the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the control unit outputs a signal to an air conditioner provided in the indoor space to increase the temperature currently set for the air conditioner.
    3. Ventilation device according to claim 2.
  4.  前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットをさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、前記空調機を制御する信号を出力した後、前記屋内空間の空気温度が、第2閾値より高くなった場合に、前記第2換気ユニットを駆動させる、
     請求項2に記載の換気装置。
    further comprising a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
    After outputting a signal for controlling the air conditioner, the control unit drives the second ventilation unit when the air temperature in the indoor space becomes higher than a second threshold.
    3. Ventilation device according to claim 2.
  5.  前記冷媒回路は、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記第1熱交換器を介さずに、前記第2熱交換器に前記冷媒を流すバイパス配管を有し、
     前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記圧縮機で圧縮された前記冷媒が、前記バイパス配管を介して前記第2熱交換器に流す制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    The refrigerant circuit has a bypass pipe that flows the refrigerant to the second heat exchanger without passing through the first heat exchanger while the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator,
    The control unit controls the flow of the refrigerant compressed by the compressor to the second heat exchanger via the bypass pipe when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  6.  前記制御部は、前記バイパス配管を介して前記第2熱交換器に流す制御を行った後、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の飽和温度、又は前記第2熱交換器の吸込空気温度が、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の飽和温度、又は前記第2熱交換器の吸込空気温度についての第2閾値を超えたと判断した場合、前記圧縮機で圧縮された前記冷媒を、前記バイパス配管を介して前記第2熱交換器に流すための弁を閉にする制御を行う、
     請求項5に記載の換気装置。
    After controlling the flow to the second heat exchanger through the bypass pipe, the control unit controls the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the second heat exchanger When it is determined that the intake air temperature of the refrigerant circuit exceeds the low pressure pressure, or the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the second threshold for the intake air temperature of the second heat exchanger, the compressor Control to close the valve for flowing the refrigerant compressed in the bypass pipe to the second heat exchanger,
    6. Ventilation device according to claim 5.
  7.  前記屋内空間のうち、前記第2空気流路と異なる室から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通す第3空気流路と、
     前記第3空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するか否かを切り替える第1案内機構と、をさらに備え、
     前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第3空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するよう前記第1案内機構を制御する、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    a third air flow path through which the air taken in from a room different from the second air flow path in the indoor space passes through the second heat exchanger;
    a first guide mechanism that switches whether to guide air through the third air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
    The control unit controls the first guide mechanism to guide air through the third air flow path to the second heat exchanger when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  8.  前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットをさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    further comprising a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
    The control unit controls the second ventilation unit to increase the amount of air flowing through the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied when the predetermined criterion is satisfied. ,
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  9.  複数の前記第2熱交換器と、
     前記第2熱交換器毎に対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、複数の前記第2熱交換器のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行う、
     請求項8に記載の換気装置。
    a plurality of the second heat exchangers;
    the second ventilation unit associated with each of the second heat exchangers;
    The control unit responds to any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers when the predetermined criterion is satisfied while the plurality of second heat exchangers are functioning as evaporators. controlling the attached second ventilation unit to increase the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied;
    9. Ventilation device according to claim 8.
  10.  前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して空気量を増加させる制御をする場合に、当該複数の前記第2熱交換器のうち他の前記第2熱交換器と対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を減少させる制御を行う、
     請求項9に記載の換気装置。
    When performing control to increase the amount of air in the second ventilation unit associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers, the controller controls the plurality of the second heat exchangers. Control for reducing the amount of air flowing to the second heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, for the second ventilation unit associated with the other second heat exchanger among the exchangers I do,
    10. Ventilation device according to claim 9.
  11.  前記第1空気流路を通って前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第1換気ユニットをさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器のうちいずれか一つに対応付けられた前記第2換気ユニットに対して前記空気量を増加させる制御を行った場合に、前記第2換気ユニットに対して増加させた前記空気量に基づいて、前記第1換気ユニットに対して、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第1熱交換器に流れる前記空気量を増加させる制御を行う、
     請求項9に記載の換気装置。
    further comprising a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger;
    The control unit controls the second ventilation unit associated with any one of the plurality of second heat exchangers to increase the amount of air, the second ventilation unit control the first ventilation unit to increase the amount of air flowing to the first heat exchanger compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, based on the amount of air increased for the ,
    10. Ventilation device according to claim 9.
  12.  前記第1空気流路を通って前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第1換気ユニットと、
     前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機から除霜運転を行う旨の信号を受信した場合に、前記所定の基準を満たしたとみなして、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第1換気ユニットに対して前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させるとともに、前記第2換気ユニットに対して前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を増加させる制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger;
    a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
    While the second heat exchanger is functioning as an evaporator, the control unit receives a signal indicating that a defrosting operation is to be performed from an air conditioner provided in the indoor space. is satisfied, the amount of air flowing through the first heat exchanger for the first ventilation unit is increased compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied, and the amount of air flowing to the first heat exchanger for the second ventilation unit is increased. 2 Control to increase the amount of air flowing through the heat exchanger,
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  13.  前記第1熱交換器によって熱が交換された空気を、前記第2熱交換器まで案内するバイパス流路と、
     前記バイパス流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するか否かを切り替える第2案内機構と、をさらに備え、
     前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記バイパス流路を通って前記第2熱交換器まで空気を案内するよう前記第2案内機構を制御する、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    a bypass flow path that guides the air heat-exchanged by the first heat exchanger to the second heat exchanger;
    a second guide mechanism that switches whether to guide air through the bypass flow path to the second heat exchanger;
    The control unit controls the second guide mechanism to guide air to the second heat exchanger through the bypass flow path when the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  14.  前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第1空気流路から前記屋内空間に吹き出された空気を、前記第2空気流路の吸込側へ導くように、流れ調整機構によって空気の流れを調整する、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    The control unit causes the flow adjustment mechanism to guide the air blown into the indoor space from the first air flow path to the suction side of the second air flow path when the predetermined criterion is satisfied. regulate the air flow,
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  15.  前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットをさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記圧縮機を停止させると共に、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記第2空気流路を通った空気が前記第2熱交換器に流れる制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    further comprising a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
    The control unit stops the compressor when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, and instructs the second ventilation unit to allow the air passing through the second air flow path to flow into the second heat exchanger. to control the flow,
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  16.  複数の前記第2熱交換器と、
     前記第2熱交換器毎に対応付けられた第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
     前記冷媒回路は、前記第2熱交換器毎に、当該第2熱交換器に流れる流路の開度を調整する第1弁部をさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器から検出された温度に関する情報が前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する、複数の前記第1弁部を、所定の順序に従って閉める制御を行うと共に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記第2空気流路を通った空気が前記第2熱交換器に流れる制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    a plurality of the second heat exchangers;
    a second ventilation unit associated with each of the second heat exchangers;
    The refrigerant circuit further has a first valve portion for adjusting the opening degree of the flow path flowing through the second heat exchanger for each of the second heat exchangers,
    When the temperature information detected from the plurality of second heat exchangers satisfies the predetermined criterion, the control unit controls the plurality of heat exchangers corresponding to the second heat exchangers that satisfy the predetermined criterion. performing control to close the first valve portion in accordance with a predetermined order, and opening the second air flow path to the second ventilation unit corresponding to the second heat exchanger that satisfies the predetermined criteria; Control the flow of the passed air to the second heat exchanger,
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  17.  前記第1空気流路を通って前記第1熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第1換気ユニットと、
     前記第2空気流路を通って前記第2熱交換器に流れる空気量を調整する第2換気ユニットと、をさらに有し、
     前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第1空気流路によって前記屋内空間に給気される空気量より、前記第2空気流路によって前記屋外に排気される空気量が多くなるよう、前記第1換気ユニット及び前記第2換気ユニットを制御する、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    a first ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the first air flow path to the first heat exchanger;
    a second ventilation unit that adjusts the amount of air flowing through the second air flow path to the second heat exchanger;
    The controller controls, when the predetermined criterion is satisfied, that the amount of air discharged to the outdoors through the second air flow path is greater than the amount of air supplied to the indoor space through the first air flow path. controlling the first ventilation unit and the second ventilation unit to increase;
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  18.  前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記第1熱交換器に対して、前記第1熱交換器を通した後の空気の温度が、前記屋内空間に設けられた空調機に設定された温度よりも低くなる制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    When the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the control unit controls the air conditioner provided in the indoor space to increase the temperature of the air after passing through the first heat exchanger with respect to the first heat exchanger. control the temperature to be lower than the set temperature,
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  19.  前記圧縮機と、前記第1熱交換器と、前記第2熱交換器と、前記冷媒回路と、前記第2熱交換器に対応付けられた第2換気ユニットと、の組み合わせを複数有し、
     前記制御部は、複数の前記第2熱交換器から検出された温度に関する情報が前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する前記圧縮機を所定の順序に従って停止させる制御を行うと共に、前記所定の基準を満たした前記第2熱交換器に対応する、前記第2換気ユニットに対して、前記第2空気流路を通った空気が前記第2熱交換器に流れる制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    a plurality of combinations of the compressor, the first heat exchanger, the second heat exchanger, the refrigerant circuit, and a second ventilation unit associated with the second heat exchanger;
    When the temperature information detected from the plurality of second heat exchangers satisfies the predetermined criterion, the controller controls the compressor corresponding to the second heat exchanger that satisfies the predetermined criterion. are controlled to stop according to a predetermined order, and the air passing through the second air flow path is directed to the second ventilation unit corresponding to the second heat exchanger that meets the predetermined criteria. controlling the flow to the second heat exchanger;
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  20.  前記制御部は、前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準として、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の蒸発温度、又は前記屋内空間の温度、又は前記屋外の温度が、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の蒸発温度、又は前記屋内空間の温度、又は前記屋外の温度についての第1閾値を下回ったか否かを判断する、
     請求項1乃至19のいずれか一つに記載の換気装置。
    The control unit uses the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the temperature of the indoor space as a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation on the second heat exchanger, or determining whether the outdoor temperature is below the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the temperature of the indoor space, or a first threshold for the outdoor temperature. ,
    20. Ventilation device according to any one of the preceding claims.
  21.  前記第1熱交換器、及び前記第1空気流路の少なくとも一部を収容する第1ケーシングと、
     前記第2熱交換器、及び前記第2空気流路の少なくとも一部を収容する第2ケーシングと、をさらに備え、
     前記第1ケーシングと前記第2ケーシングとが分離可能である、
     請求項1乃至20のいずれか一つに記載の換気装置。
    a first casing housing at least part of the first heat exchanger and the first air flow path;
    a second casing housing at least part of the second heat exchanger and the second air flow path;
    The first casing and the second casing are separable,
    21. Ventilation device according to any one of the preceding claims.
  22.  前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記圧縮機の回転数を下げる制御を行う、
     請求項21に記載の換気装置。
    When the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the control unit performs control to lower the rotation speed of the compressor compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
    22. Ventilation device according to claim 21.
  23.  前記冷媒回路は、前記第1熱交換器と前記第2熱交換器との間に設けられ、流路の開度を調整する第2弁部を有し、
     前記制御部は、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第2弁部の前記開度を大きくする制御を行う、
     請求項21に記載の換気装置。
    The refrigerant circuit is provided between the first heat exchanger and the second heat exchanger and has a second valve portion that adjusts the opening degree of the flow path,
    When the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the control unit performs control to increase the degree of opening of the second valve unit compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied.
    22. Ventilation device according to claim 21.
  24.  前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能する際に、前記冷媒回路における前記冷媒の流れで、前記第2熱交換器より下流に第3弁部を、さらに備え、
     前記制御部は、さらに、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能するときに、前記所定の基準を満たした場合に、前記所定の基準を満たす前と比べて、前記第3弁部を絞る制御を行う、
     請求項1に記載の換気装置。
    further comprising a third valve portion downstream from the second heat exchanger in the flow of the refrigerant in the refrigerant circuit when the second heat exchanger functions as an evaporator;
    Further, when the second heat exchanger functions as an evaporator, the control unit throttles the third valve unit when the predetermined criterion is satisfied compared to before the predetermined criterion is satisfied. control,
    2. Ventilation device according to claim 1.
  25.  凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第3熱交換器と、
     前記屋外の空気と前記第3熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒と熱交換した空気を前記屋外に排気する第4空気流路と、
     前記冷媒回路は、前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器に加えて、前記第3熱交換器が前記冷媒配管によって接続されている、
     請求項24に記載の換気装置。
    a third heat exchanger functioning as a condenser or evaporator;
    a fourth air flow path for exhausting to the outdoors the air heat-exchanged with the outdoor air and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger;
    In the refrigerant circuit, in addition to the compressor, the first heat exchanger and the second heat exchanger, the third heat exchanger is connected by the refrigerant pipe,
    25. Ventilation device according to claim 24.
  26.  熱回収換気運転時に圧縮機と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第1熱交換器と、屋外から取り入れた空気を、前記第1熱交換器を通した後に、屋内空間に給気する第1空気流路と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器と、前記屋内空間から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通した後に、前記屋外に排気する第2空気流路と、前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、を有する換気装置と、
     凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第3熱交換器と、前記屋内空間の空気と第3熱交換器を流れる冷媒と熱交換した空気を前記屋内空間に排気する空調室内機と、を有する空調機と、
     前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御した場合に要する前記換気装置及び前記空調機の消費電力と、前記第2熱交換器が着霜した後に前記第2熱交換器の着霜を解消させる前記換気装置及び前記空調機による運転に要する消費電力と、に基づいて、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御する、又は前記第2熱交換器が着霜した後に前記第2熱交換器の着霜を解消させる運転の制御を行う制御部と、
     を備える空調システム。
    A first heat exchanger that functions as a compressor or a condenser or an evaporator during heat recovery ventilation operation, and a first heat exchanger that supplies air taken in from the outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger. an air flow path, a second heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and a second air flow path that exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger and a refrigerant circuit in which the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and a refrigerant flows therein;
    An air conditioner having a third heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and an air conditioner indoor unit that exhausts, into the indoor space, air heat-exchanged with the air in the indoor space and the refrigerant flowing through the third heat exchanger. and,
    It is detected whether the second heat exchanger satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation, and when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied, the second heat exchange is performed. The power consumption of the ventilation device and the air conditioner required when the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger is controlled so that the temperature of the second heat exchanger is not frosted, and the second heat exchanger is frosted. Based on the power consumption required for operation by the ventilation device and the air conditioner that later eliminates frosting of the second heat exchanger, the second heat exchanger is adjusted to a temperature at which frosting does not occur. a control unit that controls the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the heat exchanger, or controls the operation of defrosting the second heat exchanger after the second heat exchanger is frosted;
    air conditioning system.
  27.  圧縮機と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第1熱交換器と、屋外から取り入れた空気を、前記第1熱交換器を通した後に、屋内空間に給気する第1空気流路と、凝縮器又は蒸発器として機能する第2熱交換器と、前記屋内空間から取り入れた空気を、前記第2熱交換器を通した後に、前記屋外に排気する第2空気流路と、前記圧縮機、前記第1熱交換器及び前記第2熱交換器が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、を備える換気装置を制御する際に、前記第2熱交換器が蒸発器として機能している間に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜する可能性を示した所定の基準を満たしているか否かを検知し、当該所定の基準を満たしているとことが検知された場合に、前記第2熱交換器が着霜しない温度になるように前記第2熱交換器を流れる前記冷媒の温度を制御する、
     換気方法。
    a compressor, a first heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator, and a first air flow path that supplies air taken in from the outdoors to an indoor space after passing through the first heat exchanger; a second heat exchanger that functions as a condenser or an evaporator; a second air flow path that exhausts the air taken in from the indoor space to the outdoors after passing through the second heat exchanger; and the compressor. and a refrigerant circuit in which the first heat exchanger and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and a refrigerant flows therein, wherein the second heat exchanger is used as an evaporator While functioning, it is detected whether the second heat exchanger satisfies a predetermined criterion indicating the possibility of frost formation, and when it is detected that the predetermined criterion is satisfied. and controlling the temperature of the refrigerant flowing through the second heat exchanger so that the temperature at which the second heat exchanger does not form frost;
    ventilation method.
  28.  圧縮機と、第1熱交換器と、第2熱交換器と、が冷媒配管によって接続され、内部を冷媒が流れる冷媒回路と、
     前記第1熱交換器を通して屋外の空気を屋内に給気する給気ファンと、前記第2熱交換器を通して前記屋内の空気を前記屋外に排気する排気ファンと、
     制御部と、を備え、
     前記制御部は、前記第2熱交換器を蒸発器として機能させる場合、前記圧縮機を起動し、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の蒸発温度、又は前記屋内の温度、又は前記屋外の温度が、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の蒸発温度、又は前記屋内の温度、又は前記屋外の温度についての第1閾値を下回ったと判断したとき、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力を上昇させる第1制御を行う、換気システム。
    a refrigerant circuit in which the compressor, the first heat exchanger, and the second heat exchanger are connected by refrigerant pipes and in which the refrigerant flows;
    An air supply fan for supplying outdoor air indoors through the first heat exchanger, and an exhaust fan for exhausting the indoor air to the outdoors through the second heat exchanger;
    a control unit;
    When the second heat exchanger functions as an evaporator, the control unit starts the compressor, and the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the indoor temperature, or when it is determined that the outdoor temperature has fallen below the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, or the evaporation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the indoor temperature, or a first threshold for the outdoor temperature, the refrigerant A ventilation system with a first control to increase the low pressure pressure in the circuit.
  29.  前記冷媒回路が、前記圧縮機の吐出配管と、前記第2熱交換器又は当該第2熱交換器に繋がる液管とを接続するバイパス配管と、前記バイパス配管に設けられた弁とを有し、
     前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記弁を開とする、請求項28に記載の換気システム。
    The refrigerant circuit has a bypass pipe connecting a discharge pipe of the compressor, the second heat exchanger or a liquid pipe connected to the second heat exchanger, and a valve provided in the bypass pipe. ,
    29. The ventilation system according to claim 28, wherein said control section opens said valve in said first control.
  30.  前記制御部は、前記弁を開とした場合において、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の飽和温度、又は前記第2熱交換器の吸込空気温度が、前記冷媒回路の低圧圧力、又は前記第2熱交換器の飽和温度、又は前記第2熱交換器の吸込空気温度についての第2閾値を超えたと判断したとき、前記弁を閉にする、請求項29に記載の換気システム。 When the valve is opened, the control unit causes the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit, the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger, or the intake air temperature of the second heat exchanger to rise to the low pressure of the refrigerant circuit. 30. Ventilation according to claim 29, wherein the valve is closed when it is determined that a second threshold for the pressure or the saturation temperature of the second heat exchanger or the intake air temperature of the second heat exchanger has been exceeded. system.
  31.  前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記第2熱交換器に吸込空気温度についての第2閾値より高い温度の空気を吸いこませる、請求項28に記載の換気システム。 29. The ventilation system according to claim 28, wherein, in the first control, the control unit causes the second heat exchanger to draw in air having a temperature higher than a second threshold for intake air temperature.
  32.  前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記給気ファンから吹き出された空気を前記排気ファンの吸込側へ導くように、前記給気ファンの吹出方向を調整する、請求項31に記載の換気システム。 32. The ventilation according to claim 31, wherein in the first control, the control unit adjusts the blowing direction of the air supply fan so as to guide the air blown from the air supply fan to the suction side of the exhaust fan. system.
  33.  前記屋内の空気調和を行う空気調和機をさらに備え、
     前記制御部は、前記第1制御において、前記空気調和機によって前記屋内の空気温度が前記第2閾値より高くなったときに、前記排気ファンを駆動させる、請求項31に記載の換気システム。
    Further comprising an air conditioner for air conditioning the indoor,
    32. The ventilation system according to claim 31, wherein in the first control, the control unit drives the exhaust fan when the indoor air temperature becomes higher than the second threshold value due to the air conditioner.
PCT/JP2022/036876 2021-12-17 2022-09-30 Ventilator, air-conditioning system, ventilation method, and ventilation system WO2023112428A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-204798 2021-12-17
JP2021-205609 2021-12-17
JP2021205609 2021-12-17
JP2021204798 2021-12-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023112428A1 true WO2023112428A1 (en) 2023-06-22

Family

ID=86774342

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/036876 WO2023112428A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2022-09-30 Ventilator, air-conditioning system, ventilation method, and ventilation system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023112428A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6136641A (en) * 1984-07-26 1986-02-21 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Air conditioning and air ventilation device
JP2006029777A (en) * 2005-07-27 2006-02-02 Daikin Ind Ltd Heat exchange unit
WO2009028184A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Panasonic Corporation Air conditioning/ventilating system
JP2009250464A (en) * 2008-04-02 2009-10-29 Panasonic Corp Ventilation air conditioning device
US20120180505A1 (en) * 2011-01-19 2012-07-19 Venmar Ces, Inc. Heat pump system having a pre-processing module
JP2012251716A (en) * 2011-06-02 2012-12-20 Espec Corp Environmental control apparatus and environmental control method
JP2017223425A (en) * 2016-06-17 2017-12-21 株式会社デンソー Heat pump system
WO2018025369A1 (en) * 2016-08-04 2018-02-08 三菱電機株式会社 Ventilation device and defrosting control method
WO2020053929A1 (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 三菱電機株式会社 Air conditioning device

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6136641A (en) * 1984-07-26 1986-02-21 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Air conditioning and air ventilation device
JP2006029777A (en) * 2005-07-27 2006-02-02 Daikin Ind Ltd Heat exchange unit
WO2009028184A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Panasonic Corporation Air conditioning/ventilating system
JP2009250464A (en) * 2008-04-02 2009-10-29 Panasonic Corp Ventilation air conditioning device
US20120180505A1 (en) * 2011-01-19 2012-07-19 Venmar Ces, Inc. Heat pump system having a pre-processing module
JP2012251716A (en) * 2011-06-02 2012-12-20 Espec Corp Environmental control apparatus and environmental control method
JP2017223425A (en) * 2016-06-17 2017-12-21 株式会社デンソー Heat pump system
WO2018025369A1 (en) * 2016-08-04 2018-02-08 三菱電機株式会社 Ventilation device and defrosting control method
WO2020053929A1 (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 三菱電機株式会社 Air conditioning device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5061642B2 (en) Air conditioning ventilator
US20060037355A1 (en) Stand-type air conditioner
JP5984964B2 (en) Air conditioning system
JP2012141113A (en) Air conditioning/water heating device system
KR20100121961A (en) Air conditioner
CN102597647A (en) Air conditioner
KR101689724B1 (en) Air conditioner and control method thereof
KR20130112335A (en) A air conditioning system without an outside-equipment
WO2023112428A1 (en) Ventilator, air-conditioning system, ventilation method, and ventilation system
JP2002228187A (en) Outdoor-air treating air-conditioner of air-cooled heat- pump type
KR101029988B1 (en) Method for automatic controlling air volum of blower by change of refrigerant flow of direct expansion air handling unit
JP6745895B2 (en) Air conditioning system
KR102078278B1 (en) Air condtioner
JP6049324B2 (en) Air conditioner
JP2004053094A (en) Air conditioner
US20210108805A1 (en) Air conditioner ventilation device and air conditioner ventilation method
KR101622619B1 (en) Air conditioner
JP6682292B2 (en) Air conditioner
CN110057144A (en) A kind of expansion valve component, bidirectional throttle system and air conditioner
JPWO2016071950A1 (en) Air conditioning system
WO2023112831A1 (en) Ventilation device and ventilation method
JP2019128085A (en) Air conditioning system
KR101203580B1 (en) Heat pump type air conditioner
RU2185574C1 (en) Method of operation of air conditioner and air conditioner proposed for realization of this method
KR20110004147A (en) Air conditioner

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22906963

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1